Brownwood

GENERALORDER 1.00.00.
10
Written Directives
e llY 01- BRO""r-" V,rOOD
Po ICE D PARfMH.T
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish a standard format and system for the review,
development, and disseminationofwrittendirectivesfor the Brownwood PoliceDepartment.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department that all standing orders, policies and
procedures of general application are inwriting, dated and signed, then distributed underthe
appropriate title, in the correct format and prescribed numbering to all affected agency
personnel. All written directives shall be in compliance with and in furtherance of all local,
state, and federal laws or ordinancesas applicable.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Terminology
1. Forthe purposeofthis GeneralOrder, Written Directivesare definedas:
a. GeneralOrders(GOs)
b. Standard Operating Procedures(SOPs)
c. Personnel Orders(POs)
2. Forms:
a. Internal form - a form referenced for use by a GO or SOP that
originatesfrom within the department.
b. External form - a form referenced for use by a GO or SOP that
originatesfrom an external sourcesuch asthe City or StateofTexas.
B. Written Directives
1. All written directives carry the same authority as Departmental Rules and
Regulations. Orders and policies issued at any level of command will not
conflictwith ordersorpolicies issued byahighercommand.
GENERALORDER1.00.00.10
Page 2
2. Written directives are canceled only by a more recent directive or a notice of
cancellation from the Chiefof PoliceorAssistantChief.
3. All gender-based references used in written directives are to be read as
referring to both males and females unless specifically defined otherwise.
Use of singulartermsalso includesthe plural.
C. Classificationand Scopeof Policiesand Forms
1. GOswill be issued bythe Chiefof Policeto:
a. Establish Departmental policyand procedure;
b. Establish policiesand proceduresaffecting particularDivisions; and
c. Identify specific responsibilities and/or duties of agency personnel
and/orworkgroups.
2. SOPswill be issued bythe Chiefof Policeto:
a. Establish policywith specific operational procedures pertaining to one
ormore workgroupswithin aDivision; and
b. Identify specific responsibilities and/or duties of agency personnel
and/orworkgroupswithin a Division.
3. POs will be issued bythe Chiefof Policeto:
a. Identifypersonnel changeswithin the department; and
b. Informthe departmentof personnel matters
3. Required Formatfor GOs and SOPs
a. The correct format will be an indented outline consisting of the
following categories:
1) Roman Numerals
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. THIS ORDERREPLACES
V. EFFECTIVEDATE
Roman numeral IV, THIS ORDER REPLACES, will not be
used unlessthe order is replacing anotherwritten directive. If
this is the case, Roman numeral IV will become EFFECTIVE
DATE, and therewill not be a RomannumeralV.
2) Categoriesand subcategories
Page3
a) Theconsecutiveenumeration of lettersand numbersto
define categories and subcategories beyond Roman
numeralsare:
A. 1. a.
b.
1)
2) a)
b)
(1)
(2) (a)
(b)
4. Forms
a. External Forms
1) TheDivision using an externalform isresponsible for using the
correctform as verified bythe external source.
2) Deletion of the form or revision to the title ofan external form
will require revision ofthe policyto amendthe reference.
5. NumericalAssignmentof Policiesand Assigned PolicyForms:
a. Command Staff will be responsible for maintaining the numerical
assignmentof all GO/SOP policiesas approved bythe Chiefof Police.
b. The numerical assignment of a policy is determined by the type of
policy (GO or SOP), the categorical numberassigned to the Division,
the sub-category ofthe chapter within the Division if applicable, and
the last two digitsrepresenting the yearthe policybecameeffective.
1) When a policy affects multiple workgroups, the category and
sub-category will be determined by the area of greatest
applicability.
2) Categorical numberassignment:
a) 1.00 Series- Administration
b) 2.00Series- Operations
c) 3.00 Series- Services
d) 4.00Series- Specialty
c. The designated number of an assigned policy form indicates the
originating policynumberminusthe effectivedatewhich isreplaced by
the consecutivenumberofthe form within the policy.
D. Availabilityof Policiesand Formsto Personnel
1. Policiesand Related Indices
a. BPD- Duty Manual
GENERALORDER 1.00.00.10
Page 4
b. Divisions may choose to maintain a Duty Manual with all GOs and
applicableSOPsintheirarea.
c. A mastercopy of all current GOsand SOPswill be maintained bythe
AssistantChief.
2. Forms
a. Assigned policy forms will be electronicallyposted in the BPD Shared
Forms Folder.
Note: Authorized policy forms not currently available in the BPD
Shared Forms Folder will be made available by the Records Division
atthe requestofasupervisor.
b. A master copy of all current policy forms will be maintained by the
RecordsDivision.
E. Reviewof Policies, PolicyAttachmentsand Forms
1. Division Commanders will be responsible for the periodic review of all GOs
and SOPswithin the Departmentas directed bythe Chiefof Pol ice.
2. Each policy willbe reviewed to ensure:
a. the established procedures used by personnel follow the same
proceduresasprescribed bythe policy;
b. the policystatementand procedureslisted therein:
1) are in compliance with all local, state and federal laws,
ordinancesorpoliciesas applicable;
2) are in compliance with the TPCA Best Practices Recognition
Programwhereapplicable;
3) do not conflict (procedurally, philosophically, etc.) with the
proceduresof anotherDivision/Squadaffected bythe pol icy;or
any other wr itten directive.
c. the title and identifying number of all policies, laws, and forms
referenced inthe policy are correct.
3. In addition to the periodic review of all policies, individual policies and their
associated forms shall be reviewed if a change or event occurs that may
negate policy compliance as indicated above in III. E. 2-3. Such events
include but are not limited tochangesin:
a. Technology
b. Organizational Structure
c. Laws and Ordinances(local,state and/orfederal)
d. CityPolicy
e. Departmental Philosophy
Page 5
4. The Chiefof Police shall certify that all policies are in compliancewith and in
furtherance of all local , state , and federal laws or ordinances as applicable.
5. The Assistant Chief will maintain a master copy of the periodic review of all
policies and the compliance statement from the Chief of Police by calendar
year and monthfor five (5)years.
IV.

Chiefof Police
Brownwood PoliceDepartment
BROWNWOOD POLICE DEPARTMENT
Receipt of General Orders
I hereby acknowledge that I have received and accepted and will abide by the
provisions contained in the General Order, Written Directives #1.00.00.10, for the
Brownwood Police Department.
I also under that the City of Brownwood Police Department is free to modify or amend
its policies and practices at any time without prior notice.
I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE RULES ABOVE, AND AGREE TO ABIDE BY THEM.
Printed Name Date
Signature
GENERAL OR DER 1. 00. 02.1 0
Oc c u r rences Requiring No tificati on o f
Comma nd St af f and Othe r Pe r s onnel
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to identify those occurrences requiring immediate notification of the
Conunand Staff and other personnel.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department that notification will be made to certain
members of the Conunand Staff and other personnel , hereafter referred to in this Order as the
"Incident Notification Group" in instances outlined in this Order. Occurrences listed in this
Orde r are not inclusive and decisions to make notification of other occurrences should be
wei ghed against the scope of this General Order, Standard Operating Procedures, and the
magnitude of the occurrence.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1 . Incident Notification Group: Chief, Assistant Chief, Lieutenants,
B. Occurrences Requi ring Notification of the Incident Notification Group
1. Verified occurrences are defined as follows:
a. Situations representing an inunediate threat to the conununity (e.g. ,
immediate threat of tornado, conditions likel y to result in a riot ,
hazardous materi al spill),
b. Suspects barricaded in a house or building who resi st police or other law
enforcement agencies, within the City of Brownwood,
GENERAL ORDER 1.00.02.10
Page 2
c. Death of a pnsoner while In custody of the Brownwood Police
Department,
d. Deathofany memberofthis Department,
e. Death ofanappointed orelected City official ofBrownwood,
f. The followingexamplesare not all inclusiveand occurrencesnot listed
mayalso requirenotification.
1) Murderor attemptedmurderofanykind
2) Death of civilian(s) where Police Department personnel or
equiprnentare contributingfactors
3) Suicides
4) Arrestof apoliticalleaderorPoliceOfficerforacriminaloffense
5) Shootingofanyperson;involvingpolice
6) SexualAssaults
7) Police fleet accidents
8) On the job injuries, or any illnesses or injuries to personnel
requiringhospitalization
10) Incidentsthat mayaffectthehealth,safety,orcommerceoflarge
portions ofthe city, such as: major power or utility outage;
business,residentialorschoolevacuation;orhighwayclosurefor
anextendedperiodoftime
11) Any incident likely to receive majornews coverage within the
community.
2. It will be the duty ofall employees ofthe Brownwood Police Department to
notify theirimmediateon-dutySupervisor,bywhatevermeans necessary, when
such occurrencesassetout above cometotheir attention.
3. It will be the responsibility ofthe highest ranking Patrol Operations Division
Officeravailableat the time ofthe verified occurrenceto notify, orcause to be
notifiedthe IncidentNotificationGroup.
4. Itwill betheresponsibilityofpoliceofficerswhoareassignedtotheincidentto
notify,orcauseto benotified,otherneededpersonnel.
C. ResponsibilityofPersonMakingNotification
Page 3
1. When a Shift Commander (SC) or Communications Officer (CO) or other
employeeismakingnotificationsto complywith SectionIII.BA. ofthis Order,
the notificationwill be madewithoutdelay.
a. The SC or CO will attemptto make voice contactbytelephone.
1) Duringbusinesshours,telephonecontactwill first beinitiatedat
the individual'soffice.
2) Afterbusinesshours, or ifno contactismadeat the individual's
office, the telephone call will be attempted at the individual's
rnobilenumber.
3) If thereisno responseatthe individual'smobilenumber,leavea
phone message then attempt the individual's residence phone
number.
4) In the event no direct voice contact is made, an electronic
message will be sent to the notificationgroup'smobile number
and, time permitting, to the notification group's city email
account.
b. Contact with an answering machine or third party does not constitute
directvoicecontact.
c. The SCorCO will maintainsufficientinformationabouttheincidentto
respondto basicquestions.
2. Thepersonrequestedtomakenotificationswill record the name,date,time, and
numbers called to make the requested notifications, as well as the time ofthe
final notification.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: P;1M
MikeS. Corley
ChiefofPolice
City ofBrownwood
Departmental Inspections
c.
o ICE
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
N. EFFECTfVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
Thepurposeof this Orderistoestablishbasic guidelinesfor Departmentallnspections. Inspectionsarenot
intended to interferewith, or replace asupervisor's role in line supervision. Inspectionsare to providea
vehicle for formal review ofDepartmental actions, policies, procedures and training. Conditions,
situations,and actions thatcontributeto the successor failure ofthe Police Departmentare exposed by
inspectionsofpersonnel, equipment, procedures, and training.
11. POLICY:
It is the policyof the Brownwood Police Department toconduct Special , General, or StaffInspections on
those actions or incidents deemed critical by the ChiefofPolice or as specified in this Order. Such
inspections are to ensure the procedures and training conducted by this Department are adequate and
current.
111. PROCEDURE:
A. RightofInspection
I . The rightofinspection isexercised through the Inspections Program.
2. It isnot the intentofthe inspection process to be an internal affairsprocess.
a. Facts discovered during an inspection thatwarrantthe attention ofan internal
affairs investigation will not becomea part ofthe inspection, and
b. will be referred to the ChiefofPolicefor assignment.
3. During the course ofany inspection activity, questions concerning the propriety of
inspectinga particularrecord or file will be referred to the AssistantChief.
4. In the event a shift commander disagrees with the Assistant Chiefconcerning the
inspectionoffilesand/orrecords,he mustaddressthe discrepancyinwritingtotheChief
ofPolicestatingwhy the files should not be inspected. TheChiefsrulingwill befinal.
Page2
5. Findings and observations resulting from inspections shall be factual, objective, and
impartial.
B. Responsibility/AuthorityofStaffInspections
I. TheChiefofPoliceorhis designeewill determinewho will perform StaffInspectionson
acaseby casebasis.
2. No directcommandauthorityoverdepartmentalemployees isvested in the designated
inspector.
3. Inspectorswill not issue ordersordirectives,exceptundercircumstanceswherefailure to
do so mayjeopardizethe Department'saccomplishmentofits mission.
C. General StaffInspections Procedures
I. General Staff Inspectionsare initiated bythe Chief of Police.
a. No-Notice Inspections: The ChiefofPolice may designate a General Staff
Inspectionto beconducted withoutpriornotice. TheChief may also approvea
No-Notice Inspection ifrequested bythe AssistantChief.
2. General StaffInspections Definitionand Purpose
a. GeneralStaffInspectionsareformal inspectionsconductedundertheauthorityof
the ChiefofPolice.
b. General StaffInspections are inspections whereby detailed observations and
analysis are made ofa departmental division, platoon, or squad, and their
practicesand procedures.
c. General StaffInspections are designed to inform the Chiefabout performance
and effectivenessand to formulate needed recommendationsfor improvement.
d. Areas to be inspected wi IIreceive not Jessthan one (1) week prior notice ofa
General StaffInspectionunlessoverruled by aNo-NoticeOrder.
D. Special Inspection Procedures
I. Special Inspectionsmay be initiatedon any areaofconcern, upon approvalof the Chief
ofPolice.
a. TheChiefofPolice may ordera Special Inspection at any time.
b. Supervisorsand/orthe AssistantChief,through writtenrequestvia the chainof
command,may requesta Special Inspection.
2. Special Inspection Definitionand Purpose
Page 3
a. Special Inspections are oflesser magnitudethan General StaffInspectionsand
will be directed to specificareasor problems.
b. Special Inspectionsare designed to determinethe facts ofaparticularsituation,
the handling of a specific situation, or the performanceof an individual. Special
Inspections require no priornotice.
E. Follow-upInspections Purpose
I. Follow-upor SpotInspectionsare to beconductedtoevaluatecorrectivemeasuresaftera
General Inspection or Special Inspection.
F. Internal Incident Inspection Procedures
I. The designated Inspector, will conduct an investigation into the circumstances
surroundingevents. Examples include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. on-the-job injuriesor exposureto occupational related diseases,
b. use offorce or
c. vehicle pursuits,
2. Each inspectionwill examineall relevantdepartmentalwrittendirectivesand trainingto
determine ifchangesare necessary.
3. A written summarizationofthe specific incidentwiII be documented by the Inspecting
Officer.
4. Inspectionsummarizationreportswill beforwardedtothe Chief alongwith findingsand
recommendations.
5. After final review of the completed Inspection, the file will be forwarded to
the AssistantChieffor retention.
G. DistributionofInspection Reports
I. Inspection reports will be filed and maintained bytheChief of Policeor his designee.
2. The ChiefofPolice may designate as confidential any portion or all ofan inspection
report.
3. Inspection reports will be distributed as follows :
a. ChiefofPolice
b. AssistantChief
c. Supervisorsofinspected unitwhendeemed appropriate by the Chief
d. LnternalLncidentInspectionReportswill beforwardedviathechainofcommand
to the affected supervisor when necessary for recommendation ofdisposition
and/orcorrectiveaction.
Page 4
4. With the exceptionof commendatorynotations,the contentsofinspection reportsare to
be keptstrictlywithin the confidenceof:
a. the ChiefofPolice,
c. AssistantChief,and
d. Supervisorsofthe inspected entity.
N . EFFECTNEDATE:
/ 2 ~ I ~
~ i
ChiefofPolice
Brownwood Police Department
Internal Discipline
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Orderis to provide guidance in maintaining integrity consistent with the
high level of publictrustextendedto the Brownwood Police Department.
II. POLICY
Itisthe policy ofthis Departmentto properlytrain and educateall employees as to the laws,
rules, regulations and procedures by which they are governed. All alleged incidents of
misconduct will be investigated and recorded in afair and impartial manner. This serves to
protect the Department and the public against acts of misconduct by all personnel and
affords protection to all employees against invalid charges. The Chiefof Police is ultimately
responsible for the dissemination of rules and procedures governing the conduct of police
employees.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions:
1. Complaint - allegation of an act or acts, which if proven true, would be a
violation of Departmental regulations or City of Brownwood policy ,procedure,
rule,or aviolation of any applicable civil or criminal statute or law.
2. Complaint Number - number assigned by Command Staff to the
investigating officer .
3. Internal Complaint - alleged violation by a current employee of the
Departmentagainst anotheremployeeof the Department .
4. Special Report- a report generated by department personnel in response to
inquiries or complaints. Required anytime an external complaint is received
and to initiate internal complaints.
Page2
5. External Complaint- complaint made by an individual not currentlyemployed
by BPD against anemployeeof BPD.
6. Administrative Inquiry - an investigation, ordered at the discretion of the
Chiefof Police.
7. Disciplinary Action - the issuance of a written reprimand, suspension,
demotion, or dismissal for a sustained violation of departmental or civil
service rules. For the purpose of records retention within Records Division,
formal discipline is action at or above the level of a written reprimand.
Actions below a written reprimand are maintained by the employees'
supervisor.
8. PerformanceConcern- An area ofthe employee's performancethat can be
addressedthrough supervisorydocumentation and does not rise to the level
that necessitatesacomplaint.
9. CorrectiveAction
a. Supervisory Counseling - written documentation of a supervisor's
verbal corrective action and consultation with an employee in
response to aviolation of policy, performance,or expectation. An oral
reprimand falls withinSupervisoryCounseling.
b. Professional Counseling - treatment by a licensed professional
counselor, therapist , or other professional. Professional counseling
will not be considered discipline.
10. Culpable Mental State - The level of intent or lack of intent to commit a
violation of adepartmentalrule. (AttachmentB)
11. Final Classifications - Every complaint investigation must be concluded with
one ofthe following dispositions:
a. Unfounded: indicatesthe allegationwas false or not factual.
b. Exonerated: indicatesthe incident occurred but was lawful and
proper.
c. Not Sustained: indicates there was insufficient evidence to prove or
disprovethe allegation.
d. Sustained: indicates the allegation was supported by sufficient
evidencetojustifya reasonable conclusionthat aviolation did occur.
e. Suspension of Disposition - the Chief may suspend an investigation
orfinal dispositionfor an indefinite period when deemedappropriate.
B. Time Limits
1. Initial notification to the chain of command of complaints against employees
will take place within 48 hours of receiving the complaint.
Page 3
2. Complaints will not be accepted beyond forty-five (45) calendar days from
date ofthe discoveryofthe alleged incidentexceptinthe following:
a. When the allegation involves a criminal violat ion, the criminal statute
of limitations will prevail. However, such limitations will not prevent
disciplinary action deemed necessary to preserve the integrity of the
Department.
b. When the complainant can show good cause for not making the
complaint within the specified time limit and provides a written
statementiforiginating externally.
c. Consideration will be given to Civil Service Rule 143.052 relating to
Disciplinary Suspension which also defines a statute of limitations as
one-hundred and eighty(180) days.
d. At the direction of the Chief of Police, based on the findings of a
preliminaryinvestigation.
3. All investigations must be completedwithin thirty (30) calendardays from the
initiation of the Special Report. The Chiefof Police may grant extensions if
necessary. Each extension will not exceed thirty (30) days. The complainant
and any employee who is the focus of the investigation will be notified in
writing ofthe extension.
4. The period of time from the conclusion of the investigation to the notification
of the employee of any disciplinary action will not exceed ten (10) days
unlessso authorized bythe Chiefof Police.
5. The period of time from the conclusion of the investigation to the notification
ofthe person who filed the complaint will not exceed ten (10) days.
C. Administrat ive Inquiry
1. Administrative Inquiries may be initiated by the Chief of Police when
information exists that indicates misconduct or negligence may have been
exhibited, but eitherthe specific misconduct or the employee(s) responsible
have not or cannotbe identified.
2. Upon completion of the Inquiry, Command Staffwill prepare a report for the
Chief of Police . Based on this report , the Chief will either return the Inquiry to
Command Staffmarked,"NO FURTHERACTION",or return itfor follow-up.
D. Special ReportOrigination
1. InternallyOriginated Special Report
a. The supervisor who first becomes aware of an alleged or suspected
violation by an employee of the Department will complete a Special
Report and all associated paperwork documenting the details of the
alleged violation. If after a preliminary investigation, the initiating
Page 4
supervisor believes the investigation into the allegation can be
completed in a reasonable time that supervisor will complete the
investigation. If during the investigation the supervisor determines
that a more in depth investigation must be completed that supervisor
will forward all original associated paperworkto the AssistantChief
through their chain of command. The Assistant Chief will review the
Special Report to confirm disposition or furtherthe Special Report to
Command Stafffor furtherinvestigation.
b. As the Special Report is reviewed through the chain of command,
classification recommendations should be made. Disagreements
regarding final disposition and disciplinary action among the chain of
command will be supported by accompanying memorandum. The
Chiefwill have the final decision onthe matter.
c. Minor performance concerns will be documented on a Special Report
and placed inthe employees performancefile.
d. If the supervisor believes supervisory counsel ing is appropriate, this
will be documented on a Special Report . The supervisory counseling
will be inwrittenform with the narrativeattachedto the Special Report
and signed by both the supervisor and employee. The original
Special Report will remain in the employee's performance file and a
copy of the Special Report will be forwarded to Records Division for
retention.
e. If the subject of a complaint is recorded on video or audio a copy of
the recording will be requested by the initiating supervisor and that
copy sent to Command Stafffor filing. A copy of the request will be
forwarded with the original paperwork.
f. All internal complaints must be concluded with the final disposition of
Unfounded, Exonerated, Not Sustained, Sustained or Suspension of
Disposition.
g. Internalcomplaints may originatefrom any employee.
2. ExternallyOriginated Special Report
a. Every employee of the Brownwood Police Department is expected to
give full cooperation to persons wishing to make a complaint against
an employee. These complaints will be addressed professionally and
in a timely manner. This Department will not tolerate any action by
employeesthat interferewith the abilityof anyoneto file acomplaint.
b. Cit izens wishing to make a complaint against any member of the
Department will be referred to the employee's immediate supervisor.
In the absence of the supervisor, the citizen will be referred to any
available supervisor. Citizens may also file a complaint directly with
Command Staff.
c. All external complaintswill bedocumented on aSpecial Report.
Page 5
d. Upon receiving acomplaint ,the supervisorwill dothe following:
1) Interviewthe complainant, in person or bytelephone,to obtain
allpertinentinformation.
2) If the person making the complaint is intoxicated or otherwise
impaired, the supervisor will take the initial information and
complete aSpecial Report.
3) Advise the complainant for a formal complaint to be taken the
complaint must be made in writing. If no such written
documentis obtained, aSpecial Reportwill still be initiated.
4) The reporting supervisor may recommend a determination of
mental culpability.
5) If after a preliminary investigation, the initiating supervisor
believes the investigation into the allegation can be completed
in a reasonable time that supervisor will complete the
investigation. If during the investigation the supervisor
determines that a more in-depth investigation must be
completed that supervisor will forward all original associated
paperwork to the Assistant Chief through their chain of
command. The Assistant Chiefwill review the Special Report
to confirm disposition or further the Special Report to
Command Stafffor furtherinvestigation.
6) As the Special Report is reviewed through the chain of
command, classification recommendations should be made.
Disagreements regarding final disposition and disciplinary
action among the chain of command will be supported by
accompanying memorandum. The Chief will have the final
decision onthe matter.
7) If the supervisor believes supervisory counseling is
appropriate, this will be documented on aSpecial Report. The
supervisorycounseling will beinwritten form with the narrative
attached to the Special Report and signed by both the
supervisor and employee. The original Special Report will
remain in the employee's performance file and a copy of the
Special Report will be forwarded to Records Division for
retention.
8) If the subject of a complaint is recorded on video or audio a
copy of the recording will be requested by the initiating
supervisor and that copy sent to Command Stafffor filing. A
copy of the request will be forwarded with the original
paperwork.
Page6
9) All external complaints must be concluded with the final
disposition of Unfounded, Exonerated, Not Sustained,
Sustained or Suspension of Disposition.
E. Special Reports Classified as Complaints
1. The Assistant Chief will examine the content of the Special Report to
determine if itmeetsthe requirements of acomplaint.
2. The Ass istantChiefwill makeone ofthe following determinations:
a. Confirm the Special Report meets the requirements of a complaint
and further the Report and attachments to Command Staff for
investigation. A copy of the Special Report will be forwarded to the
Chiefof Police.
b. Concur with the completed investigation and forward the Report and
attachmentsto Command Stafffor filing.
c. Return the Special Report to be handled by a supervisor as a
performanceconcern.
3. If no written statement from the complainant accompanies the Special
Report, but it appears that further investigation is warranted, it will be
forwarded to Command Staff personnel for investigation. Should this
investigation reveal an infraction, the investigator or the Chiefof Police may
initiate acomplaint.
4. Command Staffwill have the following responsibilities:
a. Assign ComplaintNumbersand maintain alog for record.
b. Conductathorough and objectiveinvestigation.
c. Notifythe effected employee(s) inwriting as soon as appropriate.
d. Conductinterviewsas required.
e. Classify the employee's violation(s) using the most appropriate
category listed on the Corrective & Disciplinary Action Matrix.
(AttachmentA)
f. Recommendthe culpable mental state.
g. Based on the results of the investigation, make a recommendation to
class ify the complaint as: Unfounded, Exonerated, Not Sustained,
Sustained, or Suspension of Disposition.
h. Document the investigation in a Special Investigation Summary
memo.
I. Compile a summaryof corrective act ion on similarprevious incidents,
for comparison purposes.
Page 7
J. Compilethe employee'sdisciplinehistory.
k. Forward the completed investigation to the Chiefof Police.
I. Notify the complainant. Other affected employees will be notified via
the Chief's Memo of Final Determination which is distributed to the
employee'schain of command.
5. Investigationof CriminalActivity
a. All incidents of alleged criminal conduct on the part of an employee
will be investigated by the Criminal Investigations Division or an
outsidelaw enforcementagency.
b. The employee will be afforded all constitutional rights and legal
guaranteesnormallyprovided to any citizen.
c. The Criminal Investigations Division or an outside law enforcement
agencywill determineifcriminal charges are to befiled.
d. The Command Staff will conduct a separate investigation into rule
violations.
6. Employees will have the following rights and responsibilit ies during a
noncriminal investigation:
a. Employee Rights:
1) Employees shall be presumed innocent of all allegations until
sufficientevidenceexiststo prove the allegation occurred.
2) Employees shall be treated fairly and respectfully. No
employee shall be intentionally embarrassed, demeaned, or
otherwise abused,underany circumstances.
3) Employees should be interviewed during their normal duty
hours and interviews should be held to reasonable lengths. If
this is not possible, the employee will be given as much
advanced notice as possible. Special considerationsshould be
made if an employee has already worked a duty shift
immediatelyprior to the interview.
4) Employees have the right to read or hear the charge and to
know the accuser's identity (if known) prior to being
interviewed.
5) Employees may assume, unless advised otherwise, the
investigation of allegations is an administrative, not criminal,
investigation.When an employee isquestioned inreferenceto
Page 8
this type of investigation,the rules under Garrityautomatically
apply, regardless of whether the employee has received a
formalwritten Garritystatement.
6) Employees have the right to audio record all proceedings in
which they are present and/or obtain written transcripts of
those proceedings from the Department if and when they are
made. The employee will advise the investigator if they are
recording the interview. Recordings will be subject to any
active Orderof Confidentiality.
7) As a matter of practice, employees will not be interviewed by
more than two people at one time. However, based on the
magnitude of the investigation, it may be necessaryto involve
morethan two investigatorsin an interview.
8) Polygraph examinations will only be conducted in compliance
with Texas GovernmentCode614.063.
9) No order shall be construed as to prohibit communications
between an employees spouse, legal counselor any other
communications recognized by law as privileged.
10) The enumeration of these certain rights shall not be construed
to denyothers retained by law.
b. Employee responsibilities:
1) Each employee is obligated to report violations committed by
other employees to a supervisor. Violations include
disobedience to laws, directives, policies, procedures, and
orders.
2) When ordered by a supervisor, an employee involved in an
investigation shall submit a written statement concerning all
facts pertainingto the allegation.
3) If an employee refuses to answer questions, is untruthful, or
withholds information, the employee may be subject to
disciplinaryaction upto and includingtermination.
F. Determination of Discipline and/orCorrectiveAction
1. Command Staff will meet with the employee's supervisors to determine the
appropriate discipline and/or corrective action if warranted. Discipline and
corrective action will be based upon the culpable mental state, employee's
discipline history, a comparison of similar incidents by otheremployee's and
the DisciplineAction Matrix.
Page 9
2. If a consensus isnot reached, each supervisorwill prepare aseparate memo
recommending a discipline and/or corrective action. These memos will be
forwarded to the Chief of Police for determination of discipline and/or
correctiveaction.
3. Supervisory Counseling or aWritten Reprimand may be administered by any
supervisorto any subordinate.
4. Any corrective action or discipline involving professional counseling or
suspensionwillrequirethe approval ofthe Chiefof Police.
5. The employee will be notified upon determination of discipline or corrective
action.
G. Appeals
1. After receiving written notification of suspension,demotion, or dismissal, any
appeal to the Civil Service Board shall be in writing to the Civil Service
Director and submitted within 10 days afterthe date the person receives the
notification.
2. Afterreceiving notification of aWritten Reprimand,any appeal to the Chiefof
Police shall be made within 5working days.
a. The appeal will be submitted in writing via a memorandum through
the chain of command and must include a detailed explanation as to
the reason for appeal.
b. Acceptance ofthe appeal will be atthe discretion ofthe Chief.
3. There is no Civil Service appeal process for an employee who receives
supervisory counseling, a wr itten reprimand, an order for additional training
or professional counseling.
a. A written rebuttal to these actions may be submitted by the receiving
employee. This rebuttal must be submitted within 5 working days of
receiving written notice.
H. Record Retention
1. All Special Reports and Complaints will be maintained inasecure mannerby
Records Division.
2. Special Reports will be maintained in such a way to differentiate from an
employeecomplaint.
3. All discipline/complaint records will be maintained in accordance with state
law minimums. All discipline/complaint records and all references to those
records and recordings maintained in summary sheets and personnel files
will be destroyed when they reach the appropriate minimum retention dates.
The Chief, at his discretion, may retain discipline/complaint records beyond
state law minimums. The employee will be notified when this is done and
when the record is laterdestroyed.
Page 10
I. Confidentiality
1. Any supervisor or investigator may issue an Order of Confidentiality. The
intent of this order is to ensure and preserve the integrity and confidentiality
ofadministrative matters underinvestigation.
2. When a Final Disposition Classification has been determined, all Orders of
Confidentialitywill automaticallyexpire, unlessdirected bythe Chief.
3. All investigations are classified as "CONFIDENTIAL", and no portion of the
investigationis reproducedwithoutpermission of the Chiefof Police.
4. Investigative reports will not be released to unauthorized persons. If an
outside agency investigates the complaint , the employee's Special
Report/Complaintwill only be released in accordance with applicable state or
federal laws.
5. The Departmentmust respond to any courtsubpoenafor records. Ifthe court
then orders the Department to produce the records, the order will be
honored.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
Mike S.Corley
Chiefof Police
Brownwood Police Depart
ATIACHMENTS
Allachment A- Corrective & DisciplinaryAction Matrix
AllachmentB- CulpableMental States - Definitions
FORMS ORIGINATING FROM THIS POLICY:
Special Report
Order ofConfidentiality
Garrity Statement
CULPABLEMENTALSTATES
Prior todeciding on an appropriatecorrectivedisciplinaryoption,the following culpable mental state
ofthe employeewill be considered atthe time ofthe violation.
1. Inexperience- An employeeis unawareof, orfails to perceivearisk or violation due to
newness onthejob orspecial assignment(This includes newness inpositions such as 100
Detective, CrimePrevention Officer, etc.).
2. Negligence- An employeeisunawareof,orshould have been aware of,orfails to perceive
ariskthrough lack of due care or caution.
3. Reckless- An employeeperceives arisk orshould have perceived arisk,but disregards
that riskinan efforttocarry out apolice mission.
4. Intentional- An employeeisaware of aviolation and the employee'sobjectiveisto commit
that violation.
5. Mal icious - An employeeisaware ofaviolation and the employee'sintentisto causeharm
to anotherperson orto any organization. (Misleading an investigation isconsidered harmful
tothe organization) .
Corrective & Disciplinary Action Matrix AttachmentA
Corrective Corrective
Integrity Action Professionalism Action
A,B!CiDjE AiBiCiDiE
Truthf ulness
(includingnot
providing the
corrpletetruth)
i
I ' X
i I
I
: 1
Attendance
i
Gratuityviolation Insubordination
IXX
!
CrirrinalActivity,
MiB orabove
includingMiCtheft
orassault
I i
! XiX X
i
Perform required
duty: Substandard
Perf ormrequired
duty:Dereliction
Minortraffic Conduct bringing
xix! 1 I
violations disrepute tothe
Departrrent
! I
XiX!
,
I'
I
! ~
I : :
XiX xixX
i
I
XX
XXXX
r
XXx!x X
I
Protection of
PublicorPrivate
Property
Lost:
Negligence
Lost:
Reckless
Darrage:
Negligence
Darrage:
Reckless
Corrective
Protectionof
Action
People
A!B.CiD E
X!X:XiX X Sexual harassrrent
xjx:I I
:xi x:xi
I
,;1
xlx .
: ' ;
xx.x
Corrective Corrective
Action Individual Liberty Action
A BiC DiE B C D ~ E
j ,
Civilright,racial XiX Xxix
profiling,
i
discrirrination I
I !
I
x'x1x Pursuitviolation Confident iality X ~ X X:X.X
Useof f orce:
Unnecessary
Useof force:
Excessive
XXX
,X,X
:x'X:XX Prisoner Care
! ! i
Tarrpering with X Uniformequiprrent, xl
evidence
I
grooming,and
I
i
appearance I
Allother policy
Corruption
;
,
~
I
I
'' X
i
violations not
includedinthe
XXXXX
i
rratrix
Respectfulof
citizens and
co-workers
I
X:X
;
:,
I :
I .
i i
Corrective & Disciplinary Action:
A. Training/re-education through supervisor y counseling
B. WrittenReprirrand
C. Suspension 1-4days off
D. Suspension: 5-9days off
E Suspens ion: 10-15 days of f or demotion, terrrination
("X" indicates correctiveactions thatcan betaken")
*Exempt employees refer to Civil ServiceRules*
**Re-education/trainingcanberrandatedinadditiontoany category**
2
nd
andsubsequentsirrilar violationscan beenhancedtothenext highestcategory ina24monthperiod
CUlpable mental state should be determined before corrective and/or disciplinary action is chosen
--- - - - -
Garrity Warning
Internal Investigation
I. As aconditionofyouremploymentwith theBrownwoodPoliceDepartment,you are
being ordered to answer questions as partof an official investi gationof the Brownwood Police
Department.
2. Theinformationor evidenceyou provide cannot be used against youin any criminal
proceeding. However,yourstatementmay be usedagainstyou ifasubsequentadministrati ve
action iscommenced.
3. Ifyou refuseto answer ourquestions,you may be subjectto disciplinaryactionup to and
includingtermination.
Do you understand? Yes No
Invest igatingOfficerSignature
EmployeeSignature
PrintedName
Date
- ---------
MEMO
DATE:
TO:
SUBJECT: Order Relative to the Confidentiality of an Investigation
Effective upon receipt of this memorandum, you are hereby ordered not to discuss the
subject matter of the investigation described below with any person, nor shall you disclose
the substance of anything discussed during any interview in the course of the investigation,
including the names or identification of any witnesses or persons interviewed or to be
interviewed in connection with the investigation, except to a supervisor or commanding
officer. You are further ordered to provide a written report to the investigator named below
any request made by anyone to discuss this investigation within twenty-four (24) hours after
such request has been made. The investigation in progress is relative to:
You are further advised that any violation of this memorandum order may subject you to
disciplinary action for insubordination under the Rules and Regulations of the Police
Department, including termination.
Name and Signature of Investigator
Rank:
Received this day of _
Employee 10#
SPECIAL REPORT
Complaint
o Internal
o External
Complainant
Address
Street City State Zip Code
Contact Information Home:
------ -
Cell:
-------
Work:
-------
E-Mail :
-------
Supervisor taking information or initiating action:
Supervisor Name: ID# Date:
Employee Name: ID#
Employee Name: ID#
Employee Name: ID#
Summary:
Alleged Violation:
D
I nvestigation COrTI pleted or
D
Additional Investigation needed
Final Disposition:
D Unfounded
Employee
Date
D Exonerated
D Not Sustained
D Sustained
Initiating Supervisor Date
D Suspension of Disposition
Chief of Police
Date
UseofForce
CIlY BROV WOOD
Po ICE DEPA TME iT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
Thepurposeofthis Orderis toestablishpolicyregardingthe useof force.
II. POLICY:
A. Under no circumstances will the level offorce utilized be greater than necessary to
accomplisha lawfulconclusionto apoliceincident.
B. It is the policy ofthe Brownwood Police Department that the use offorce will be
categorizedas:
1. deadlyforce, and
2. non-deadlyforce.
C. Deadlyforcewillonlybeutilizedwhentheofficerreasonablybelievesthathislherlifeis
inimminentand/orimmediatedangerof deathorseriousbodilyinjuryorathirdperson
is in inuninentand/orimmediatedangerof deathorseriousbodilyinjury.
D. Non-deadlyforce maybe utilized:
1. Whennecessarytopreservethepeace,preventthecommissionof anoffense,or
preventsuicideorself-inflicted injury;
2. Whenmakinglawfularrestsandsearches,overcomingresistanceto lawfularrests
orsearches,andpreventingescapesfrom custody;
Page 2
3. When in self-defense, or defense ofanother against unlawful violence to his
personorproperty;or
4. Whenpreventingorinterruptinganintrusiononorinterferencewiththelawful
possessionofproperty.
E. Medicalaidwill besummonedforpersonswithobvioussignsofinjury,orreportingan
injuryafteruseofforcehasbeenapplied. Medicalaidwillnotbedeniedtoapersonwho
requests it.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1. LawfulForce- Anassertiveactcommittedbyapoliceofficerintheperformance
of dutywhennecessarytoaccomplishanyof theobjectiveslistedinSectionII D
ofthisOrder.
2. Non-DeadlyForce- Aqualityandquantityofforcethatinthecircumstancesthen
presentis neitherlikelynorintended to causeseriousbodilyinjuryordeath.
3. DeadlyForce- Thatlevelofforcecapableoforintendedtoinflictseriousbodily
injuryordeathwhich includesthevascularneckrestraint.
4. NecessaryForce- Theminimumamountanddegreeoflawfulforcesufficientto
achievealegitimatepoliceobjectiveas described in SectionII Dof this Order.
5. Normal Circumstances - Circumstances in which the officer has not been
deprivedofhisabilityto employapproved methodsorweapons.
6. Reasonable Grounds - That set offacts or circumstances based on reliable,
trustworthy information or personal knowledge or observation by an officer
whichreasonablyshowsandwouldwarrantanordinary,prudentmantobelieve
thatacrimehasbeencommittedand/orthataparticularpersonhascommittedor
isabouttocommitsomeoffenseagainstthe law.
7. Physical Strength or SelfDefense Techniques - Holding, restraining(excepta
neckrestraint), throwing, pushing, pulling, etc., withoutuse ofanyweaponor
device,butincludingspecialskillssuchas karate,judo,etc.,byanofficeralone
ortogetherwithotherofficers.
8. Approved Weapon - A weapon and ammunition used by an officer which has
beenapproved bythe ChiefofPolice.
9. Excited Delirium - a drug induced psychosis where subjects often exhibit
behaviorssuchas hallucinations,sensitivityto light, acuteparanoia, unusual
Page3
strength, high body temperature, destructive acts (often involving glass), self
inflicted injuryandpartialorfull nudity.
10. Less-lethalMunitions- anelectronicorimpactimmobilizationdevice,flexible
ornonflexible,whichisintendedtoincapacitateasubjectwithminimalpotential
for causing death or serious bodily injury when compared to conventional
projectilesorfirearms.
B. Methods/InstrumentsUtilizedto ApplyForce
1. Undernormal circumstances,onlythemethodsorinstrumentslistedbelowmay
beutilized to applyforce.
a. ProfessionalPresence/VerbalCommands
b. Physical strengthandselfdefensetechniques
c. Approvedelectroniccontroldevice
d. Approvedchemicalagents
e. Approved baton
f. Approvedlesslethaldevices
g. Approvedfirearms
2. Under normal circumstances knives and flashlights will not be utilized as
weapons.
C. Non-DeadlyForce
1. Non-deadly force may be utilized in situations where the officer must take
physical actionas indicated in SectionIID ofthisOrder,andtheforce utilized
shall betheleastamountofforce necessaryto achievecompliance.
2. Anytime an officer believes a subject has exhibited the behaviors ofExcited
Delirium,medicalassistancewillbesummonedtothesceneonceitissafetodo
so.
3. Non-DeadlyForceTechniquesinclude:
a. Professionalpresenceandverbalskills.
b. Physical skills including pressure point control tactics, and defensive
tactics. Thisdoesnotincludetheuseofthevascularneckrestraint.
Page 4
c. Electronic Control Device
I) An officer may use an Electronic Control Device when certified
in the use and when physical force is required either to protect
oneself or a third person from assault or to subdue a subject
engaged in unlawful activities or aggressive resistance.
2) Only sworn personnel will carry departmentally issued electronic
control devices.
a) Carrying of the device is optional.
b) All sworn personnel who choose to carry the device must
be certified.
3) When in uniform, sworn personnel trained in the use of Electronic
Control Devices are required to carry it in an approved holder on
the equipment belt.
4) Except when confronted with an immediate physical threat,
officers shall give a verbal warning and provide an opportunity
for suspects to comply prior to deployment of the device.
5) The Electronic Control Device will only be used to accomplish
lawful law enforcement objectives within the guidelines of this
policy. Electronic Control Devices shall not be:
a) intentionally deployed to the groin, neck or face
b) used when indications of excited delirium are present
c) used on anyone located where a fall may cause substantial
injury or death (except under exigent circumstances)
d) used to subdue or otherwise control a handcuffed person
unless that person is actively resisting or exhibiting active
aggression or at risk of harming themselves or anyone else
e) used if the resistance is minor and not hazardous to
officers or a third party
f) used on pregnant women, elderly persons, young children,
or visibly frail individuals (except under exigent
circumstances)
Page 5
g) used on anyone in physicalcontrol ofa moving vehicle,
includingcars,trucks, motorcycles,ATVs, bicycles,and
scooters,(exceptunderexigentcircumstances)
h) used in any area known to contain combustible or
flammable liquidsorsubstances
i) usedinclosequarterincidentswherethereis achanceof
athirdpartybeing harmed bythedevice
j) used on fleeing subjects who pose no threat ofharm to
anyoneorthemselves
k) usedas punishmentagainstanyperson.
6) Medicalattentionshallbesummonedif anyindicationsof injury
arepresent.
7) Every effort should be taken to ensure the Electronic Control
Deviceisdeployedto partsofthebodyrecommendedasindustry
standardtargets. Thesetargetlocations include:
a) backsidefrom shouldersdown
b) frontsidefrom collarboneto thighsoffsetleftorright
c) flanks from armpitdown
8) Officersshallreceivedepartmentregularlyscheduledtrainingon
the use, control, legal aspects, excited delirium, and orders
relatingtoelectroniccontroldevices. Sergeantsareresponsibleto
reviewtrainingperiodicallyto ensurecompliance
d. Useof departmentallyapprovedchemicalagents.
1) Anofficermayuseneutralizingagentswhencertifiedinthe use
andwhenphysicalforce is required,eitherto protectoneselfora
third party from assault or to subdue a subject engaged in
unlawfulactivitiesoraggressiveresistance.
2) Neutralizingagentsshouldnotbeusediftheresistanceis minor
and nothazardousto theofficerorathirdparty.
3) Neutralizing agents shall not be used in civil protests or
demonstrations,exceptwhenauthorizedbyasupervisor.
Page 6
4) Officers may deploy and use neutralizing agents to protect
themselves orany personagainstan attack by any animal. The
use ofneutralizingagents onanimals will bedocumented inan
infonnationreport.
5) Sworn persormel will only carry departmentally issued
neutralizingagents.
a) Carryingoftheproductis optional.
b) Allswornpersormelwhochoosetocarrytheproductmust
becertified.
6) When in unifonn, sworn persormel trained in and issued
neutralizingagentsare requiredto carryit inanapprovedholder
ontheequipmentbelt.
7) Whileinplainclothes,theneutralizingagentsmaybevoluntarily
carriedinaconcealedmarmerbyplain-clothedofficers.
8) Canistersofneutralizingagentswill notbe leftin Cityvehicles,
norexposedtoextremetemperaturesthatcouldcausethecanister
to rupture.
9) Nonnaltransportprocedureswillapplytothosepersonsexposed
to a neutralizing agent. First Aid will be administered upon
arrival attheLawEnforcementCenter.
10) Anycanisterwillbereplaced if depletedand/oritreachesalevel
of 50%. Regardless of use, canisters will be replaced upon
expirationsand/oraccordingto manufacturer' sguidelines.
e. Useofdepartmentallyapprovedpolicebaton
1) No officershall carryoruseapolice batonunlesscertified inthe
use ofsuch Baton, and is allowed to carry only departmentally
approvedbatons.
2) Undernonnalcircumstancesthebatonwillinnowaytaketheplace
ofafireann inadeadlyforce situation.
3) Thebatonmaybeutilizedto subdueaviolentlyresistingsubject
orinselfdefenseordefenseofa third person.
Page 7
4) Officerswill not intentionallystrikethehead,neck,throat, spine,
kidneys,orthegroinregion. Officersshouldlimitimpactwiththe
batonto areasofthearms,legsandtorso.
5) Thebatonshall notbe utilizedasacluborbludgeon.
6) Strikes delivered with a baton shall be delivered only to the
appropriatetargetareas ofthe bodythat mayrenderthe subject
temporarily incapacitated but are not intended to cause serious
bodilyinjury.
7) Wheninuniform,officersissuedanexpandablebatonarerequired
tocarryit inthe batoncaseontheiruniformbelt.
f. Useofless-lethal munitions
I) Less-lethalmunitionsmayonlybe utilized byofficerswhohave
received specific training on the use and deployment ofthat
munition/weapon.
2) Less-lethalmunitionsmayonlybeutilized:
a) tostopaggressiveresistancewhichcouldresultinserious
bodilyinjurytoanyperson,or
b) to prevent an imminent attempt of suicide when the
personhastheability,means,andopportunitytocarryout
theact.
3) Less-lethalmunitionsarenottobeutilizedasasubstituteweapon
inanydeadlyforcesituationasdescribed bythisGeneralOrder.
4) Officersmayutilizespecialtyimpactweaponsand/ormunitions
to protect themselves or any person against an attack by any
animal. The use ofspecialty impactweapons and/ormunitions
will bedocumentedin thenarrativeofareport.
4. Subjects who physically resist officers resulting in the application ofany ora
combination ofnon-deadly force techniques listed in III. B. 1. (b - f) ofthis
Order,will beplaced in anuprightpositionorontheirsideas soonaspractical
aftercontrolofthesubjectis obtainedbytheofficer(s).
D. DeadlyForce
1. Deadly force is only allowed and lawful, when there is an imminent and/or
immediatethreatofdeathorseriousbodily injuryto anyperson.
Page8
2. Theuseofany instrumentormethodina mannerintendedtoand/orcapableof
causingdeathorseriousinjuryis deadlyforce.
3. Thedischargingof afireann,withtheexceptionof specialtyimpactweapons,in
thedirectionofapersonwhichisintendedtocausedeathorseriousbodilyinjury
in orderto preventthe samefrom occurring to the officeroranother is deadly
force.
a. Fireannsshallnotbedeployedorbrandishedasathreatunlessitsactual
useinthesituationwouldbeproper.
b. Fireannsmaybereadiedforuseinsituationswhereit isanticipatedthat
theymayactuallyberequired.
c. Policeofficerswillnotfirewarningshotswhendetenniningdeadlyforce
will beapplied.
d. Ifan officer decides to surrendera fireann and become a hostage, the
Departmentwillnotgivespecialconsiderationtotheofficerineffortsto
resolvethehostagesituation.
e. Noofficerispermittedtocarryorutilizeanyfireannunlessapprovedand
properly trained on its use except in unusual, extraordinary
circumstances.
f. Noofficershallinanymaterialwaymodifyoralteranapprovedfireann
withoutproperauthorization.
g. All incidentsofdischargedfirearms will bedocumentedby reportand
providedto thechainofcommandforsupervisoryreview.
E. Documentationof Non-DeadlyUseofForce
1. Officersusinganeutralizingagent,lesslethalweaponsormunitions,orthebaton
whena subjectis struck,non-deadlyforcewill documentsuchdeploymentand
thecircumstances.
a. TheUseofForceReportwill beforwarded viathechainofcommandto
theChief ofPolicefor supervisoryreview.
b. The Inspecting Officer will investigate the incident to ensure proper
procedureswere used andto identifyanytrainingorequipmentneedsor
deficiencies. The Inspection Report will be forwarded to the Chiefof
Police.
2. It is not the responsibility ofthe Inspecting Officer to identify policy or rule
Page9
violations. Ifhowever,theInspectingOfficerdiscoversapolicyorruleviolation
in the courseofthe Inspection,the immediatesupervisorofthe subjectofficer
will be notified.
a. Itis the responsibility ofthe subject officer's immediate supervisorto
identifyand appropriatelyaddress any policyorrule violationwith the
officer whether discovered by the immediate supervisor or received
throughnotificationof theInspectingOfficer.
b. Any supervisor can recommend an Internal Incident Inspection when
extenuatingcircumstancesexist.
F. DeadlyForceand ReportingtheDischargeofFirearms
1. Anytimeanofficerdischargesafirearmwhichhasbeenapproved andqualified
fordutyuseaccidentallyorintentionally,forpurposesotherthanlawfulpractice,
training,qualification,orauthorizedcompetition,he/shewillreporttheincident
immediatelyby contactinghis/hersupervisor.
2. Ifan officer puts down an injured/dying animal the officer shall notify his
supervisorand providewrittendocumentationfor the CommandStaff.
3. Ifanofficeremploysafirearmagainstananimalinself-defenseorthedefenseof
a third party he/she will report the incident immediately by contacting his/her
supervisor, and file both an incidentreport and a use offorce report. The duty
supervisorwill conductaninitial investigationof theshootinganddetermineif
further investigationintothe incidentis required. Thesupervisorwill preparea
writtenreportofhisfindings for CommandStaff.
4. Incaseswherethedischargeofafirearminvolvestheuseofdeadlyforceagainst
aperson,thesupervisornotifiedoftheincidentwillimmediatelycontactorcause
to becontacted:
a. TheChiefofPoliceorhisdesignee
b. TheAssistantChief
c. AnInvestigativeTeamwill beformedandactivatedbyCommandStaff.
1) Personnelwillbeappointedtotheteambasedonexperienceand
trainingas theeventdictates.
2) The Chief may appoint additional personnel to assist in the
investigation.
3) The Investigative Team will conduct an administrative
Page 10
investigationof theincidentandwillreporttotheChief of Police
orhisdesignee.
4) The primarypurposeofthe investigationwill beto determineif
the shooting incident was within Departmental guidelines as it
pertainsto:
a) applicablestatutes,and
b) Departmentpolicy.
d. CriminalInvestigationsDivision(CID)iftheincidentoccurredondutyin
BPDjurisdiction.
1) All criminal charges involving any person involved in the
shootingincident, policeorcivilian,will bethe responsibilityof
CIDor,
2) Ifdeemedappropriate by the ChiefofPolice,anoutsideagency
maybeaskedto conductthecriminal investigation.
5. GuidelinesforProcessingPhysicalEvidence,Participants,andWitnessesduring
InvestigationofShootings
a. Officers involved in deadly force incidents will be placed on
administrativeleavewithpayandrelievedoftheirnormal duties.
b. The Investigative Team will have unrestricted access to the incident
scene, and should coordinate such access with the CID Supervisor in
chargeatthe scene.
c. Thefollowingguidelineswillbeadheredtoregardingphysicalevidence,
participantsandwitnesses.
1) AllphysicalevidenceshouldbecollectedbyCIDinthepresence
oftheInvestigativeTeam ifable:
a) Pictures and diagrams depicting the location of all
physicalevidenceandpersonsinvolvedinthe incident.
b) All weaponsinvolved inthe incident.
(I) If theweaponcollectedistheonlydutyweaponof
theofficerinvolved,theDepartmentmayprovide
aweaponuntilthe investigationiscompleted.
(2) The person collecting the weapon will be
Page 11
responsibleforseeingthatanotherdesignatedduty
weaponisprovided;bycontactingcommandstaff
personnel.
c) All clothing worn by persons killed or wounded during
the incidentwill becollectedbythe investigativeteam.
d) Allotherpertinentevidence.
2) As soonas possible, swornstatementsfrom all participantsand
witnesses recounting the events they can attest to should be
obtained.
6. Uponcompletionof thepreliminaryinvestigation,asununaryreportwillbemade
directlyto theChiefofPoliceorhisdesignee.
7. Follow-UpInvestigation
a. Detectivesshouldensureall physical evidence is properlysubmittedto
the crime lab for appropriatetestsand obtaincopies ofsubsequenttest
results.
b. Whenapplicable,detectivesshouldobtaincopiesofall medical reports
pertainingto the incidentvictims.
8. Upon completion ofthe investigation, the Investigative Team will forward a
completereportto theChiefofPolice. Thisreportwillincludeanyfactorswhich
mayhavecontributedtotheincidentalongwithanyrecommendationswhichmay
affectfuture incidents,trainingorequipment.
G. TheAssistantChiefwillorderanannualreportonuseofforce whichwillbe submitted
totheChief ofPolice. Inadditiontoastatisticalanalysis,thereportwillannotatetrends,
identifyopportunitiesforimprovementandmakerecommendationsconcerningneeded
modificationsto policy,equipmentortraining.
H. UseofForceTraining
1. Eachyearall Officerswill receivetraining inthe useofdeadlyforce andthe
Department'sGeneralOrdersregardingUseofForceandFireanns.This
trainingwill beconductedbythe first linesupervisorsin 'roll-call' blocksof
instructionusingatrainingoutlinepreparedby the TrainingCoordinator.
2. BienniallyeveryswornOfficershall be required to attendtrainingbycertified
instructorsor instructors utilizing instructional materialsforthatweaponon
all lessthanlethal weaponscarried. Officersshallalsodemonstrate
proficiencywithall lessthanlethalweaponscarriedorassigned.
Page 12
3. TheTrainingCoordinatorwill documentthatthe trainingwasreceived in each
Officer'sfile, alongwiththecourseofinstructionprovided.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
JANUARY 24, 2011
REVISEDDATE: JUNE 26, 2012
ATTACHMENT
DepartmentUseofForceReport
--
Use of Force Supplement
Use of Force:
Date: Time:
Primary Officer Using Force:
Location :
Subject Name:
Address:
Day of Week: Shift: District:
# Time on Dept:
Type Premises:
Race: Sex: DOB:
--
Hgt:
Subject Injured: D No DYes:
Arr/Off.#:
Years Mos.
Age:
Wgt:
Transported to:
DAmb. D Refused Treatment
Officer Injury: D No DYes:
Transported to:
DAmb. D Refused Treatment
Reason for Use of Force:
D To Effect Arrest D To Defend Another Officer D To Prevent Offense
D To Defend Self D To Defend Another Person D Restrain for Subject Safety
D Other:
Subject's Actions:
D Nonverbal cues indicating physical resistance Number of Suspects Resisting:
D Verbal threats, non-compliance with officer direction
D Dead weight, clinging to objects, preventing custody Appeared or Known Under the Influence
D Pulling, pushing, running away, to avoid control, not harming officer D Alcohol
D Assault, grabbing, pushing, kicking, striking officer or another D Drugs
D Assault with intent and ability to cause death or SBI D Mental issues
D Assault or threats with deadly weapon D Other:
D Other:
Officer Actions: (Check all that apply, if more than one type of force used, number in order of use.)
D Verbal Direction D Less Lethal Munitions (Bean bag, stinger, rubber)
D Soft Weaponless Control (Muscling, joint locks, pressure points) D Pointed Taser (Laser)
D Hard Weaponless Control (Hard strikes, leg strikes, shoulder pin) D Discharged Taser
Doc Spray D Pointed Firearm
D Asp/Baton D Discharged Firearm
D Non-Lethal (Pepperball) D Other:
Physical Control:
D Not Used D Pressure Points D Takedown D Hobble
D Muscling (grip, push , pull) D Joint Lock D Handcuffing D Other:
Effective: DYes D No:
oc Spray:
OC Spray: D Not Used D Attempted D Used Distance: - ft. Duration: 1: 2: 3:
ASP I Baton:
ASP / Baton: D Not Used D Used Number of Strikes: Location:
Non Lethal I Less Lethal Munitions:
Non/Less lethal Munitions: D Not Used
Location of Hits:
DUsed
(insert number of rounds fired I hits)
Bean Bag: __ Stinger: __ Rubber: __ Pepperball:
I
TASER:
D NotUsed D Pointed TaserOnly(Laser) D Discharged Taser D Drive Stun
Distance Fired:___ft. Cycles Discharged:____ Probes PenetrateSkin DYes D No
TaserNumber: Cartridge Numbers: Placed in Evidence:DYes D No
Firearm:
o NotUsed D Pointed Firearm Only 0 Discharged Firearm
Weapon: D Sidearm D Shotgun D Patrol Rifle D Backup/OffDuty Distance Fired: ft.
Rounds Discharged: NumberHitson Target: Weapon Serial Number: D
EnvironmentalConditions:
D Hot(Litt leorthi nclothing) D Daylight
D Warm D Dawn /Dusk
D Cool D Darkness
D Cold (Heavyclothing) D Other:
OfficerSummary:
Type offorce ultimatelysuccessful inControlofSubject:
Officercommentson regarding forceeffectiveness:
Reporting Officer:
SituationalConditions:
D Multiple Suspects D Indoors
D HostileEnvironment D Outdoors
D Threats to Officer(s) D In Vehicle
D Confined Space D Other:
Indicatelocationofforce usedon diagram
~ . -
I. / -"'\
((I ./
'( J \ I \ ~
Wi \ I UJ')
\/'\? ~ [ / M G,;p
\II 0 Spray
<t- Impact
I V Dart
\ Munition
o
***Full NarrativeofUseofForce in ArrestorOffenseReport- Attach Copytothis Supplement***
Supervisor:
Numberofofficersatscene and available when force used: _____
Comments:________________________
Supervisor: #
D Video Reviewed
D In Compliancewith Policy
D FurtherInvestigation Needed
Reviewed:______ _ ______________D In Compliance D Investigation Needed
PatrolLieutenant
Reviewed:_____________________D In Compliance D Investigation Needed
ChiefofPolice
Part-TimeEmployment
Crrv F BROW WOOD
Po ICE 0 PA TME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. THIS ORDERREPLACES
V. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
Thepurposeofthis Orderistoestablishguidelinesfor allpersonnelfor employmentoutsidethe
II. POLICY:
Itisthepol icyofthe BrownwoodPoliceDepartmentthatemployeesshallconductthemselvesat
alltimesinamannerthat reflectsfavorablyonthe Department. Working atanoutsidejob isa
privilegeandpermissiontodososhall begrantedonlytothoseemployeeswho meetorexceed
performancestandardsand receivesatisfactoryemployeeevaluations.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Responsibilities
1. Employeesrequestingapprovaltoengageinpart-timeemploymentmustadhere
to all Departmental rules, regulations, and otherwritten directives.
2. Any actionstaken bythe employeeengaging inpart-timeemploymentsubjects
them tothe samepotential civil liabilityas ifthe actionsweretakenwhile in an
on-dutystatus.
3. An employee is required to be available to perform the functions of their
employment, bothmentally and physically, as required by the Civil Service Rules
ofthe Cityof Brownwood.
4. Any employeeworking outside employment must realize that any injury,while
working in that capacity, may not qualify for benefits under worker's
compensation.
a. Employeesshould makethemselvesawareofwhatcoveragetheir
part-timeemployerprovidesfor on-the-jobinjuryorillness.
Page 2
b. AnexceptiontoSectionA.,4.maybegrantedifasworn officerisworking
outside employment and the need arises to take off icial authorized
measurestoenforcethestatutesoftheStatePenalCode,Federal Laws,
Texas Transportation Code and City Ordinances, and the employee
becomesinjured orillas aresult.
1) Worker'scompensation may applyundertheseconditions.
2) Theseexceptionsapply onlyto sworn personnel.
5. Reserve Police Officers are prohibited from working part-time employment in the
capacityof apoliceofficer.
B. Definitions:
1. Employment- The provisionoflabororaserviceinexchangeforafee,gift,other
serviceor compensation inthe form ofanything ofvalue.
2. Part-time Employment - Employment from a source other than the City of
Brownwood.
a. Hourly Employment - Part-time work paid at an hourly rate based on
actual numberof hoursworked.
b. Salaried Employment- Part -time work paid at a set rate for a defined
work period, regardlessofthe actual hoursworked.
1) Salaried employment usually includes administrative positions
held to schedule or coordinate several employees for a single
employer.
2) Apartment security is included as salaried employmentwhen a
percentageorallofthe apartmentrent iswaived ifthe employee
isliving on-sight performing securitydutiesinlieu of receiving a
cash payment.
3) Italso includesthoseactivitiesengagedinanyotheremployment
position in a business where the employee is employed as a
result ofhispositionand/orauthoritywiththeCityofBrownwood.
3. TermsdefinedinFair LaborStandardsAct also applytothis GeneralOrder.
C. Conditionsfor Part-Time Employment
1. Anyemployeereceivinganythingofvalue(otherthan currency)inexchangefor
workingpart-timeemploymentmustreceivepriorapprovaloftheChiefofPolice.
2. Salariedexecutiveservices,salariedservicesandemploymentinwhich rentora
portion of rent isprovided as aform of paymentwill be reported.
3. Employees of the Departmentwho are employed in a part -time capacity must
reporttheirhoursthroughthe chain ofcommand.
Page3
4. Work hours for all part-time employment must be scheduled in a mannerthat
does notconflictwithanemployee'sperformanceofduty. Special consideration
will not be given toscheduling ofthe employee'sduty hours.
5. Ifemployeesareabsentfrom Departmentdutiesbecauseofsick leave orinjury,
they shall not work any part-timejob until the completion of their next regular
tour-of-duty.
6. Part-timejobsoutsidethe Brownwood City limits requiring the performanceof
peace officerfunctions or security officer duties are prohibited unless written
approval isgranted bythe Chiefof Police.
7. An employee designated as a probationaryemployeeis prohibited from being
employedoutsidethe Department. This doesnotapplyto probationaryperiods
as aresult ofacivil servicepromotion.
8. No employee shall be employed by or financially interested in any billiard or
gaming parlor.
9. Noemployeeshall beemployedinsideapremiseoranyplaceofbusinesswhere
a source of revenue is the sale of intoxicating beverages for on premise
consumption.
a. This prohibition includeshotelsand restaurants.
b. Officersmay stand inahotel orrestaurantlobby,but not enterthe area
whereliquorisserved,excepttohandleapolice matter,i.e.,disturbance.
c. Officers may work security outside of the area where intoxicating
beverages are being served orconsumed.
10. Unless otherwise authorized by the written consent of the Chiefof Police, all
employeesareprohibitedfrom being employedbyaprivatesecurityagencyora
privatedetectiveagency.
11. An employee currently on suspension from the Department is prohibited from
workingatapositionrequiringauthorityasapeaceofficerordutiesofasecurity
nature.
12. Employees on light-duty status or injury leave are not authorized to work any
part-timeemploymentassignments.
13. Any of these conditions may be waived bythe Chiefof Policeat his discretion
upon written request.
D. Authorizationfor Part-TimeEmployment
1. Requests for long-term (duration of two calendar weeks or longer) part-time
employmentwillbesubmittedtotherequestingemployee'simmediatesupervisor
on the Outside Employment Approval Form, prior to beginning long-term
employment.
Page 4
2. Itisthe supervisor'sresponsibilityto monitortheiremployees'performanceand
detect any significant impairment that may be due to part-time employment, and
takeappropriate action which may includeordering the employeeto reduceor
terminatetheirpart-timeemployment.
3. Requestsforoutsideemploymentwillbesentviachain ofcommandtotheChief
of Police. Records Division shall retain a copy of the signed form including
attachmentsinthe officer's personnelfile.
4. Authorizationforpart-timeemploymentautomaticallyexpiresonDecember31st
ofeach year. Requestsfor continuationofallpart-timejobsmustbesubmitted
and reviewed priortothat date.
5. If the status of part-time employment (such as termination, assigned duties)
changes, the employeewill ,within one week,notifythe facts via theirchain of
command.
6. Departmental personnel will obtain permission from their supervisor prior to
beginning a part-time job lasting less than two calendar weeks but are not
required to submitan OutsideEmploymentApproval Form.
a. If there is not sufficient time to request this permission, the employee
shall submitamemotothe supervisorduring the next scheduledtourof
duty detailingthe employment.
b. This type of part timeemploymentshall not involvelaw enforcementor
securitytypework. Any such workmustbepre-approvedbythe Chiefof
Police
E. Assignmentof Part-timeEmploymentthroughthe City
1. Requestsmadetothe Departmentbythe publicforpart-timeemployeesshallbe
forwarded tothe PatrolDivision Lieutenants.
2. The Lieutenantswill postjob notificationsonthe Patrol bulletinboard. Eachjob
notification will include:the occasion, date and time of the event;the contact
person(s) name and phone number(s) ;rate per hour; and a signature line for
each job position.
3. Employees authorized to perform the job will sign-up for a position on the job
notification posted onthe bulletin board. The Lieutenant'sare the only people
authorizedto removethe posting from the bulletin board.
4. Employeeswho have verified ajob and are unabletoworkare responsiblefor
re-contactingthe Patrol Lieutenantwho postedthejob andadvisingthem ofthis
circumstance. Employeesshould attemptto find thereown replacement.
F. Use of PoliceVehiclesfor Part-TimeJobs
1. When it is in the best interest of the Department and under special
circumstances, officersmay use policevehiclestowork part-timejobs.
Page5
2. Arequestforvehicleuse onaparttimejob must besubmittedforapproval tothe
AssistantChiefofPolice. Upon approvalordenial,this requestwill bereturned
tothe requesting officer.
3. The Patrol DivisionLieutenantwillforwardabilltothe part-timeemployerforthe
chargesincurred inthe use of policevehicle(s).
G. DeniallWithdrawalofAuthorizationfor Part-Time Employment
1. Approval of part-time employment may be withdrawn or denied for any of the
following:
a. Personnel fail to maintain a satisfactory level of performance with the
Department;
b. Requirementsofthe part-timeemploymentexistorchange,soas,inthe
opinion of the Department, it is not in the best interests of the City,
Department, orit'semployeestocontinuethe part-timeemployment;or
c. The part-time employment is not in the best interest of the City, the
Department, orthe employee.
H. Part-TimeEmploymentSalary Scale
1. The part-timeemploymentminimumsalariesforpoliceorsecurity-relatedduties
will be determined by the Chief of Police. Notification of the Part-Time
EmploymentSalarywill be madebymemorandum.
IV.
EFFECTIVEDATE: --f-...........-+--.L-f---
Mike S.Corley
Chiefof Police
Brownwood PoliceDepa
ATTACHMENTS
OutsideEmploymentForm
CITY OF BROWNWOOD
EMPLOYEE'S OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT
"Request for Approval"
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ , an employee of the City of Brownwood, request
approval of my engaging in "outside employment", which will be in addition to my current job with the City
as in the Department.
r understand the policy as stated in Section 17 of the Personnel Rules and Regulations : this outs ide
employment shall not conflict or interfere with the performance of duties with my current job with the City;
and r must have prior written approval from my Department Head; and the written approval may be revoked
by the Department Head at any time.
The job r am considering for "outside employment" is as follows:
Employer:
My job title will be: _
Duties to be performed: _
My work hours will be: to _
Signed, _
(Employee)
Print Name:
Date :
Departmental Use only Below this Line
Request received by Department Head on _
This request has been :
Approved [ ]
Disapproved []
Signed , ---,---- -----,- _
(Department Head)
Date: _
Revised General Order
General Order#1-00-07-11,BodyArmorPolicy, has been revised . Belowis a listofthe
changesmade. Please remove the original general order from your binder and replace it
with this one. Also notethatthe body armorwaiverform hasbeen removed from usewhile the
body armoracknowledgementform has beenadded.
Changes:
lILA. IssuanceofBody Armor
o 4. Theofficeris no longerresponsiblefor "ordering" replacementvests but we did
add that theofficeris responsiblefor "notifyinghis/herchainofcommand"
o 5. Deleted turningin bodyarmorontheoccasionthatthe "officerno longerdesires
to utilizeCity issued bodyarmor"
o 7. Deleted"theopportunityto obtain"and " rejectionofsuchopportunity"as well as
"UponacceptanceofCity issued bodyarmor. Thesedeletionsweremadeto remove
thevoluntary useofbodyarmor.
o 8. Added thissectionto account for a doctor'swaiverand medical reason notto use
bodyarmor.
o 9. Makeswearingbodyarmoroptionalfor undercoverorplainclotheswork
o 10. Makeswearingbodyarmoroptional withapprovalofChiefofPoliceunder
certainweatherconditions
III.B. useofBodyArmor
o 3. Addedcommandstaffand officeassignmentsnotbeingrequired to wear body
armor.
BodyArmorPolicy
I. PURPOSE
II . POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
Thepurposeofthis Orderisto outlineaprocedurefortheproperissuance,use, care,
inspectionand disposalofCity-issued bodyarmor.
II . POLICY:
Itis the policyofthislawenforcementagencyto maximize officersafetythroughtheuse
ofbody armorin combinationwith prescribed safetyprocedures.While bodyarmor
providesasignificantlevel ofprotection, it is notasUbstituteforthe observanceofofficer
safetyprocedures.
It is the policyofthe Brownwood Police Departmentto maximizeofficersafetyby providing
bodyarmorforeverysworn officerwithin thedepartment.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. IssuanceofBodyArmor
1. All body armorissued by the Police Departmentwill be ofThreat Level II or III
A. Each officer may choose the threat level with which he/she feels
comfortable.
2. Records Divisionwill be responsibleforissuing bodyarmor, and will maintain a
record ofthe dates ofdelivery, expiration, issuance and return ofeach piece of
bodyarmor.
3. Afterthe requesting officer has assured properfit, Records Division will clearly
assign a numberand expiration date to the front and back ofall pieces ofthe
bodyarmor.
4. The officer will be responsible for notifying his/her chain of command of the
need for replacement body armor at least three months before the expiration
date.
5. Body armorissued by the Departmentremains the propertyofthe Brownwood
Police Department and will be returned to Records Division upon resignation,
dismissal ,orexpirationdate.
Page2
6. Bodyarmorwill be replaced everyfive (5) yearsfrom the date ofreceipt bythe
Department, orasrecommended bythemanufacturer.
a. Body armor damaged in the line of duty shall be replaced by the
Departmentregardless ofage.
b. If the City-issued body armor becomes damaged or unserviceable
before the recommended replacement period, the officerwill submit a
written request to their immediate supervisor, detailing the need and
reasonforreplacement.
c. Each requesting officerwill initiallybe issuedtwo (2) outer-shellcarriers
with the body armor. Upon supervisory inspection, these outer-shell
carriers maybe replaced bythe Departmenton an "asneeded"basis.
d. Bodyarmororouter-shell carriersthatmustbe replaced dueto misuse,
abuse, orneglectshall be paidforbytheofficer.
7. Every officer shall sign the Body Armor Acknowledgement form,
acknowledging that they have been provided body armor and shall indicate
acceptance. The officer's signature will serve as an understanding of the
usagepolicyas outlinedin this Order.
8. Records Divisionwill advisetheAssistantChiefifanyofficerprovidesa
physicians'excuse orstatementdocumenting amedicalneed orreason
the officershall notweartheirBodyarmor.This shall be handled on a
caseto case basis and the requirementto wearbodyarmormaybe
waived afterreviewing the physicians statements.The ChiefofPolicewill
havethefinal decision.
9. Wearing ofarmoris optional when theofficeris involved in undercoveror
plain clothesworkthat his/hersupervisordeterminescould be compromised
bywearing bodyarmor.
10. Wearing ofarmoris optionalwhen the ChiefofPolicedeterminesthat
climate-related situationsorothercircumstances makeitinappropriate.
B. UseofBodyArmor
1. Every officerwho is working in a first responder capacity, shall be required to
weartheirissued bodyarmor. Thisincludes uniformedpart-timeemployment.
2. Non-uniformed officers will not be required to wear their body armor while
performing station assignments, but must have itaccessible at theirdaily duty
assignment.
3. Uniformed officers assigned to the command staff or office assignments will
not be required to wear their body armor but must have it accessible at their
dailydutyassignment.
4. Useofatrauma plateis attheofficer'sdiscretion.
Page3
C. Inspection ofBodyArmor
1. Supervisors shall be responsible for ensuring that City-issued body armor is
worn by those officers to whom it has been issued by a periodic documented
inspection oftheiremployees.
2. Supervisors shall conduct an annual inspection in January ofCity-issued body
armor, forproperfit, cleanliness, signs ofdamageand/orabuse, expiration and
replacementdate.
3. Supervisors will determine which body armor will require replacement during
the nextfiscal yearbased on the manufacturer'srecommendation.
D. Careand Maintenance
1. Officers are responsible for the proper storage of body armor in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and daily inspection for signs ofdamage
and generalcleanliness.
2. Officers are responsible for reporting any damage orwearto their immediate
supervisor.
E. Re-Issue ofBodyArmor
1. Upon officer request , unexpired body armor may be reissued to officers
awaiting deliveryofnewbodyarmor.
F. Disposal ofBodyArmor
1. Expired body armor will be returned to Records Division unless instructed
otherwise bythe ChiefofPolice.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
REVISEDDATE: _--=0_""_1.. 1 ~ ___
MikeS.Corley
ChiefofPolice
Attachments
BodyArmorAcknowledgementform
BODY ARMOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM
I ________________, received one bullet resistant vest on ______
I understand this body armor remains the property of the City of Brownwood Police
Department, and upon my severance with the Department I am responsible for returning this
property to the Brownwood Police Department Records Office.
Signature
Witness
CITY
Employee Injuriesand LightDutyAssignments
o ICE ME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
ThepurposeofthisOrderistoestablishaprocedureforreportingemployeeinjuriessustained
on dutyand to establishaprocedureforlightdutyassignments.
II. POLICY:
Itisthepolicyofthe Brownwood PoliceDepartmentto investigateall injuriesoccurringonthe
job and/orresulting in aWorkers' Compensation Claim. Onlyverified on-duty injurieswill be
coveredbyWorkers'Compensationandanyclaimswhicharefraudulentinnatureorresultfrom
inappropriateconductorunlawfulactswillbeinvestigatedbytheinsurancecarrierandmaynot
becovered. ItisalsothepolicyofthisDepartmentthatall lightdutyassignmentsbeauthorized
by the Chief of Police prior to their commencement and that return to full duty receive the
approval oftheChiefofPolice priorto commencement.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Supervisor's Responsibility for Informing Employees of Provisions of Worker's
CompensationAct.
1. Supervisorswill informemployeesthat:
a. The employee has the sole right to select medical personnel/facilities
from the approved network providers for the treatment ofjob related
injuries.
b. The employee may select a hospital emergency room, clinic, or
physician'sofficeequippedtoprovideemergencytreatment ,solongasit
isoneoftheapprovednetworkproviders.Thesupervisormustnotdirect
an employeetoaspecificmedicalfacility.
c. Theemployeeis notobligated to seea physician to whom he/shewas
referred byan emergencycenterorhospital.
Page2
d. Theemployeemaychoosewhereprescriptionsarefilled.
e. Second opinions are advisablewhen the employee is notcomfortable
with adoctor'srecommendation forsurgery.Priorto seeingthesecond
physicianthevisitmustbeapproved bytheCity'sinsurancecarrier.
2. When an injured employee is taken to any facility for emergency medical
services,thesupervisorshould reporttothefacilityandexplainalloftheabove
totheemployee.
B. TheEmployee'sresponsibilityforreporting an on-dutyinjuryshall bethefollowing:
1. Allinjurieswillbereportedimmediatelybycontactingtheemployee'simmediate
supervisor.
2. Theemployeewillsubmitawrittenstatementdetailingthecircumstancesofthe
injury.
3. Thestatementmustbesubmittedbytheendoftheemployee'stourofdutyoras
soon aspractical ,butno laterthan9am on thedayfollowing thedateofinjury.
4. Anyinjurywhichoccursduringtrainingwillimmediatelybereportedtothecourse
instructor, as well as by written statement to the employee's immediate
supervisor, no laterthan 9am onthedayfollowing thedateofinjury.
C. Supervisor'sResponsibilityforInspectionand Reporting ofOn-DutyInjuries
1. The injured employee's immediate supervisor will conduct a preliminary
inspectionintoanyon-dutyinjuryin orderto:
a. Determinethecircumstancessurroundingtheinjury.
b. Obtainawrittenstatementfromtheinjuredemployeeandanywitnesses.
c. Identifyimprovementsto applicableproceduresand ordersifany.
d. Verifytheinjuryandthatthealleged injurydid in factoccuron duty.
2. Upon completion of the injury inspection, the supervisor will prepare a
memorandumtotheChiefofPolicesummarizingthefindingsoftheinspection.
3. Thesupervisorwillcompletethememorandumbytheendofhis/hertourofduty
(following when the injury was reported) and forward it through the chain-of-
commandtotheChiefofPolice.
4. Itistheresponsibilityoftheimmediatesupervisortoensurethattheemployee's
writtenstatement(unlessthestatementisnotavailablebecausetheemployeeis
incapacitated)and anywitnesses' statementsareattachedtotheSupervisor's
memorandumwhenforwarded totheChiefofPolice.
a. CopiesoftheSupervisor'smemorandum,theemployee'sandwitnesses'
writtenstatementswillbemaintainedintheinspectionfileforfiveyears.
Theoriginalformswill beturned in to Human Resources.
Page3
D. Employer'sReportofInjuryForm
1. Ifanyinjuryresultsinthelossoftime,requirestreatmentbymedicalpersonnelor
is a claim for an occupational related disease, an Employer's Report ofInjury
form must be completed. Supervisors will provide this form to the injured
employeeforcompletion.
a. Ifinstructedbyasupervisor,an injuredemployeewillcompletetheform
andsubmitittohis/hersupervisornolaterthangamonthedayfollowing
thedateofinjury.
b. If the injured employee is unable to prepare the form due to an
incapacitating injury,theemployee'simmediatesupervisorwill prepare
theform no laterthan gamonthedayfollowingthedateofinjury.
c. Thecompletedformwill besubmittedthroughthechainofcommandto
be forwarded to the Human Resources Department via the Chief of
Police. Ifthe injury involved lost time or medical attention it must be
forwarded no laterthan 12pmonthedayfollowing thedateofinjury.
d. Theform sentto HumanResourcesDepartmentmustbetheoriginal.
e. In theeventthereisdoubtastowhethertosendtheinjuryreportornot,
theyshould besubmitted.
E. Follow-upInjuryInspections
1. The ChiefofPolicewill initiatean inspection byforwarding copiesofallwritten
statementsand theSupervisor'smemorandumtothe InspectionsOfficer. The
InspectionsOfficerwillconductaninspectionofthecircumstancesoftheinjury.
2. The purpose of the inspection should be to confirm the initial supervisor's
findings and determine ways to prevent reoccurrence through changes in
training, proceduresorequipment.
3. An annual reportofemployeeinjurieswill besubmittedto theChiefofPolice. In
addition to a statistical analysis, the report will annotate trends, identify
opportunitiesfor improvementand makerecommendations concerning needed
modificationstopolicy,equipmentortraining.
F. Returnto Duty
1. Anyemployeeinjuredondutyoranemployeeon alightdutyassignmentmust
receivepriorapprovalfromtheChiefofPolice,orhisdesignee,beforereturning
to regularduty.
2. Theemployeeisrequiredto submitadoctor'sreleasetotheChiefsofficeprior
to returning towork, andwaitforapproval. A PersonnelOrderwill beprepared
bythe immediateSupervisorforsignatureofthe ChiefofPoliceapprovingthe
employee's return toduty.
3. Copies of the doctor's notes on release and light duty will be forwarded to
HumanResourcesassoon aspossibleafterthe Chiefsapproval.
Page4
4. TheimmediateSupervisorwill monitortheemployee'sactivity. Ifanyabsence
occurs due to the initial injury, the immediate Supervisor will forward a
memorandumthroughthechainofcommandtotheChiefofPolicedetailingthe
circumstancesoftheabsenceduetothepreviousinjury.
G. Light DutyAssignments
1. Approval oflightdutyassignments isthesolediscretion ofthe ChiefofPolice
and will be made based on need, assignments or availability of light duty
positions, typeofinjury, and theoverall needsofthe Department.
2. Noemployeewill workalightdutyassignmentwithoutthepriorapprovalofthe
ChiefofPolice,orhisdesignee.
3. Lightdutyassignmentscannotbe mandated bytheemployee'sphysician.
4. Lightdutyassignmentsarenotpermanentpositions,butaresetforaspecified
andforeseeableperiodofrecuperationofanillnessorinjuryoccurringonoroff
duty.
5. Light duty assignments may not be for more than 90 calendar days. An
employeeshallnotbepermittedmorethanone90dayperiodonlightdutyinone
calendaryearunlessapproved bytheCityManager.
6. Procedureforlightdutyassignments:
a. Anyemployee requesting a lightdutyassignmentwill forward a memo
requestingassignmenttolightdutyandadoctor'sslipwhichspecifiesthe
medical reason and restrictions for such assignment, via the chain of
command, totheChiefofPolice.
b. TheChiefofPolice(orhisdesignee)willreviewall requestsforlightduty
and then advise the employee, via the chain of command, of his
decision.
c. If the light duty request is approved, a Personnel Order will then be
prepared assigningtheemployeeto aspecificlightdutyassignment.
1) If the light duty assignment lasts more than two weeks, the
employeemustprovidestatusreportsfromtheirphysicianevery
twoweeks.
H. Eligibility
1. EligibilityforWorkers'CompensationIncomeBenefitpaymentsdonotbeginuntil
theeighth calendardayofabsenceduetoon-job injury.
a. Employeeswillreceive"injury"leavefortheirunpaidworkdaysduringthe
firstseven days.
2. Undernocircumstancewillanyemployeebeshown"SickLeave"foranon-duty
injury.
I. OutsideEmployment
Page 5
1. Employees are prohibited from working at any job while receiving workers
compensation or injury leave pay.
2. Employees on light duty may not performing any part-time or security job.
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE: 12-2-10 Revised date: 2-15-13
~ ~ e y Q
Chief of Police
Attachments:
Employee's Report of Injury Form
City of Brownwood Workers' Compensation Employee Reporting Procedures
------------------------------------------
--------------------------------
----------- ----------- ---------
CITYOFBROWNWOOD
EAfPLOYEE'SREPORTOFINJURY
To becompleted byemployee:
Name:
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Department:
Social SecurityNumber:
Home Phone:
MailingAddress:
Marital Status: Ma-rr--:i:-e--:d------------::W:-:-i:-:d:-o-w-e--:d:-_-_-_--_-_----=S:-:e-p-a-ra-te-d--:--_ _ ~ ~ = S i n-g-:-Ie--_ _ _ ~ D i v-o-r-ce-d---------
Numberofdependentchildren: _ _______________ Nameof spouse: _ _______________________
NameofDoctorseen for this injury:
AddressofDoctor:
DateofInjury: __-,---_---,-___--,-_________
TimeofInjury:
Describe injuryand partofbodyaffected:(left, right, etc.)
Describe in detail howand why accidentoccurredand whatyou were doingwhen injured:
Worksitelocationofinjury: (stairs, alley,etc.) ______________________________________
Address whereaccidentoccurred:
Nameofbusiness ifincidentoccurred on a businesssite:
CauseofInjury: (fall, tool, equipment, machine,etc.)_ ________________________________
Witnesses to youraccident: ____________________________________________
Dateand Timeyounotified supervisor: ________________________________________
Employee'sSignature Date
To becompleted bysupervisor:
Date and time employee reported injury:
NatureofInjuryand whydid it happen: _______________________________________________________
Hasemployeereceived Medicalattention for this injury:
Ifyes, givefull name ofphysician, hospital, etc. (if differentfrom above):
Losttime dueto injuryormedical treatment : No_________
yes______
FROM: Date Time TO: Date Time
PleasenotifYtheHumanResourcesDepartmentijmedicalattention isneededlaterorofanylosttimedueto this
injury,givingdateandtimeemployeeleavesworkanddateandtimewhenemployeereturnsto work.
TimeofTdueto injuryshould bemarked ILon thetimecard.
Supervisor' sSignature DepartmentHeadSignature
Date Date
Thisform shouldbe turned in to the Human Resources Departmentassoonas possiblefollowing injury(no laterthan the
nextworkday). In caseofemergency, notify the HumanResourcesDepartmentby telephone immediately.
Employee ' s Report of Injury. doc
Revised 02/18113
CityofBrownwood
Workers'Compensation
Employee Reporting Procedures
From: JoAnn Franke, DirectorofHuman Resourcesand Civil Service
and____________________,Supervisor
To: _____________________,Employee
The Cityhasestablishedthese proceduresto be followed byemployees injured on thejob. Asan employeeoftheCityof
Brownwood,youmustfollowtheseprocedures;failuretodosocouldresultindisciplinaryaction.
1. Ifyou need to seek medical attention, you mustnotifyyoursupervisorand Human Resources priorto contacting a
physician, unlessit isan emergency. Then havesomeonecontractyoursupervisorand Human Resourcesforyou.
Onlyspecificphysiciansarein theWorker'sCompensationnetwork.Youwill be requiredtoseeoneofthephysicians
whoarein thenetwork. Ifyou gotoaphysician whois notin the network, you maybe responsibleforpaymentofall
medical bills related to that physician'svisitand any follow-upvisits.
2. Wheneveryou seeaphysician becauseofaworkrelated injuryyou mustrequesta"workstatusreport"(form DWC-
73) from thedoctoraftereachappointment. Thereportshould notethefollowing:
A) Whetherornotyou arereleased to full dutywork (should specifyrestrictions, ifany)
8) Ifyou arenotreleased, estimateddateofyourreleaseand/ornextscheduledappointmentdatewith
the doctor.
You mustdeliverthe"workstatusreport"(formDWC-73)immediatelyafteryourdoctor'sappointmenttotheHumanResource
Departmentat 501 CenterAvenue. You are personally responsible fordeliveryofthis form.Ifyou are medically unableto
deliverit, you mayassign someonetodeliveritorfaxit, butitisyourresponsibilitytocalltheH.R. departmentandconfirmthe
delivery.
3. Ifyou areprescribed medicationsas partofyourtreatmentforan on-the-job injury, you mustfirstgotothe Human
Resources' officeto getaworker'scompensation prescription card.
4. Shouldyou bereleasedtoworkand haveadditionalproblemspertainingtoyourinjurywhich maycausean absence
from yourscheduledworkduties,you mustcontactyourSupervisorand theHumanResourcesdepartment. Atthat
timeyouwillbesenttoyourtreatingphysicianforanassessmenttodetermineifitismedicallyproperfortheabsence
to be designated as injury related. The only wayan absence will be injury related is ifthe physician has
completeda"workstatusreport"(FormDWC-73)toremoveyoufromyourregularworkduties.
NOTE: The Human Resources Department's hours ofoperation are from 8:00 a.m. to5:00 p.m. Mondaythrough
Friday.EmployeeswhoreceiveworkreleasesafterbusinesshoursmustpresentthereleasetotheHumanResource
departmentthenextworkingday.Departmentswillnotbeabletoscheduleinjuredemployeesfordutyuntiltheyhave
beenadvisedbyHumanResourcesthattheproperreleaseformshavebeen received bytheH.R.department.
FailuretofollowtheseandanyotherWorkersCompensationprocedures(seePersonnelRulesandRegulations)mayresultin
disciplinaryaction.
1. FirstOccurrence- Letterofreprimand orSuspension withoutPay
2. Second Occurrence- Furtherdisciplinaryaction up to, and including possibletermination.
Iacknowledgereceiptofand understandingofthese reporting procedures.
Employee'sSignature:________________Date_______
Supervisor'sSignature:______________Date_______
(Return original to Human Resources Office)
\\cb11\userdata$\DATA\users\PDPolicies\FORMS\INJURYweRpting ProcedureEmp.doc
Rev.6/16/2010
Racial Profiling
crr 8 R 0 1tNN 'W O,O D
o c
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish policy regarding the profiling of people based solely on
the person's race , ethnicity, or national origin .
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department that all arrests, investigative stops, traffic
stops, searches, and seizures performed by officers of the Department are a result of facts
and circumstances which can be articulated to support a reasonable suspicion or probable
cause as required by state and federal law. Police Officers are prohibited from stopping ,
detaining or searching any person or taking enforcement action when the officer's actions
are solely motivated by consideration of the person's race , ethnicity, national origin , religion,
gender, sexual orientation, economic status, age, cultural group, or any other identifiable
group.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definition of Racial Profiling
1. Racial profiling is defined as a law enforcement-initiated action based on an
individual's race, ethnicity, or national origin rather than on the individual 's
behavior or on information identifying the individual as having engaged in
criminal act ivity.
2. Race or ethnicity is defined as a person of a particular descent such as
Caucasian, African, Hispanic, Asian, Native American, Middle Eastern and other
descents.
B. Examples of Racial Profiling (not limited to the following)
1. Citing a driver who is speeding in a stream of traffic where most other drivers are
speeding because of the cited driver's race, ethnicity or national origin .
Page2
2. Detainingthedriverofavehiclebasedonthedeterminationthatapersonofthat
race, ethnicity or national origin is unlikely to possess that specific make or
model ofvehicle.
3. Detaininganindividualbased upon thedeterminationthat apersonofthat race,
ethnicity or national origin does not belong in a specific part of town or at a
specificplace.
C. OfficerResponsibility
1. Officers are required to assure all arrests, investigative stops, traffic stops,
searches, and seizureswill bethe resultoffacts and circumstanceswhich can
be articulated and supported by a reasonable suspicion or probable cause as
required bylaw.
2. Priortorelease,officerswillexplaintoanindividualwhythey havebeenstopped
ordetainedandtakeallreasonablemeasurestoensurethe length ofcontactor
detentionis nolongerthan necessary.
3. Iftheofficerisaskedforhis/hernameand identificationnumberbytheindividual
who has been detained,the officerwill provideitinwriting orbybusinesscard.
4. If,afterinvestigation, an officerdeterminesthe reasonfor a detentionor arrest
no longerexists, the officerwill providean appropriateexplanationofthe
circumstancestothe individual.
D. SupervisoryResponsibility
1. Supervisors are responsible for the oversight of all officer activity and are
responsiblefor ensuringthat officeractivityisin keeping with this policy.
2. Supervisorswill provideleadershipand trainingtotheirofficersonthis policyin
an ongoing mannerto ensurecompliancewith this order.
E. Departmental Responsibilities
1. Command Staffwill ensurethat educational material be madeavailabletothe
publiconthe complaintprocess.
2. RecordsDivisionwillcoordinatewiththeBrownwoodMunicipalCourtinensuring
that all racial profiling documentation is compiled and prepared for the annual
reporting process.
3. An annual Racial Profiling Reportwill be submittedtothe City Council.
a. The report will not contain identifying information about any police
officersorthe individualsdetained.
b. Thereportwill includeasummaryofthe publiceducationeffortsmade
duringthe precedingyear.
c. The report will be submitted to the City Council by March 1 of the
following year.
Page3
F. Racial Profiling ComplaintProcess
1. All complaints,whetherverbal orinwriting, will be handled and investigatedin
accordancewith Internal DisciplineG.O. 1.00.04.11.
2. When an investigation of a racial profiling complaintis sustained, appropriate
correctiveactionwill betaken.
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE:-----,/-------=-f-----'---,f--
Mike S.Corley
Chiefof Police
BrownwoodPoliceDepa
Mission Statement
CIf OD
o ICE E
I. PURPOSE
II. POLI CY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFE CTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to outline the Mission and Values of the Brownwood Police
Department.
II. POLI CY:
The Mission and Values of the Brownwood Police Department act as a guide in day to
day decisions and represent the core priorities of our Department. This includes the
employee's priorities and how they are expected to act in the organization and in the
community. These values repr esent the core ideology of our Department and allow
ever yone involved to truly understand the objectives of the organization and to make
ever yday decisions that are consistent and just.
III. PROCEDURE:
The following is the Mission & Values Statement for the Brownwood Police Dept:
The Brownwood Police Department strives to be a values driven organization. Our
mission is to partner with the citizens of Brownwood to provide a safe envirorunent and
enhance their quality of life through professional police practices. We will accomplish
this with PRIDE.
Core Values - PRIDE
Professionalism
o We exist to preserve human life and to prevent harm to our citizens.
o We will be professional in everything that we do.
Mission Statement
a Wewill constantlystrive for improvement.
a Wewill beatransparentorganization.
Respect
a Wetreat allpeoplewith dignity and respect.
a We recognizeand respectthe constitutional rights ofall people.
a Werecognizethat the publichas the right to beinformed.
a Wewill listen to our community.
Integrity
a Wevalue the trust the publichasgivenus.
a Wewill ALWAYS do the right thing.
a We are accountabletothe publicweserve.
a Weare accountableto each other.
Dedication
a Wearededicatedtothe communitywe serve.
a Wearededicatedtoour policedepartment, each other, and our families.
a Wewill neverbesatisfiedwith the statusquo.
a Wewill commitour individualeffortstoward teamwork.
a Weare alldedicatedtoastrongwork ethic.
Excellence
a Weare committedtoqualitycustomerservice.
a Werealizethat each employeecontributestothe successofBPD.
a Wewill responsiblymanageour resources.
a Weare receptivetonew ideas, innovation,and change.
a Wewill work toanticipateand preventproblems.
Vision Statement
Weare partnerswith our community. The policeare apart ofthe communityand
the communityisapart ofthe police.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: ~
Mike S.Corley
ChiefofPolice
MotorVehicleAccidentsInvolving
CityVehicles/Property
CITY OF- BHOW WOOD
POLlCE D P. TME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purposeofthis Orderisto providewritten guidelines pertaining to motorvehicle accidents
involving Cityequipmentorproperty.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy ofthe Brownwood Police Departmentthat all motorvehicle accidents involving
Citypropertybe investigatedandtheappropriatereportsprepared.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Accidents Involving City Vehicles (Non - PD Vehicles) including other Departments
(i.e.Water, Sanitation)
1. Motorvehicle accidents with injury or complaint ofinjury involving City owned,
leased, or rented vehicles occurring within the City of Brownwood will be
investigatedby any Brownwood Police Officer.
2. When possible, at accidents with injury or complaint of injury involving City
vehicles, photographs will be made ofdamaged property and/or vehicles and
the accidentscene.
3. The Texas Peace Officer's Crash Report, CR-3, will be completed for all
accidents involving non-police City vehicles in which any amount ofproperty
damage results. Throughoutthis General Orderthis reportwill be referred to
as the CR-3.
4. The City of Brownwood Incident / Vehicle Accident Report Form will be
completed bythe affectedemployee and his supervisorforall accidents unless
an incapacitating injuryis sustained.
Page2
B. Accidents Involving PoliceVehicles
1. Police vehicle accidents within the City ofBrownwood involving injury, damage
over$1,000, ordamageto non-Citypropertywill be reported on the CR-3.
2. Accidents involving serious injury or death will be investigated by a Shift
Commanderwith assistancefrom DPS iftheyareavailable.
3. Accidents involving only minorinjury, or property damage, will be investigated
bythe ShiftCommanderoran officerofhigherrankthantheinvolved officer.
a. Underno circumstances will the accident be investigated by any officer
directlyorindirectlyinvolved in the incident.
4. OutofCityAccidents
a. If a police vehicle is involved in an accident outside the City of
Brownwood, the appropriate lawenforcement agencywill be contacted
to investigate.
1) The driver will notify their supervisor and the on-duty patrol
supervisorofthe incidentas soon as possible.
2) The driver will also gather as much information related to the
call and theagencycompleting thecrash report .
3) The driverwill be responsible forobtaining acopy ofthe report,
unlessthedriveris incapacitated.
4) Inthis instance, thedriver'ssupervisorwill obtainthereport.
5) The driver and their supervisor will be responsible for proper
completion ofthe CityofBrownwood Incident/VehicleAccident
ReportForm.
5. PoliceVehicle Damage (PVD)
a. Ifthe incident involves no injury and damage only to City property and
is estimated to be less than $1,000, the driver will notify the on-duty
patrol supervisor, and complete aCity ofBrownwood Incident/Vehicle
Accident Report Form, and a City of Brownwood Equipment Repair
Order. Generating a CR3 Crash Report for this type ofaccident is at
the discretionofthe patrol supervisor.
b. A call sheet will be generated and photos ofthedamageto thevehicle
and accidentscenewill be electronicallyattachedto thecall sheet.
6. NotificationofAccidents/PVDs
a. All employees directly or indirectly involved with the accident / PVD
incident (driver, passenger, orwitness) will prepare a memorandum to
theirsupervisoroutliningthecircumstances.
Page3
b. The on-duty patrol supervisor will respond to the scene of all such
accident / PVD incidents. Ifthe incident occurs outside the city limits,
thesupervisorwill respondwithin areasonabledistanceoftheCity.
c. The following reports will be submitted together to the chain of
command:
1) Original memorandum(s) ,and Call Sheet
2) Copy of the CR-3 and/or the City of Brownwood Incident /
VehicleAccidentReportForm
7. Maintenanceand RepairForm
a. The driver of the police vehicle will complete the City of Brownwood
Equipment Repair Order, for the vehicle listing the damage and
including the call numberfortheaccidenUincident.
b. Ifthe driveris incapacitated dueto injury,theirsupervisorwill complete
thisform.
c. Theformwill beforwarded to FleetServices.
C. Accidents orDamage Involving OtherCityProperty(NotVehicles) and StateProperty
1. All accidents or damage involving other City property (i.e., street signs, signal
lights, etc.) or state property will be reported to the City of Brownwood
DepartmentofUtilities.
2. Damage to State property will be reported to the Texas Department of
Transportation.
3. CR3Reportswill becompletedbased upon State-mandatedfinancial criteria.
D. Distribution ofReports
1. All original forms / documents relating to Department fleet accidents will be
filedwiththe Records Division.
2. The Records Divisionwill maketheproperdistribution ofthese reports to other
affectedDepartmentsorAgencies.
E. AccidentResulting in Injuryto aCitizen
1. Ifthe accident resulted in injuryto acitizen (non-Cityemployee) and the citizen
requires EmergencyRoom care, the Shift Commanderwill pay acourtesyvisit
to thevictim atthe hospital.
a. Ifthe ShiftCommanderortheShiftSupervisoris unavailable, thePatrol
Lieutenantwill makecontactwith thecitizen.
Page4
b. The purpose ofthisvisit is notto volunteerstatements ofliability, butto
provide a public relation contact on behalf ofthe City to the victim or
theirfamily.
c. He/She mayexplain where a CR-3 may be obtained, the disposition of
thevictim'svehicle orproperty, etc.,atthistime.
F. Processing ClaimsforAccidents Involving PoliceVehicles
1. Records will forward a copy ofthe CR-3 and the City ofBrownwood Incident/
Vehicle Accident Report Form for all police vehicle accidents to Human
Resources and Fleet Services.
2. All citizens'claimswill beforwardedthroughthechainofcommandto CityHall.
a. The claim will be reviewed along with the CR-3 and any pictures
available, to insuretheclaim is reasonable in itsassignmentofliability.
b. Command Staff personnel will review the information, offer
recommendations andforwardtothe ChiefofPolice.
3. All employees affected by the accident will be available for interview by
insurance companies. Interviews, if requested, will be set up with
consideration oftheemployee'sschedule.
G. Annual Reviewand SafetyTraining
1. An annual review, based on the calendar year, ofall on-duty orPolice vehicle
accidents and employee injuries will be conducted at the direction of the
AssistantChiefofPolice.
2. The results ofeach year's review will be used by theAssistant ChiefofPolice
as a foundation for recommendations to reduce accidents/injuries and to
increaseemployeesafety.
3. Roll call training will be conducted at least annually on the subject ofdriving
safety, with particularemphasison incidentsand conditionsexperienced bythe
Department. The Training Coordinator will prepare an outline for this training,
andwill documentitin each receiving Officer'sfile.
IV. REVISED DATE: 0- 7 -/J.
ATTACHMENTS
CityofBrownwoodAccidentReport Form
CityofBrownwood EquipmentRepairOrder
-----------------------------------------------
CITY OF BROWNWOOD
INCIDENT / VEHICLE ACCIDENT REPORT FORM
TOBECOMPLETEDBYEMPWYEE:
__________________________________
Department____________
Employee'sName:
Home Phone: _ __________
Employee'sAddress:
Mobile Phone:__________
DateofIncident/ Accident:___________________ TimeofIncident/ Accident
AM/PM
Incident/ AccidentType: 0 PropertyDamage 0 Vehicle(City/Private)
VEHICLESOREQUIPMENTINVOLVED:
CityVehicleorEquipment:
License#________ _________
Account #_________
Make/Model________________
Other Vehicle or Eguipment:
/fCify Vehicle: Account #_ _________
____________________________________________
Address __________________________________________
Driver's Name ______ __________________ _________________
Address _ __________________________________________
Driver's License/State _____________ Make/Model of Vehicle ______________
Investigatedby Police: 0 Yes o No Police Report Attached: 0 Yes 0 No
Insurance Carrier's Name: __________________ Policy #_ ___________
Carrier's Address: _______________________________________
Incident/ Accident Location:__________________________________
___________________________________________
Injuryto Persons: 0 Yes 0 No If yes,givename(s)ofinjuredandtypeofinjury: _____________
Comments: _ ________________________ __________________
EmployeeSignature Date
SUPERVISOR,PLEASECOMPLETEBACKPAGE.
VehicleAccidenl Report Form.doc
Revised 1211 1/01
INCIDENT / VEHICLE ACCIDENTREPORT FORM
(Continued)
TOBECOMPLETEDBYSUPERVISOR:
Worker'sCompo Report : 0 Yes 0 No
(If applicable, attach worker'scompensation report)
[fyes,givename(s)ofinjured and typeofinjury:________________________
Visual [nspection By: ________________ Date: ____________
EmployeeConference: 0 Yes (Date______ o No
ESTIMATEDCOSTS:
ICityProperty
MATERIALS LABOR OUTSIDE ESTIMATE TOTAL
IClaimant/Other
Claim Estimates Attached: DYes o No GRAND TOTAL
Comments: _____________________ ___ _____________
SupervisorSignature DepartmentHeadSignature .
Date Date
Revised 12/1 110t
Vehicle Accident Report Form.doc
- - ---
--
--
- --
CITY OF BROWNWOOD
EQUIPMENT REPAIR ORDER
DATE
IDEPT. VEH ACCl' It
VEHICLE DISC.
LICENSE ..
ODQlltETER/HOUR METER
DRIVER
VEHICLE LOCATION (SHOP) (OTHER)
PROBLEM
*REUUESTED BY.
MECHANIC CODE CATGY WORK DONE
---.. ----.--.-.--..
-
--
TIME
VENDORS aTY PARTS DISC. )
)
f--

.---- f-------
.------ -----..
r---
. - -.-.- _.---._--
-
ct: Jl"'IIVl1: ::: ''' -' 't:" I
1--------
GARAGE SUPERINTENDENT
- -
COOe!:15
... XNep o. e:Lr!:CT ..0_
""'-
e. CJXL J:ClN D.
3. r-LT" i 0.CAT"Y 17". EXHeT
c"
4. HYD
1 COOL 10.R\.,' )(P" D.

o. 1.".f=lI."

"'.
,,"weL 13.I!:NO Z=0 ... lNeTP
7. T1"I:!:.O 14.GHesTe 2: I.OTHe." co.
Z!<=_ "ROIO H.
LABOR
TOTAL
PRICE
-
,.-_.---------------_.----

x_
MAXNT. OTHt!:....
I r.. X ON

:e.... &
"OAD CALLe

D"IVe:PIIII{O "epO",
-- -
REVISED 0'1-93
Employee RequestsAffecting Scheduling orAssignments
GIfY 0 BROW WOOD
POlICE DEPARTMENT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis Orderisto provide astandard procedurefor Police Departmentpersonnel
to request changes in assignment, vacation leave, compensatory leave, or other forms of
approved leave. This Orderdoes notapply toTravel/Training requests.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of this Department that all personnel report to their duty assignments as
scheduled by their supervisor. All requests that affect the scheduling of personnel will be
made asoutlined inthis Order.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Employees requesting vacation leave, compensatory leave, or otherforms of leave
that affect the scheduling of personnel , shall submit such requests to their
supervisorin atimely manner. Requestsfor leave shall be madeon the Brownwood
Police Department Time Sheet form, unless otherwise directed by the employee's
Patrol Lieutenant.
B. Employees requesting a change in shift shall submit such requests through their
shift commanderto theirPatrol Lieutenant. Theserequests mustbe made inwriting
and explainthe reasonsfor change.
C. Employees requesting a change in assignment or responding to the posting of a
new or open position that would cause a change in assignment shall submit such
requests, in 7 ubmitt ing a Letterof Interest.
IV.
EFFECTIVEDATE: f(p;/;

MikeS.Corley
Chief ofPolice
Brownwood Police De
ATTACHMENT: Brownwood Police DepartmentTime Sheet
BROWNWOODPOLICEDEPARTMENTTIMESHEET
PAYPERlOD_/__/__ THRU--.l __I__ _
DEPT :_ 10-06 EMP# ____::...::......:_=__
REQUEST FOR: VLD HLD OT 0
SECURITY 0
IN / OUT
REMARKS
TOTALHRS
TIIURSDAY
/
REG
OT
-
/
FRIDAY
/
REG
OT
-
/
SATURDAY
REG
OT
-
/
/
SUNDAY
REG
OT
-
/
/
MONDAY
REG
OT
-
/
/
TUESDAY
REG
/
OT
- /
WEDNESDAY
REG
OT
-
/
/
THEAREA BELOW FORRECORDSITIMEKEEPERUSE ONLY
EMPLOYEESIGNATURE
DATE L L
SUPERVISORSIGNATURE
DATE_---:... /__...:...-. / _
REGULARHOURS
REGULAROT
SECURlTYOT
TRAININGOT
SICK LEAVE
HOLIDAYLEAVE
VACATION LEAVE
COURT
TRAINING
INJURYLEAVE
FUNERAL LEAVE
MILITARY LEAVE
TOTALHOURS 2ND WEEK
GRAND TOTAL HOURS
OT
ST
TOT
SL
HL
VL
CT
TH
IL
FL
ML
Organizational Structure
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
This Order is intended to graphically demonstrate the organizational structure of the Brownwood
Police Department.
II. POLICY:
The organizational structure of the Brownwood Police Department is charted on the
Organizational Chart (Attachment A). The personnel distribution by type of position is charted
on the Personnel Distribution Chart (Attachment B).
III. PROCEDURE:
All matters affecting the organization and/or Chain-of-Command shall refer to the Organizational
Chart.
IV.
EFFECTIVE DATE: ~ (
aQ
Mike S. Corley
Chief of Police
ATTACHMENT A - Organizational Chart
ATTACHMENT B - Personnel Distribution Chart
Chief
of
Police
Assistant
Chiefof
Police
-.-
,
Patrol
Division
Patrol
Lieutenant
Patrol
Lieutenant
r
Criminal
Inv.
Division
Detective
~ e t e t i v e
Sergeant
Patrol
Sergeant
~
1-1 Detective
~ e t e t i v e
~ e t e t i v e
~ e t e t i v e
-.- 'r
Admin Commun
Division ications
Division
T
,
r T T T
Records tt..!..Jjng Animal SBQ Prop/Ev Communic
Control
Patrol Patrol ations Clerk
Officer Supervisor Officer Manager
"T "T
Supervisor
T
,
r
,
r ,
r T T
Animal Communic Communic Communic
Patrol Patrol Patrol ations L.I Records LJ Control ations ations
Receptioni
Sergeant Supervisor Sergeant Supervisor Sergeant Supervisor Clerk Officer st
-"....-..... ~
T
Commun Assistant
Patrol ~ Patrol ~ Patrol ~ Patrol ~ Receptioni
Corporal
I-l ications
Corporal Corporal Corporal sr
Officer
Commun
Patrol ~ Patrol Patrol h Patrol f-
U ications
Officer Officer Officer Officer
Officer
Commun
Patrol ~ Patrol ~ Patrol I- Patrol I-
L.l ications
Officer
Patrol Patrol Patrol I- Patrol I-
BrownwoodPolice Department
Patrol I- Patrol I- Patrol I- Patrol I-
OrganizationalChart
Patrol ~ Patrol I-
Officer Officer
BrownwoodPoliceDepartment
PersonnelDistribution
Sworn personnel= 38
Chief 1
AssistantChief 1
Lieutenant 2
Patrol Sergeant 4
CrD Sergeant 1
Patrol Corporal 4
Patrol Officer 18
Detective 5
SRO 1
CrimePrevention 1
Total 38
CivilianPersonnel=21 fulltime (and 1part time) =22
Records Sup 1
Recordsclerk 1
EvidenceTechnician 1
AnimalControl 2
CommunicationsMgr 1
CommunicationsSup 3
CommunicationsOfficer 11
Receptionist(fulltime) 1
Receptionist(parttime) 1
Total 22
Total DepartmentalPersonnel: 60 (59 full time & 1parttime)
GENERAL ORDER 1.00. 14. 11
Social Media Policy
I.
II.
I".
IV.
V.
Purpose
Policy
Procedure
Procedure
Effective Date
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish policy regarding the information shared by
members of the Brownwood Police Department while using social media sites . This
policy is not meant to address one particular form of social media; rather social media in
general, as advances in technology will occur and new tools will emerge.
II. POLICY:
Social media provides a new and potentially valuable means of assisting the department
and its personnel in meeting community outreach, problem-solving, investigative, crime
prevention, and related objectives. This policy identifies potential uses that may be
explored or expanded upon as deemed reasonable by administrative and supervisory
personnel. The department also recognizes the role that these tools play in the personal
lives of some department personnel. Because the improper use of social media
platforms by employees may impact Department operations, this policy provides
information of a precautionary nature as well as prohibitions on the use of social media
by department personnel.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions:
1. Blog - A self-published diary or commentary on a particular topic that
may allow visitors to post responses, reactions, or comments. The term
is short for "Web log. "
2. Page - The specific portion of a social media website whe re content is
displayed, and managed by an individual or individuals with administrator
rights.
3. Post - Content an individual shares on a social media site or the act of
publishing content on a site.
GENERAL ORDER 1.00.1 4.11
Social Media Policy
4. Profile - Informationthatauser provides abouthimselfor herselfon a
social networkingsite.
5. Social Media - A categoryof Internet-based resourcesthatintegrate
user-generated contentand user part icipation. This includes, but isnot
limited to,social networkingsites (Face book,MySpace), microblogging
sites (Twitter,Nixie),photo- and video-sharing sites (Flickr,YouTube),
wikis (Wikipedia) , blogs, and news sites (Digg, Reddit) .
6. Social Networks- Online platformswhere users can create profiles,
shareinformation,and socialize with othersusing arange of
technologies.
7. Speech - Expression orcommunication ofthoughts oropinions in
spokenwords,inwriting,byexpressiveconduct, symbolism,
photographs,videotape, or related formsof communication.
B. Social Media Use
1. Department-Sanctioned Presence- All Departmentsponsoredsocial
media sites orpages shall beapprovedbythe ChiefofPolice and shall
beadministered byanemployeeappointed bythe Chief.
a. Thesesocial media pages shall clearlyindicatethey are
maintainedbythe departmentand shall have departmentcontact
information prominentlydisplayed.
b. Social media contentshall adhereto applicablelaws, regulations,
and policies,including all informationtechnologyand records
managementpolicies.
c. Contentissubjectto public recordslaws.Relevantrecords
retention schedulesapply to socialmediacontent. Contentmust
be managed,stored, and retrieved to complywith open records
laws and e-discoverylaws and policies.
d. Pages shall clearlyindicatethatposted commentswill be
monitored andthat the departmentreservesthe rightto remove
obscenities,off-topiccomments,and personalattacks.
e. Pages shall clearlyindicate that any content posted orsubmitted
for posting issubjectto publ icdisclosure.
f. Social media pagesshould state thatthe opinionsexpressed by
visitorstothe page(s) do not reflect the opinions ofthe
Department.
2
Social Media Policy
2. Department-Sanctioned Use- Departmentpersonnel representing the
departmentvia social media outletsshall dothe following:
a. Conductthemselvesatalltimes as representatives ofthe
departmentand, accordingly,shall adhereto alldepartment
standardsofconductand observe conventionallyaccepted
protocolsand properdecorum.
b. Identifythemselves asamemberofthe department. Not make
statementsabout the guilt orinnocenceofany suspector
arrestee, orcommentsconcerning pending prosecutions, nor post,
transmit, orotherwisedisseminateconfidential information,
including photographsorvideos, related todepartmenttraining,
activities, orwork-relatedassignmentswithoutexpresswritten
permission.
c. Not conductpolitical activities orprivate business. The use of
departmentcomputers bydepartmentpersonnelto accesssocial
media isprohibitedwithoutauthorization.
d. Departmentpersonnel use of personallyowned devicesto
managethe department'ssocial media activitiesor inthe course
ofofficial dutiesisprohibitedwithoutexpresswritten permission.
e. Employeesshall observeand abide byallcopyright, trademark,
and servicemark restrictions inposting materialstoelectronic
media.
f. Personsauthorizedtosearch Internet-basedcontentshould be
deemedas holding asensitive position. The search method
employed bysuch employeesshall not involvetechniquesthat are
aviolation ofexisting law.
3. Personal Use- departmentpersonnelshall abide bythe following when
using social media.
a. DepartmentPersonnelshall limit theiruse ofsocial media outlets
soas notto interferewith dutyrequirements.
b. DepartmentPersonnel arefree to expressthemselves as private
citizenson social media sites tothe degreethat theirspeech does
not impairworking relationships ofthis departmentfor which
loyaltyand confidentialityare important, impedethe performance
ofduties, impairdisciplineand harmonyamong coworkers,or
negativelyaffect the public perception ofthe department.
c. As public employees, departmentpersonnelare cautionedthat
speech on oroff-duty,made pursuanttotheirofficial duties-that
is,that owes itsexistencetothe employee'sprofessional duties
and responsibilities-isnot protected speech underthe First
3
GENERAL ORD ER 1.00.14.11
Soc ia l Media Policy
Amendment and may form the basis for discipline if deemed
detrimental to the department.
d. Department personnel should assume that their speech and
related activity on social media sites will reflect upon their office
and this department.
e. Department personnel shall not post, transmit, or otherwise
disseminate any information to which they have access as a result
of their employment without written permission from the chief of
police or his or her designee.
f. For safety and security reasons, department personnel are
cautioned to not do the following:
1) Display department logos, uniforms, or similar identifying
items on personal web pages in any way that reflects
negatively.
2) Officers who are, or who may reasonably be expected to
work in undercover operations, shall not post any form of
visual or personal identification.
g. Employees are cautioned, for safety reasons, to limit posts of
personal photographs or provide similar means of personal
recognition that may cause them to be identified as a police officer
of this department.
h. When using social media , department personnel should be
mindful that their speech becomes part of the worldwide electronic
domain. Therefore, adherence to the department's code of
conduct is required in the personal use of social media. In
particular, department personnel are prohibited from the follow ing:
1) Speech containing excessively obscene or sexually explicit
language, images, or acts and statements or other forms of
speech that ridicule, malign, disparage, or otherwise
express bias against any race, any religion , or any
protected class of individuals.
2) Speech involving themselves or other department
personnel reflecting behav ior that would reasonably be
considered offensive, reckless or irresponsible.
3) Engaging in prohibited speech noted herein , may provide
grounds for undermining or impeaching an officer's
testimony in criminal proceedings. Department personnel
thus sanctioned are subject to discipline up to and
including termination of office.
4
GENERAL ORDER 1.00.14.1 1
Social Media Policy
i. Departmentpersonnel may not divulgeinformationgained by
reason oftheirauthority;makeany statements,speeches,
appearances, and endorsements; or publish materialsthatcould
reasonablybe consideredto representthe views or positionsof
this departmentwithoutexpressauthorization.
j . Departmentpersonnelshould be awarethattheymaybe subject
to civil litigationfor publishing or posting:
1) Falseinformationthatharmsthe reputation of another
person, group,or organization (defamation);
2) Privatefacts and personal information aboutsomeone
withouttheirpermissionthathas not beenpreviously
revealedto the public, isnotof legitimatepublicconcern,
and would be offensiveto areasonableperson;
3) Usingsomeoneelse's name, likeness,or otherpersonal
attributeswithoutthatperson's permissionfor an
exploitativepurpose;
4) Or publishingthe creativeworkof another, trademarks,or
certainconfidential business informationwithoutthe
permission of the owner.
k. Departmentpersonnelshouldexpectthatanyinformationcreated,
transmitted,downloaded, exchanged, or discussed ina public
onlineforum maybe accessedby the departmentat anytime
withoutpriornotice.
4. Reportingviolations- Any employeebecomingawareof or having
knowledge of a posting or of any websiteor webpagein violation of the
provision ofthis policyshall notifyhis or hersupervisorimmediatelyfor
follow-up action.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:&/J/t;
(
MikeS. Corley
ChiefofPolice
Brownwood PoliceDep
5
General Safetyand EquipmentAccountability
GJTY 01- BROW WOOD
Po ICE 0 :tI.ATMENT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to provide written guidance for supervisors and Officers in
regardsto equipmentaccountability, andto promotesafepracticesand procedures.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department that all employees maintain the
appropriate and/or required supplies and equipment as determined or specified by the
General Orders/BPD Rules and Regulations, and to conduct basic operations in a safe
manner.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. ApprovalforPersonalGear:
1. Officers shall provide and carry a sidearm and spare magazines at their own
expense; this weapon (and any back-up firearm orpatrol rifle) shall meet the
approval of the Chief of Police in regards to make, model, caliber, and
modifications, and shall be inspected forserviceability by the Range Masteror
designated inspector prior to qualification and duty use. The approval,
inspection, and qualification shall be documented on the annual Range Form.
Likewise any modification or repair to an approved weapon will require the
approval of the Chief of Police and an inspection by the Range Master or
designated inspector. Only Department-issued ammunition shall be used in
dutyweapons.Seealso 14.01, DepartmentRules and Regulations.
2. No privately-owned (non-firearm) weapon, harmful device, restraint, or control
item shall be carried by any officer except after written authorization by the
ChiefofPolice. This does notapplyto folding knives oflegal length, style, and
operation carried for personal use. See also 14.02, Department Rules and
Regulations.
Page2
3. Privately-owned equipment used on duty (other than items covered under#1
and#2)mustbe inspectedand approvedbythe Officer'sfirst-linesupervisor.
B. Agencyissued equipment:
1. Officers shall sign an itemized inventory form when receiving new or
replacement equipment/uniforms. They shall be responsible for the fair use
and basicmaintenanceofsuchequipment.
2. When leaving employment with this Department the employee shall return all
equipment issued to him/her, and sign the inventory form accounting for the
turn-in.
3. Officers shall turn in unserviceable or unusable equipment/uniforms for
exchange; a report or memo may be required in the case of damaged or
brokenitems.
4. Traffic and Parking citation books shall be secured in a locked container or
cabinet in Records, and signed out by Officers as needed,the Officersigning
for specific blocks of numbered citations. Officers may be required by
supervisors orRecords personnel to accountforthe citationstheyhavesigned
out (Citation audit) . Officers on night shift may request a ticket book using a
signeduniform requestform,and receive itthroughthe internal mail system.
5. Officers are required to ensure that the citations they use are correctly
processed to the City Court. Citations which are unusable due to damage,
error,or other causes will have 'VOID' printed in large letters across the face
and turned into the CityCourt.
6. Officers taking out digital cameras will ensure that all photos/video are
downloaded and deleted from the camera's memory before being turned in at
theend ofashift.
C. Safety
1. Officersdirectingtrafficorinvestigating/assisting atan accidentsceneon
publicroadwaysshalldosowearing Department-issuereflectivevests.
2. Officersshallwearasafetybeltwhile riding oroperating anyCityvehicle
equippedwith safetybelts.Thebeltswill bewornin the mannerintended by
themanufacturer.
D. InspectionofVehicles and Personnel
1. Section 13.B.2oftheCityofBrownwood Personnel Rules& Regulation Manual
states a search ofan employee's personal belongings and/oreffects, may be
implemented by a supervisor upon the approval of the Chief of Police or the
Assistant ChiefofPolice,and mustcomplywith all three conditions setforth in
that Section. Such searches may only be done within the context of a
reasonable suspicion ofcontraband ortheft, and must always be documented
in a report regardless of findings. Any items of contraband found will be
Page3
impoundedand stored in the Evidence Division.
2. Duringthedutyshift, supervisorsshallvisually inspecttheirsubordinatesto
ensurethattheirappearance meetsDepartmentstandardsas outlined in the
General Order1.00.24.12, andthatall necessaryequipmentis carried.
Supervisorsmayrequiretheirsubordinatesto producetheirsidearms, back-up
weapons, andanypiece ofCity-issued orDepartment-approvedpersonal
equipmentforinspectiontospot-checkserviceability.
3. At the beginning of each duty assignment Officers shall provide his or her
supervisor with the serial or assigned number of his/her TASER (if carried),
hand-held digital camera (ifcarried) ,thelastthree digitsoftheserial numberof
the issue shotgun(ifcarried), and/oranyotherpiece ofspecial equipment. This
report may be made via radio, in person, orby electronicmeans, and must be
recorded in the appropriate information sheet. TheOfficershall be responsible
for those items during his/her duty assignment, and shall notify his or her
supervisorwhentheyareturned backin.
4. Before operating a marked patrol vehicleforadutyassignmentan officershall
ensure that the vehicle is fully operational ,meets all safety requirements, and
that the communications and emergency equipment is in good working order.
The vehicle's interior and exterior should be inspected, and any new damage
orvehicle deficiencies shall be reported on awork orderform. The officershall
ensure that the vehicle is sufficiently clean so as to create a positive
appearance, and that visibility is not impaired. All interior areas, to include
underthe seats and the trunk, areto be free oftrash, debris,and unnecessary
items. Theofficerwill ensurethatthe vehicle is likewiseclean and trash-free at
theend oftheirdutyassignment.
5. Beforeoperating amarkedpatrol vehicleforadutyassignment,an officershall
ensure that the vehicle has an operational fire extinguisher with a current
inspection, an inflated spare tire, tuning fork(s) for the radar unit, and the
Department-approved traffic control device(s) . Shortfalls in any of the above
shall be reported on aworkorderform. Ifan issue shotgun is carried,it will be
inspected for serviceability and to ensure it is loaded with Department-issue
ammunition.
6. Beforeoperating amarked patrol vehicleforadutyassignment,an officershall
inspect the vehicle for contraband or personal property left in the vehicle by
prisonersorothernon-departmental persons.Anysuch propertyfound shall be
documentedin areportand turned in tothe Evidence Division.
7. Supervisors shall ensure that their assigned subordinates comply with the
above inspectionsand reports.
8. Atthefirstquarterofeach yeartheAssistantChiefofPolicewill reviewalist of
special use equipment to ensure that it includes ali surplus portable radios,
TASERs, firearms, speed-detection equipment, and any other special-use
equipment.
Page4
9. Every quartertheAssistant ChiefofPolice will ordera readiness inspection of
all equipmentlisted underD.8.
E. Vehicleand EquipmentMaintenanceand Service
1. Requests for service, repairs, or maintenance for City vehicles or equipment,
orto report missing ordamaged equipment, will be submitted on awork order
form and forwardedtotheproperauthority.
2. Vehicleswill be refueled priortotheend oftheshift, attheCityrefueling point.
3. Patrol cars will not be left idling when unoccupied unless the emergency
equipmenthasbeen lefton fortrafficcontrol orsimilarpurposes.
F. WarrantMaintenance
1. Warrants will be maintained in the designated file cabinets in the Dispatch
area.
2. The Terminal Agency Coordinator will ensure the accurate entry of new
warrants, and the timely removal of inactive warrants from the files. The
TerminalAgencyCoordinatorwill alsovalidatewarrantentries into all computer
systems.
3. TheTerminalAgencyCoordinatorwill auditthewarrantfiles atleastmonthlyto
insurethatthewarrants arecurrent.
G. TCIC/NCICSecurity
1. Communications personnel using a TCIC/NCIC terminal will ensure that the
screenis notvisibletopersonnel notclearedforaccess.
2. The Communications supervisor on duty will monitor employees who are not
certified for TCIC/NCIC working in or passing through the Communications
areatoensurethattheydonothaveaccesstoTCIC/NCICterminalsordata.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: REVISEDDATE:
Brownwood PoliceDepartm
Public Information
Gil OF BROW WOOD
POliCE D A TM
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to outline the proper procedure and circumstances for
dissemination of media events and outline the procedure for designating who isauthorized to
release information.
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policyofthe Brownwood Police Departmenttoprovidethe news mediaandpubl icwith
all information to which they are entitled by law. This information will be disseminated in an
orderly,professional manner. Command Staffmust be informed of emergencysituations ina
proper and timely manner in order to facilitate this process. Command Staff will further
designatepersonnel toact as Public Information Officers (PIOs) when specific events arise.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Persons authorized torelease informationtothe media orpublic:
1. Command Staff
2. Persons or positions as specifically permitted under this order orotherGeneral
Order
3. Chief of Policeorhisdesignee
NOTE: Onthose occasionswhen someonewithin the agencyisdesignatedby
the Chief to act as the Public Information Officer because of particular
knowledge of the subject area or due to assignment, this person will be the
solesourceofinformationfor the media.
4. Public Information Officer
B. Open Records Request From News Media
1. All media open records requests will be forwarded to the City Secretary for
authorization.
Page2
2. All information, recordings, documents or other materials acceptable for
release will be released by Command Staff of a designated PIO unless
otherwiseauthorized inthis Order.
C. Notification ofCommand Staff
1. Supervisory personnel who are initially responsible at a scene which could or
does generatemedia interestwill notify Communications by radio ortelephone
ofanysituation which requires notification ofCommand Staff.
2. Situations that require supervisory personnel, as defined above, to initiate
notification ofCommand Staffshould be notified include,butarenot limitedto:
a. Trafficaccidents with death(s) ordeath(s)likelyto result.
b. Shootings, cuttings, involving serious injury or death .
c. Any unnatural deaths,i.e.,drownings,industrial accidents,suicides.
d. Any incident where the police may be placed in a litigious situation,
such as police shootings, prisoners' death, serious injuries while in
custody,including attempted suicide or self-inflicted injury that requires
transfertoamedical facil ity.
e. Any financial institution robbery.
f. Any aggravatedrobbery with serious bodily injury ordeath.
g. Snipers ,barricadedsubjects,hostagesituat ions.
h. Aircraftaccidentsoremergencylandings,train derailments.
i. Found bombs/explosions (bomb threats are handled by the Fire
DepartmentPublic InformationOfficer).
j. Arrestswhichresult inclearance ofnumerousorsignificantoffenses.
k. Natural disasters which endangerlives or create hazardous condit ions,
such as:
1) Tornadoes
2) Massive Flooding
3) IceStorms
4) Highwindswith extensivedamage
I. Closure ofamajortrafficthoroughfare foranextended period.
Page 3
m. Missing children, 15years of age or younger,or children with a proven
mental or physical disability,and there isreasonable belief that thechild
isindangerofserious bodily harm ordeath.
n. When it is determined by the Criminal Investigations Division
Supervisorthat theAmberAlertwill beactivated.
o. Anytime"A Child isMissing"activation ismade.
p. Any other situations that supervisory personnel initially responsible at
the scene believe merits notification of Command Staff as outlined in
General Order 1.00.02.10 (Occurrences Requiring Notification of
Command Staffand OtherPersonnel).
1) Subject to verification by patrol personnel at the scene,
Communications personnel may inform the media of traffic
related matters that are current , such as a motor vehicle
accident,high water,road closures/detour, and other hazardous
conditions.
2) Notification of incidents involving chemical spillage, gas leaks,
and major fires such as apartment complexes,will be directed
to the Fire Chief and/or his designee and do not require
notification of Command Staff unless there is significant police
involvementinthe accident.
3. Supervisors on the scene of a major traffic tie-up , accident, road closure , etc.,
may contact local radio traffic reporters directly or through Communications in
order to give traffic information which would aid motorists in avoiding the
scene.
4. If time permits, Supervisors may notify Command Staff directly in order to
expeditethis General Order.
D. Interviews ofPersonnel
1. Supervisors, (Corporals and above), at the scene of a major incident resulting
inthe presence of media personnel may conductinterviewswith reporters with
prior approval of Command Staffwhen the nature of such interviews would be
appropriate.
2. Personnel contacted directly bythe media for statements shall refer the media
tothe Assistant Chiefof Police priortothe Interview.
a. Due to the nature of certainjob functions, the following personnel may
respond to media inquiries about their specific job functions without
prior approval.
1) Crime PreventionOfficers
2) Communications Personnel as noted in Section III.C.2.p.1) of
this General Order.
Page4
b. Inthese situations, Command Staffshall be contacted and briefed on
the context of the interview. If Command Staff is unavailable, the
information willbesentviaelectronic mailorbytext message.
3. All interviews arranged through the Command Staffwill bewith the consent of
thepersonneltobeinterviewed.
a. Command Staff will advise the person to be interviewed of the subject
matter, nature, andintended useofthestory.
b. The identityoftheinterviewerwillalsobeknown.
c. Command Staff will make themselves available at the time of the
interview, ifrequested.
d. It isthe responsibility of the employee being interviewed to inform and
receive approvalfrom his/hersupervisor.
E. ManagementofPhotography, Television andRecordings
1. In public places, photography, television and tape recordings shall not be
restrictedexcept ;
a. Wheredangerexiststolifeorproperty.
b. Whereitinterferes withthe lawfulrightsofothers.
c. Whereitinterferes withanofficialfunction.
d. Inacrime scene search area.
2. InthePoliceBuildings
a. The mediamayhaveaccesstothe lobbyandAdministration area.
b. The accused in any incident will not beposed or paraded for the news
mediainsidethepolicebuilding.
c. The accused in any incident will not be permitted to hold interviews
custody.
'3/1,?-/l) IV. EFFECTIVE DATE:
MikeS.Corley
ChiefofPolice
Brownwood PoliceDepartme
HoursofOperation
G Il Y OF BROWNWOOD
POlICE DePARTME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III . PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis Order is to establish the hours of operation for the Brownwood Police
Departmentand proceduresforemployeesreporting towork.
II. POLICY:
Itisthepolicyofthe Brownwood Police Departmentthatall employeesreporttowork attheir
assigned duty time and accurately report their hours ofwork. To promote the Mission and
Values Statement ofthe Brownwood Police Department and to provide a safe environment
enhancing the quality of life of the community, this agency responds to requests for law
enforcementservices24hoursaday.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. HoursofOperation
1. Dutyhoursforall employeesaredetermined bytheChiefofPolice. Somejob
assignmentsrequirean84hourpayperiodwhileotherjobassignmentsrequire
an80hourpayperiod. Thehoursanemployeemayworkisdeterminedbytheir
jobassignmentasordered bytheChiefofPolice.
B. Patrol Division
1. Officers in Patrol Division arescheduled to work a 14daypayperiod,working
shiftsof12hours,foran 84hourschedule.
a. Dayshiftisfrom 6amto6pm
b. NightShiftisfrom 6pmto6am.
2. EarlyOutofficersarepatrol officersdesignated bytheirsupervisorto reportto
duty30minutespriortotheirnormalshiftstarttimeandleave30minutespriorto
their normal shift end time. Early Out officers are expected to be completely
equippedandbriefed 15minutesafterclocking inforduty.
Page 2
3. Patrol Division Lieutenantsshallsupervisepersonnelwithin Patrol Divisionand
maintain an 84 hour work schedule. Flexibility is given to the Lieutenants
scheduletoensurethatall theirresponsibilitiesare met.
4. Administrative Lieutenantsshalloverseeadministrativemattersandpersonnel
asassigned, and maintainan 84 hourworkschedule. Flexibilityisgiventothe
Lieutenantsscheduletoensurethatall theirresponsibilitiesaremet.
C. Criminal InvestigationsDivision (CID)
1. Detectivesassigned to CID are scheduled toworka7dayworkweekwithin a
biweeklypayperiod,normallyan 8 hourworkdayduring a40hourworkweek.
2. DetectivesassignedtoCIDwillnormallyworkascheduleof8amto4pmor9am
to5pm. Exceptionsmaybegranted bytheCID Supervisor.
3. TheCIDSupervisorisresponsibleforschedulingtoensuretheofficeisstaffed
duringtraditional businesshours(8am- 5pm).
D. CommunicationsDivision
1. Communications Officers are scheduled to work a 7 daywork week within a
biweeklypayperiod, normallyan 8hourworkday, duringa40hourworkweek.
2. HoursofoperationforCommunicationsDivision isasfollows:
a. DayShift- 6amto2pm
b. Evening Shift- 2pmto 10pm
c. NightShift- 10pmto6am
3. EarlyOutofficersaredesignatedbytheirsupervisortoreporttoduty15minutes
priorto their normal shift starttime and leave 15 minutes priorto their normal
shiftend time.
E. Administrative Staff
1. Employees designated as Administrative Staff by the Chief of Police are
scheduledtoworka7dayworkweekwithinabiweeklypayperiod,normallyan8
hourworkday, during a40hourworkweek.
2. Administrative Staff includes but not limited to: Records Supervisor / Clerk,
Animal Control Officers, School Resource Officers, Evidence Custodian and
Training /CrimePreventionOfficer
F. TimeClockRules
1. All employeeswill reportfordutyon time and with all necessaryequipmentto
performtheirduties.
a. Employeesaretoclockinfordutywithin7minutesoftheirassignedstart
time.
Page 3
b. Employeesare to clock outatthe end ofdutywithin 7 minutesoftheir
assignedendtimeunlessworkrequirementspreventthis. Supervisors
must document in the Kronos time computer system reasons for
extendedworkperiods.
c. Itistheemployee'sresponsibilitytoclockinfortheirperiodsofwork.Ifa
time clock punch is not made, it is the employee's responsibility to
provide their supervisor with a completed Kronos adjustment form in
ordertohavethepunch recorded.
d. At the end ofthe last shift ofa pay period it is not necessaryfor the
punch-out procedure to change; the Kronos system adjusts for the
'midnight switch' automatically, and time submission is done
automatically.
2. Allovertimemustbeapprovedbytheemployeessupervisorandcommentedon
in the Kronostimecomputersystem.
3. Information related to any punches outside of the employees regular work
schedule must be submitted to the employee's supervisor on a Kronos Time
AdjustmentSheetanddocumented in Kronoscomments.
4. Only time worked or taken as leave will be logged upon the time record;
employeeswill notbecredited with hoursforwhichtheywerenotonduty.
5. All employeesworking pastthe midnight hourmust note that pay begins and
endsatthistime.Thelastdayofeverypayperiod isWednesdayandanytime
worked pastmidnightiscalculated onthenextpayperiod.
6. Noemployeecan waive payorleave(vacation, holiday,sick leave) underany
circumstances. No 'comp time' may be awarded/substituted in lieu of payor
leave.
7. Nosupervisorwill retroactivelyadjusthourswhichhavealreadybeenloggedin
by an employee without the permission oftheAssistant ChiefofPolice. This
does not apply to situations where an employee forgot/was unable to clock
in/out,whichfall underIII.F.1.c
G. Documenting Traveland Training Events
1. Nonexemptemployeeswillbecompensatedfortraveltime,toandfromtraining
eventsin theamountoftheircurrenthourlyrate ofpayforeach hourspentfor
travel time. In theeventofairtravel, thetimerequired forsecurityprocedures,
lay-overs,flightdelays,andsimilareventsspecifictothatmodeoftransportation
will becounted asdutytime, aswell asthetimespentin flight.
2. Employees attending training outsideofBrownwood will receive credit forthe
timeslistedonthecourseschedule. Intheeventofsuchaclasslettingoutearly
andan employeereturningto Brownwoodatorbeforetheclasswasscheduled
to end, the employee will be credited with dutytime to the point atwhich he
reached Brownwood, provided there was no delay in travel due to personal
reasons
Page4
3. Employeesattendingtrainingin Brownwoodwillonlyreceivecreditfortheactual
timetheyattendedthetraining.
4. WhentrainingeventsinBrownwoodonanemployeesworkdayfallshortoftheir
scheduledworkhours,theemployeemustcontacttheon-dutyshiftcommander
for a job assignment or they may opt to utilize vacation/holiday leave to
supplementforthatshortfall.
5. Supervisorsmayadjustanemployee'sworkscheduletominimizeovertime.This
adjustmentmaynotbeapplied retroactivelytohoursalreadylogged.
6. Employeesassignedtotraining eventswill reporttotheeventasifreportingto
anyotherassignment, being punctual, maintainingan authorized appearance,
and otherwisetreating the eventas partoftheirassigned duty.
7. An employee assigned to a training event shall attend the full event; if
circumstancespreventacompleteattendance,theemployeewillreportthatfact
andthecircumstancesinvolvedtotheirsupervisorattheearliestopportunity.
H. Breaks
1. Officersareauthorized onethirtyminutemeal breakpershift.
2. Officers assigned to eight hour shifts are authorized two fifteen minute rest
breaks. Officers assigned to twelve hour shifts are authorized three fifteen
minuterest breaks.
3. Restandmealbreakswill betakensubjecttothedemandsofofficialduties.No
compensation will be made for missed breaks caused by cali volume. Shift
supervisorswill beresponsibleforauthorizingall breaks.
4. AmaximumoftwoBrownwoodPolicepatrolunitswillbeatanyonerestaurantat
anytime.Officersdining at a restaurant on dutywill keep in mind the public's
view, and avoid parking patrol units together or in close proximity to units
belongingtootheragencies.
I. Patrolmen acting assupervisors
1. Patrol squadswill be manned byaSergeantorCorporal atall times.Both
supervisorswill notbescheduledforleaveatthesametime.
2. In the eventofbothsquad supervisorsbeing unabletoreportforduty, the
Patrol Lieutenantwill be notified immediately.
3. All possibleeffortsshould be madetoensureasupervisoris presenton every
dutyshift. Ifapatrolmanisappointed bythe Patrol Lieutenanttoactasashift
supervisorthe patrolmanwill havethesameauthorityasaCorporalforthe
durationoftheassignment.
4. Whenacting asasupervisorthe patrolmanwill receivethebasesalaryof
Corporal plustheofficer'sown longevitypayand certification payduringthe
timetheperson performstheduties.
Page5
5. ThetemporaryperformanceofthedutiesunderthisGeneralOrderwill notbe
construed asa promotion.
IV. December21,2012
Brownwood PoliceDepartmen
FORMSORIGINATING FROMTHIS POLICY:
KronosAdjustmentForm
-------
Kronos Timecard Adjustments
Date: Times: Reason:
Officer:_______________
Signature:.______________ Date:
Supervisor signature:, __________
Dry Cleaning Services
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purposeofthis Orderistoestablishpolicy for using drycleaning servicesfor Department
personnel.
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policyofthe BrownwoodPoliceDepartmentthat alllawenforcementpersonnelmaintain
a professional appearancewhile on duty. The Department provides contracted dry cleaning
serviceslocallywherebypatrol uniformsanddetectiveclothingmaybecleanedatnochargeto
the officers.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. UniformPersonnel
1. Uniformed personnel are authorized to launder three (3) uniformed sets per
week. A set consistsof one (1) uniformshirt and one (1) uniformpant.
2. The Department issued uniform shirt and uniform pant are the only items
authorizedfor cleaning underIII.A ofthis order.
3. Uniforms should be inspected for damage or 'wear' prior to laundering with
defectiveuniformsturned inwhen a replacementisprovided.
B. Detectives/ Plain-clothed Personnel
1. Criminal Investigations Division Detectives are authorized to launder civilian
attire which is worn in the course of their duty. Detectives are authorized to
launderfive (5) sets per week. A set consists of one (1) button-up dressshirt
and one (1)pair ofdressslacks.
2. The onlyitemsauthorizedforcleaningarefully button-updressshirtswhich may
belongorshortsleeved,dressslackswhichmaybeofDockerorKhakistyleand
more formalsuits. Nootheritemsare authorizedfor cleaning underIII.Bofthis
order.
GENERALORDER 1.00.01.18.11
Page2
3. Detectives are provided a $90.00 clothing allowancein February and August,
each year ,inorderto supplementclothing needs.
C. Authorized LaundryFacility
1. The Cityof Brownwoodcontractslaundryservicesto local facilitiesthroughthe
Purchasing Department'sbidding process. The awardedfacilitiesare the only
facilitieswhichwill receivepaymentthroughthe city.
2. It is the responsibility of each officer to ensure that only authorized laundry
facilitiesare used. Errorsofthis matterare atthe expenseofthe officer.
3. The Assistant Chief of Police shall post a written notice in a common area
detailingthe authorized facilities and requirementsfor turning in items.
D. General Information
1. In the event an employee neglects to utilize laundry services for a particular
week, the numberof itemslaunderedwill not carry overintothe nextweekand
increasethatweeklyamount.
2. Itemslisted inthis GeneralOrderarethe only itemsallowedto belaunderedat
Department expense. Exceptions are only granted after receiving written
approval from Command Staff. Employees utilizing this service for personal
benefitor abusingthis serviceare subjectto disciplinaryaction.
~ L
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
MikeS.Corley
Chiefof Police
Brownwood PoliceDepart
DepartmentalAwards
Cnl' 01- SHOW WOOD
Po ICE Dl:PAATMENT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis Order is to establish a process by which individuals are recognized for
meritorious performance in the line ofdutyand high achievement bythe Brownwood Police
Department.
II. POLICY:
ItisthepolicyofthisDepartmentthatemployeesberecognized in aformal mannerforactsof
courage, performance and humanitarianism, considered beyond the call ofduty. It is also a
departmentalpolicyto acknowledgespecialized assignmentsortraining certifications beyond
thatrequired forthebasicdutyassignment.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. EligibilityforMeritoriousPerformanceAwards
1. MedalofHonor
TheMedalofHonorawardhashistoricallybeenthesymbolofcourageousaction
takeninthefaceofdanger. TheMedalofHonoristhehighestawardforbravery
presentedbytheBrownwood PoliceDepartmentand indicates:
a. Acceptedand appropriateactiontaken bytheemployeein accordance
with Departmentalpolicy, and
b. Theexistenceofan extremerisk ofseriousbodilyinjuryordeathtothe
employee, and
c. The employee acted without selfish motive or without concern for
personal safety in such a mannerthat a clear-cut act of bravery and
couragebeyondthatexpectedwasexhibited.
2. MeritoriousConduct
Page2
TheMeritoriousConductAwardissymbolicofheroicachievementofmissionor
assignmentthroughindividualeffort,whenfacedwithlifethreateningresistance
orcircumstances.
3. Distinguished ServiceCross
TheDistinguished ServiceCrossis awardedto an officerwho haspaid the
ultimatesacrifice in thelineofduty, and representsdevotionto community,
State, and Nation.
4. Medal ofValor
Awarded to an officer, who while in the line ofduty, distinguishes himselfor
herselfbycourageousservicewhileindirectconfrontationwithasuspectarmed
with adeadlyweapon being used in a mannerintendedto inflictseriousbodily
injury or death. The officer's performance must be to the level expected ofa
policeofficerbythe Departmentand thepublic.
4. LifeSavingAward
TheLifeSavingAward isforthesavingofahumanlifeandwill bepresentedto
theemployeewhoseindividualeffortpreventedtheimminentdeathofanycitizen
orfellowofficer.
5. PurpleHeart
The Purple Heart Insignia will be awarded to an employee who has been
seriously injured during a dangerous confrontation while performing in the
capacityofa Brownwood Policeemployee. (In normal circumstances, injuries
sustainedfrom avehicleaccidentwill notwarrantnominationforthisaward.)
B. EligibilityforExceptional PerformanceAwards
1. Marksman
a. MasterMarksman
1) TheMasterMarksmanInsigniawillbeawardedtoanyofficerwho
achievesaperfectscoreonhisfirstroundofdaytimequalification
with his/herdutysidearm.
2) Each awardwill begivenfortheyearfollowingthatqualification
and will bere-earnedthefollowing year.
b. ExpertMarksman
1) TheExpertMarksmanInsigniawillbeawardedtoanyofficerwho
achieves a 98 percent score on his first round of daytime
qualificationwith his/herdutysidearm.
2) Each awardwill begivenfortheyearfollowing thatqualification
and will bere-earned thefollowing year.
Page3
c. The Expert & Master Marksman Awards will be distributed by the
AssistantChiefand FirearmsInstructorafterqualification.
d. AnyoftheseinsigniasmaybewornasaregularpartoftheBrownwood
Policeuniform byaward recipients.
C. EligibilityforSpecialAssignmentRecognition
1. The Chief of Police may authorize an insignia to be worn as a result of
assignmentto aspecialized unitoras an individual designation.
2. TheindividualmayweartheinsigniaasaregularpartoftheBrownwood Police
uniform until such time the person no longer holds the assignment or
designation.
3. Special Assignments include but are not limited to: Tactical Team, School
ResourceOfficer, FirearmsInstructor,Field Training Officer
D. EligibilityforOtherRecognition Bars/Service
1. Sworn personnel may wear years of service ribbons as well as the City of
Brownwood servicepin.
2. TheChiefofPolicemayauthorizean insigniato beworn asa resultoftraining
certifications. Theindividualmayweartheinsigniauntilsuchtimeastheperson
is nolongercertified.
3. AlistoftheauthorizedinsigniawillbemaintainedbytheChairmanoftheAwards
Committee.
4. Anyoftheseinsigniasmaybewornasa regularpartofthe Brownwood Police
uniform by award recipients.
E. Awarding ofMeritoriousPerformanceAwards
Forthe Medal ofHonor, MeritoriousConduct, Medal ofValor, Life Saving and Purple
HeartAwards,the procedurefornominationand award isasfollows:
1. NominationProcedure
a. Any Brownwood Police Department employee, via the chain of
command, may bring award nominees to the attention ofthe Chiefof
Policewhowill forward the nomination to the Chairman oftheAwards
Committee to investigatethe incidentand to determine ifthe nominee
meetsthecriteriaforeligibilityoftheaward.
b. Thecommitteewill forward recommendationstotheChiefofPolicefor
thefinaldetermination. Thecommitteeshallconsistof:
1) AssistantChief- CommitteeChairman
2) OneLieutenant
3) OneSergeant
Page4
4) OnePoliceOfficer
5) OneCivilian
c. Any past incident which the Award Committee believes is properly
documented may be investigated for award presentation, to include
posthumousawards.
2. Award Presentation
a. Theinsigniawill bepresentedbytheChiefofPoliceorhisdesigneeata
timeand placeofhisdesignation.
b. AnyoftheseinsigniasmaybewornasaregularpartoftheBrownwood
Policeuniform byaward recipients.
c. Posthumousawardswill bepresentedtoan appropriatefamilymember
oftheemployee.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: May3,2013
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
ChiefofPolice
Disaster/Emergency Plan
Cr I Y UI- BHUW WOOD
Po fe E' DER TMEf'.T
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to specify procedures that may be applicable in the event of a
major disasteror emergencythreatening the City of Brownwood. This Ordersupplements the
City of Brownwood Emergency Management Plan, which is the primary guide in these
situations.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to respond to major disasters or
occurrences requiring emergency response, using the City of Brownwood Emergency
ManagementPlan(COB/EMP) asthe primary guidelinefor operations.
While this General Orderisdesignedtocover the most serious emergencysituations, itmay be
used inwhole orinpartto mitigate lessserious situations.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1. Incident Commander - Initially the first responding officer will be the Incident
Commanderand will usually bethe highest-ranking officer atthe location ofthe
incident. He will continue to act as the Incident Commander until relieved, or
until the incident is resolved . In large-scale responses, the Incident
Commander will be stationed at the Police Department , or the Incident
Command postduring aUnified Commandevent.
2. Operations Commander- Will be stationed atthe Command Post to coordinate
efforts with the Fire Department, if appropriate, and serve as the link with the
Incident Commander. In large scale incidentswhich are classified as disasters
or police emergencies, the Operations Commander Will be responsible for the
Command Post ,which will belocated asclose tothe incident assafety permits.
Page2
3. Planning Coordinator - Will be responsible for acquiring and providing outside
resources, technical assistance, intelligence, and financial support to manage
the emergencysituation.
4. Logistics Coordinator- This person will be stationed at the Staging Area and is
responsible for providing additional personnel and equipment to the Command
Post.
a. All requests for additional personnel and equipment at the incident
scenewill be requestedthroughthe LogisticsCoordinator.
b. He/she will make appropriate personnel assignments to obtain and
maintain equipment ,communication,records,detention,and Cityfacility
securitythroughoutthe emergency.
5. Incident Command post (ICP) will normally be chosen by the Fire Chief if the
disaster/emergencyis of a level and nature requiring the Fire Departmentto be
the majorresponder. Ifthe disaster/emergency is of a Police nature, the I.C.P.
will be determined by the Incident Commanderatthe location. This will be the
centerfor Police field operations.
6. RestrictedArea(s) aredivided intotwo areas:
a. Inner Perimeter is set up around the area hardest hit. It is clearly
marked to indicate it is an area of controlled access. This area will
contain only emergency/authorized personnel.
b. Outer Perimeter is immediately outside the Inner Perimeter. This area
requires less supervision, and access is at the Incident Commander's
discretion. Media may be allowed within the outer perimeteras long as
they do not interferewith emergencyoperations.
7. Safe Routes are those streets and roads designated to be barricaded and
maintained asentranceand exit routes tothe emergencyarea.
8. Staging Area will be the Law Enforcement Center, if possible. The magnitude
of the disaster will determine the location of the staging area. The Logistics
Coordinator will be responsible for locating the Staging Area. This is the
location where all equipment and personnel will be assembled in anticipation of
requests from other Commanders/Coordinators in need of equipment or
personnel.
9. Emergency Operations Center (E.O.C.) will be the central location for all local
government control and where all City management gathers during an
emergency situation. Unless designated otherwise, the E.O.C. will be located
at 1050W Commerce,Brownwood/ Brown CountyLaw EnforcementCenter.
a. The Emergency Management Coordinator or designee, as defined in
the City of Brownwood, Emergency ManagementPlan,will activate the
EmergencyManagementPlan and Center.
Page 3
b. The Emergency Management Group as defined in the COB EMP,
Annex N and the E.O.C. Coordination Group will operate from the
E.O.C.during anemergency/disasterincident.
c. The Chief of Police, or designee, and Police Public Information Officer
will be at this location,and carry out those duties prescribed inthe City
EmergencyManagementPlan.
B. Responsibilities and Objectivesof EmergencyOperations
1. Maintain lawand order
2. Carry outbackup warning (doortodoor)
3. Perform traffic control and evacuations
4. Responsetocallsfor service
5. Crowd control
6. Securityfor keyfacilities
7. Collection ofintelligence information
8. Initialdisasterreconnaissance
9. Designationofrestricted areas andcontrol ofaccess
10. Securityfor evacuated and restricted areas
11. Securityfor mass care andshelterfacilities
12. Support other EmergencyOperations
C. Verification Procedures
1. Communicationswill:
a. Immediatelynotify on-duty Patrol officers and Supervisors ofthe alleged
incident and send personnel to the location to determine the existence
and extent ofthe reported disaster/emergency.
b. Make notifications as per General Order1.00.02.10upon request ofthe
Patrol Supervisor.
c. Activate the Disaster Alert Sirens and the Emergency Alert System
(EAS) ONLY in accordance with the City of Brownwood Emergency
Management Plan,Annex A,which regulates the use ofthe sirens and
alert system.
2. The initialofficer(s) responding will :
Page 4
a. Immediatelyverifythe existence/extentofadisasteremergency.
b. Determineasafe route(s) to bemaintained immediately.
c. The highest ranking officer will serve as the Incident Commander until
relieved.
D. Classifications ofEmergencySituations
See definitions of readiness levels inthe City of Brownwood Emergency Management
Guidelines,Annex G,Section VIII.
E. Notification Procedures
1. Levels of response and increases in manpowerdeployment may occur at any
time in preparation of a heightened condition or in response to an occurrence.
Personneldeploymentisinitiallythe responsibilityofPatrol supervision.
2. Notifications are made as defined in General Order 1.00.02.10, Occurrences
Requiring Notifications of Command Staff and other Personnel. ANYTIME a
break occurs inthe chain,the next level ofcommand above willbe notified and
will take over the responsibilities ofthe employeewho could not be reached or
was assuming other duties.
3. The Chief of Police will notifythe City Managerwho will notify appropriate City
personnel.
4. All essential sworn and civilian personnel will be instructed to report to the
Staging Area with their equipmentwhere they will be logged in and given their
assignment.
F. BasicAssignments
1. ChiefofPolice,(inhis absence, designee) ,will:
a. Report directly to the E.O.C. with all other Department heads and
remain at this location as Communications liaison between Police
Operationsand other City Departments.
b. Ensure the I.C.P. receives the equipment and assistance needed from
other City Departments.
c. Reviewall requests for assistanceand supportfrom outside agenciesat
the E.O.C. and determine appropriateaction.
2. OperationsCommanderwill :
a. Be responsible for activities directly involving protection and control of
the incident scene.
Page 5
b. Have the authority to designate persons to be responsible for whatever
operations he deems necessary and will maintain, or cause to be
maintained, assignment sheets showing location of personnel and
equipment.
c. DesignateasubordinateOfficer to supervisefunctions atthe I.C.P. The
designatedofficer will:
1) Ensure the recorder maintains accurate records of who enters
andexitsthe restricted area.
2) Maintain radio contact with field units.
3) Maintainradio contactwiththe E.O.C.
4) Advisethe Chief ofPolice onstatus ofemergencysituation.
5) Coordinateassessmentreports.
d. Beresponsiblefor Inner PerimeterControl Proceduresincluding:
1) Ensuring the Inner Perimeterisclearly marked and maintained.
2) Having all persons in the perimeter accounted for and expel all
unauthorizedpersons.
a) Officers should remember mandatory evacuation
authoritydoes notexist inthe State ofTexas;
b) However, authority does exist to control ingress and
egress to and from a disaster area and the movement
of persons or the occupancy of premises in the area
after a disaster occurs. [Texas Disaster Act of 1975,
Section 5,(g) (5) and (g) (7)]
3) Providing adequate security for the area, allowing only
emergencyequipment/personneltoenter.
e. Beresponsiblefor Outer PerimeterControl Procedures including:
1) Designating howfarfrom the Inner Perimeterthe outer boundary
should be.
2) Ensuring that persons in that area do not invade the Inner
Perimeter,tamperwith markingsoralter boundariesfor the Inner
Perimeter.
3) Establishing criteria for who enters the area. (Media may be
allowed access to the area between the inner and outer
perimeters provided they do not interfere with police or other
emergencypersonnel performingtheir designatedassignments.)
GENERALORDER 100.20.12
Page6
Note: If media have questions concerning the incident, they
should bedirectedtothe Public InformationOfficeratthe scene.
f. Beresponsibleforthe Evacuation ofIncident Area by:
1) Providing traffic control to ensure that persons leaving the
incident area leave safely and do not aggravate the emergency
situation further.
2) Providing safe, clearly marked and barricaded safe-routes
leaving the incident area.
3) Ensuring safe-routes are kept clear of anything which might
impedethe evacuation process.
4) Controlling persons to ensure all persons are evacuated to a
safe location.
g. Request whatever personnel or equipment is needed at the scene
through the Logistics Coordinatoratthe Staging Area.
3. Planning Coordinatorwill:
a. Assign appropriate Investigations personnel to process prisoners at the
scene:
1) Providing book-in proceduresforprocessing offenders.
2) Taking photographsofarresting Officerandoffender.
3) Completingthe booking slip.
4) Maintaining security attemporaryholding facility.
5) Arranging for transportation of prisoners from scene to
permanentholding facility.
b. Assign Investigations personnel to assist in the handling of fatalities in
cooperation with the City Health Department, as defined in Annex H,
Health and Medical ofthe COB EIVIP by:
1) Collecting informationconcerningfatalities.
2) Taking photographsoffatalities.
3) Markinglocationsoffatalities with same numberas body bags in
cooperationwiththe Fireand Health Departments.
4) Attempting identificationofdeceased.
5) Assisting the Justice ofthe Peace, Medical Examiner,or doctor
inpronouncementofdeath and maintaining pertinentinformation
Page 7
about pronouncement, to include identifying the person,
pronouncing the time and date, and identification of the
deceased.
c. Oversee intelligencegathering activities by:
1) Confirming and/or debunking rumors as received by the Police
Public Information Officer,and
2) Remaining in the disaster area as much as possible to report
any potential irrational acts bythe victims oroutsiders,and
3) EstablishingaTactical InformationCenterifnecessary.
d. Establish emergency purchasing procedures and maintain records of
emergencyrelated expendituresfor purchasesand personnel.
e. Maintain records on use of privately owned transportation, equipment,
and personnelfor possible reimbursement.
f. Make relief personnel available as required if the emergency extends
beyond 8-10 hours.
4. The Logistics Coordinatorwill :
a. Remain at the Staging Area during the emergency to coordinate
requests for additional personnel andequipment.
b. Utilize the Staging Area as a collection and assembly point for all
personneland equipment.
c. Assign appropriate personnel to maintain equipmentand vehicles.
d. Assign appropriate personnel to be responsible for getting food and
other necessitiestoOfficers atthe sceneand the I.C.P.
e. Assign personnel to maintain accurate records of Officers and
equipment dispatched to the scene with check-in/check-out times,
notations ofinjuries toOfficers, etc.
f. Assign the Communications Manager to supervise all emergency and
routine communications.
g. Assign personnel to maintain the Detention and Records Divisions.
h. Assign personneltomaintainsecurity atCityfacilities.
i. Cause a debriefing location to be chosen and ensure that Field
Operations records are collected, equipment returned, and Officers
checked outofservice afterthe emergencyhassubsided.
GEt\IERALORDER 100.20.12
Page 8
J. Work with the Planning Coordinator on emergency expenditures and
outsiderequests.
5. Police Public InformationOfficerwill :
a. Be located atthe E.O.C.during the emergency.
b. Designatea second PublicInformationOfficeratthe time ofthe disaster
to be stationed atthe Field Command post to interactwith media at the
disastersite,ifnecessary.
c. Coordinate news releases with the City Manager and the City Public
InformationOfficer.
d. Compileand prepareemergencyinformationforthe public.
e. Receive all calls from the media and public concerning inquiries about
the emergencyand arrangefor mediarepresentativesto receive regular
timed briefings on the city status during extended emergency situations
asapproved bytheAssistanttothe City Manager.
f. See that all rumors concerning the emergency are either confirmed or
unfounded and if confirmed, advise the Operations Commander or
Designee.
g. Secureprinted and photographicdocumentation ofthe emergency.
h. Utilize all media to call in off-duty personnel or to obtain other needed
servicesoradviseresidentsofevacuation procedures.
i. Provide for a Media Staging Area if applicable, coordinating with the
Field Operations Commander.
G. Critical FamilyIncidents
1. During all deployment stages of the Emergency Operating Plan, it is expected
and criticalthat police employeesbeavailablefor service.
2. In the event an employee's immediatefamily is placed in imminent peril during
this deployment, the employeemust initially protecthis/herfamily.
a. The existence of an incidentthat creates a major public crisis or threat
requires the response of all personnel and therefore the employee is
expected to make him or herself available for duty as soon as their
situation isstabilized.
b. A failure to report for duty as a result of this condition requires
supervisory notification and is only acceptable for situations involving
immi nent danger to the immediate family .
H. AfterAction Reports
Page 9
1. The Planning Coordinatorwill be responsibletowrite an after-action report oneach
incident. The report will provide a description of the event , the plans made , the
staffing level and how assignmentswere made,and any traffic issues.The most
important part of an After Action Report is a description of the things that went
well and the things that should be improved next time. Recommendations are
also made regarding any policy changes needed, staffing and equipment, and
planning issues.
I. Review ofthe Disaster/EmergencyPlan
1. There shall be a Command Staff discussion and review of this General at least
every two years. Thefindingsofthis review will bedocumentedinmemo form.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
Mike S.Corley
Chief ofPolice
AttachmentA - DisasterOrganizational Structure
Page 10
AttachmentA
OPERATIONS
INCIDENT COMMAND
PLANNI NG
l
LOGISTICS
I
PATROL
OPERATIONS
T
I
l
SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
1---------J
RESOURCES \-------1 SUPPORT/STAGING
TRAFFIC
T
SWAT
\----
TECHNICAL
I--
SUPPLIES
EVACUATION
l
MFF
f-----I INTELLIGENCE \-------1 COMMUNICATION
PERIMETER
l
CFS
'---- FINANCIAL \----

'----
FLEET
PHYSICAL
SECURITY
INTERNAL
SERVICES
Critical IncidentStressManagement(CISM)
e ll Y Of- B AOWfliWOOD
POLICE DEPARTMENT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish a proactive approach to assisting employees in
managing stressthat may resultfrom involvementin acritical incident.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to provide proactive measures for
employee health issues. A basic step is to recognize what may be a critical incident to an
employee and to provide an adequate opportunity and means for that employee to receive
assistance in coping with that incident. These services are available to the employee and
affected immediatefamilymembersshouldthesituationimpactthemtraumatically.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions:
1. Critical Incident - Any event (duty-related or personal) that may create a
strong emotional response such that it is capable of overwhelming an
individual's or group's ability to cope and could cause impairment in work or
personal activities.
2. Critical IncidentStress Management(CISM)- a processto assistemployees
coping with stresscaused by critical incidents.
3. Facilitators - Personnel who have received basic CISM training (Individual
and Group) and whowere notinvolvedin the incident.
a. Facilitators' function is to guide and assess personnel in the
appropriate intervention process and to provide information and
advice regarding possiblestressreactions.
b. They may also make referrals through the Critical Incident Stress
Management(CISM) Coordinator.
Critical IncidentStress Management(CISM)
Page2
4. CISM Coordinator - A supervisor, designated by the Chief of Police,
responsible for overseeing the Department's CISM program. The CISM
Coordinatorwill be responsiblefor:
a. Overseeing the selection and training of personnel for the
Department'sCISM Team.
b. Scheduling and coordinating formal CISM interventions as need
determines.
c. Providing CISM assistancetofacilitatorsas needed.
d. Providing guidance and information regarding appropriate mental
health professionalservices, orreferrals as needdetermines.
5. CISM Peer Team Members - Designated, volunteer employees (sworn or
civilian) who have been trained in Group and Individual crisis intervention
techniques to help provide specialized intervention services orassistance as
needed.
6. CISM Team - Personnel designated to serve in an official CISM capacity to
provide assistance or formal intervention as deemed necessary. Team
membersmayconsistofCISM trained personnelwho maybe:
a. CISM PeerTeamMembers
b. Chaplains
c. Mental Health Professionals.
7. Debriefing - Structured, small group crisis intervention process; a process
thatfocuses on building upagroup'sresistanceto traumaticstressors.
8. Defusing - A shortened version of a debriefing provided within hours of a
traumaticevent.
B. Utilization ofCritical IncidentStressManagement(CISM)
1. When acritical incidentoccurs, supervisors ofthe employees involved will be
responsible for assessing their employees by facilitating a defusing session
and determining ifformal CISM intervention is needed.
2. If a supervisor determines CISM intervention is needed for an employee(s),
the supervisor will ensure the appropriate intervention(s) are conducted
before the employee(s) leave work for the day, or as soon as practical
thereafter.
3. Anyemployeeinvolved in acritical incidentmayrequesttheirsupervisor
provideCISM assistanceiftheemployeebelieves it is needed.
4. In most situations the facilitator for these interventions will be a member of
the CISM team whowas notinvolvedin the incident.
Page 3
5. Afterthe intervention is completed, the facilitator will forward a written report
to the CISM Coordinator outlining the basic circumstances ofthe incident, a
description of the intervention(s) used and whether they believe follow-up
action (moreformal interventionsorreferrals) maybe needed.
6. The CISM Coordinator will evaluate the intervention(s) and determine if a
moreformal intervention(s) orreferral maybe necessary.
7. Formal interventions maybe conducted by the DepartmentCISM Team orby
an outside CISM Team.
8. While participation in an intervention is voluntary, attendance may be
required based on the nature of the incident and the discretion of the
facilitators orasupervisor.
C. CISM PeerSupportTeam
1. CISM PeerSupportTeam Memberswill be designated by the ChiefofPolice
andwill be selectedfrom volunteers(sworn and civilian).
2. CISM Peer Support Team Members will be underthe direction ofthe CISM
Coordinatorfortheiractivities.
3. CISIVI PeerSupport Team Members will receive training in CISM Groupand
Individual crisis intervention strategiesbefore assumingtheirroles.
4. The CISM Coordinator will ensure CISM Peer Support Team Members
receive regulartraining utilizing both internal and external resources.
D. Confidentiality
1. CISM Peer Support Team Members will maintain strict confidentiality in
mattersdiscussedduring CISM interventions.
a. Anystatementor discussion with CISM Peer SupportTeam Members
whileacting in theirpeersupportroleshall remain confidential.
b. For the purposes of this General Order, "confidential" mean the
conversation is deemed private and therefore not meant to be
discussed with others who do not have a need to know unless the
speaker has given consent. Such conversations are "privileged"
communicationsasdefined by law.
c. Maintaining confidentiality does not relieve an employee from
complying with theDepartment'sRules and Regulations.
2. CONFIDENTIALITY EXCEPTION: CISM Peer Support Team Members are
requiredto reportthefollowing incidentsimmediately, iftheyaredivulged:
a. Any indications or reasons to believe the person being supported
presentsadangerto themselvesorothers, or
Page4
b. Any belief the person being supported has committed a criminal
offense.
3. CISM Peer Support Team Members becoming aware ofeither ofthe above
situations will discuss these only with the CISM coordinator or Assistant
Chief.
4. CISM PeerSupportTeam Membersare notan investigative unitofthe Police
Department.
5. No CISM Peer Support Team Member will be questioned regarding the
content ofany intervention unless it pertains directly to one ofthe conditions
listed above.
E. Removalfrom Duty
1. Any employee who has been involved in a critical incident as defined by this
order, used deadly force, or been involved in a traffic accident that has
intentionally oraccidentally resulted in the serious injury ordeath ofa person
may be placed on paid leave until a preliminary administrative reviewcan be
conducted.Theadministrative reviewwill determinewhat stress management
actions are needed, ifany, to return the employeetoduty.
IV. EffectiveDate: July15, 2013
ChiefofPolice
Brownwood Police Departm
Fiscal Control
e llY UI- BH Wt-.WOOD
Po ICE DI:PA T ~ T
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purposeofthis Orderisto establish departmental policy regarding expenditureof funds,
detail the proceduresto be used in making purchases and defineresponsibilities infollowing
procedures.
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policy ofthe Brownwood Police Departmentto maintain control overall expenditures
of City funds made and/or requested by departmental employees and to document and
provideaccounting proceduresfor theseexpenditures.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Responsibilityand Authorizationto Utilize City Funds
1. The Chief of Police will act on behalf of the Police Department regarding
budgetary concerns; the Assistant Chief of Police will advise the Chief on
fiscal matters, reviewand approveall paymentand purchaseauthorizations.
2. In the absence of the Chief of Police, the Assistant Chief of Police will be
designated as signatoryauthority. The AssistantChiefof Policewill advisethe
Chief on Budgetary matters and ensure that proper procedures are being
followed.
3. Authorizationto UtilizeCity Funds
a. All employees requisitioning any expenditure or reimbursement are
required to initiate the process through their chain of command. If
approved, the requesting party will provide Records with all
information needed to properly complete a Purchase Order Form (PO
Form).
b. Expenditures should not be authorized which would create a negative
balanceinany account.
Page2
B. Methodsfor Expensing City Funds
1. Travel and Training Expenses
a. All travel and training expenditures should be processed utilizing the
city's Travel VoucherForm.
b. Oncethe training is approved, all requests for advances, registrations
and expenditures for travel and training should be submitted to the
Training Office.
2. City PurchaseOrder
a. A City Purchase Order requests the City Purchasing Department to
initiatethe processto buy goodsand servicesthrough the issuanceof
aCity PurchaseOrder.
b. Any requestrequires a PurchaseOrder.
1) A Department's designated representative may contact
possible sources for goods/services and ask for estimates, but
will not placean orderfor the goods/services.
c. A request for goods or supplies submitted by an employee muststate
specificrequirementsand vendorsources, and satisfythe requirement
of 1I1.A.3).
3. City Issued CreditCards
a. Use of City issued credit cards will be in accordance with the
Purchasing guidelines, and require the Assistant Chief's review and
approval.
b. Thecard userisrequired to submitall original receipts, and ifrequired,
the Travel Voucher Form, to the Assistant Chiefwithin 3working days
upon return.
D. Cash Transactions
1. Records Division is the recipient of fees for the Department, authorized to
collect fees for accident reports, official reports, fingerprint services, and
wrecker fees. These fees will be set by memo by the responsible authority.
The Department will accept personal checks and/or money orders for these
typesoftransactions.
2. All cash collected by this agency for any reason will be recorded on a three-
copy receipt form and the original copy will go to the person submitting the
funds. The second copy is keptwith the funds,and the third copy will remain
inthe receiptbook.
Page3
3. All funds collected by this Department will be kept in a locked container,
drawer, or storagearea inasecurearea not accessibletothe publicor other
employees. This moneywill bedeposited daily.
E. OtherDepartmental Fiscal Responsibilities
1. Receiving and Initial AssetControl
a. If requisitioned material and/or services are received by someone
otherthan the Records Division,the Records Division must be notified
no laterthan the next businessday bythe person receiving the goods.
b. Employeeswill benotified ofdeliveriestothe Records Division.
c. Records Division will initiate the asset control process for newly
acquired/received equipmentpurchased bythe PoliceDepartment.
2. Annual Inventoryof Capital Equipment
a. Each calendaryear the Assistant Chiefor his designate shall conduct
an inventory of all Capital goods owned by the Department. The
results ofthe inventoryshall be presented to the Chiefof Police.
b. This inventory will ascertain the possession and general condition of
every firearm, weapon/harmful device, data storage device, vehicle,
and any item with apurchasevalueof $1000or more.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
Mike S.Corley
Chiefof Police
DepartmentalStandards- Appearance
C I' Y BROWNWOOD
POl iCE DEPARTMENT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purposeofthis Orderistoestablishwrittenguidelinesgoverningappearanceandapparel
standardsto portrayahighlyprofessional image.
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policy ofthe Brownwood Police Departmentthateach employee'sappearancewill be
appropriateto portraythe best professional imageinthe performanceof his/herduties. Attire
worn on dutywill be such that itfits the taskto be undertaken and is consistentwith what is
considered anacceptablestandard bythe community.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Responsibilities
1. Theemployee'simmediatesupervisorisresponsibleforensuringthatpersonnel
undertheircommand conformtothe guidelinesdescribed inthis order.
2. Theemployee'sresponsibilityistoprojectaprofessionalappearancecomplying
with the guidelinesofthis order.
3. Swornnon-uniformed personnelwill:
a. Malesshall keep adressshirt andtie, and femalesequivalentattire on-
hand for occasionswherethis type ofdresswould be appropriate;and
b. Maintain afull uniform and set of equipment atthe police station at all
timesfor emergencyresponse.
4. Exceptions
a. Assignment to certain Divisions with specialized needs may require
additional apparel guidelines. Theseguidelineswill be established by
StandardOperating Procedureifdeemednecessary.
Page 2
b. Personnel requesting an appearance contrary to this General Order
should requestthe exceptioninwriting and submititthroughtheirchain
ofcommandfor approval.
B. AppearanceStandardsfor All Non-Uniform Employees(Excluding Communications)
1. All employees will dress in a professional manner, wearing clothes with a
conservativefit and style coordinated ina business-likemanner.
2. Normal BusinessAttire- Male
a. Dresspolo type shirt
b. Shirtswith conservative plaidsorstripes
c. Shirtswill havestandard collars
d. Pants/slacks. Khakis, dark-colored pants, dress slacks, or jeans in good
repairand consistentcolor.
e. Ties will be considered optional attire unless dictated by court
appearanceor othersuch formal settings.
f. Footwearwill be of leatheror sportstype construction; conservative in
appearance and in good repair. Socks are required. Sandals are not
acceptable.
3. Normal BusinessAttire- Female
a. Blouses, sweaters, and pulloverdressshirts
b. Dressslacks/pants(ankle-length)orjeansingood repairandconsistent
color.
c. Dressesand skirts (noshorterthan one inch belowthe knee)
d. Footwearwill be of leatheror sportstype construction; conservative in
appearance and in good repair. Dress sandals and open-toed dress
shoesmay beworn.
4. UnacceptableAttire- All Employees(Excluding CommunicationsStaff)
a. T-shirttype apparel
b. Tops which expose the midriff, shoulders, back, or excessively
emphasizewomen'scleavageand/orbreasts.
c. Loud print patterns
d. Capri pantsand similarshort-leggedpants
e. Flip-flops.
C. AppearanceStandardsfor Uniformed Employees
1. UniformedOfficerswill beissuedthe regulationpoliceuniformasdesignatedby
the Chiefof Police.
a. The employee will be responsible for the care and cleaning of the
uniform and maintaining it in good serviceable condition as outlined in
General Order1.00.18.11 (Dry Cleaning Services) .
b. The Departmentwill be responsiblefor any alterations tothe uniformto
keep it serviceable, as well as the attachment of authorized patches,
rank,etc.
Page3
c. Personnelwearingauniformshirtwithanopen collarmustweararound
neck T-shirt, visible at the neck. The shirt color must be navy blue or
black.
2. OnlyleathergearapprovedbytheChiefofPolicemaybeworn.Leathergearwill
beingood cond ition and of polished appearance.
3. Head Gear
a. Onlydepartmentallyapprovedhead gearwill beworn withtheregulation
uniform.
b. The GarrisonHatmaybeworn, whenavailable,anytimewhiletheofficer
is in full duty uniform. Circumstances deemed appropriate by a
commandingofficerorsupervisormayalsorequiretheofficertowearthe
Garrison Hat. If required, the hat will be issued.
c. Caps(baseballtype) maybeworn inplaceofthe GarrisonHat. Capswill
be purchased new and approved bythe Chiefof Police. Capsmustbe
clean and maintainedinorderto giveanew appearance.
d. Watch Caps may be worn for winterwearonly.Thisdoesnot applyto
headgearemployedbythe Tactical Team.
4. Rank and collarinsigniaprovidedbythe Departmentwillbeworn onthe uniform
atalltimes. Service and Award ribbonsare optionalwearonthe dutyuniform.
5. Approved Foot Wear, Uniformed Officers
a. Shoesmustbeblacksmoothleatherwhichiscapableofbeing shinedto
a high gloss.
b. Bootsmustbeblacksmoothleather,with mediumorroundedtoe which
is capable of being shined to a high gloss. (Military style boots with
leatherheelsandtoesandcanvasornylon sidesareacceptableaslong
as the entireboot isblack.)
c. Socks,ifvisible,mustbe blackornavy blueincolor.
6. Ties, Uniformed Officers.
a. Ties may beworn forformaloccasions, i.e.,funerals, honorguardsorat
the discretionof supervisoryorcommand personnel.
b. Uniformties will be issued bythe Department.
c. Officers may wear tie pins which are conservative, unobtrusive, and
consistentwith aprofessional appearance.
7. Sunglasses
a. Sunglassesworn ondutywill beplain and conservative,consistentwith
the appearanceof a professional representing a police agency. Bright
colorsand unusualshapesare not permitted.
Page4
8. Non-UniformedOfficers
a. Officersshall conformto III.B, exceptthatsports-typefootgearisnot
allowed.
b. Slackswill be pressed and/orpresenta professional appearance
c. Khaki/darkcoloreddenimjeansmaybe worn when pressed and
maintaining a professional appearance
1. Faded orworn bluejeansare notauthorized.
9. Schoolattire
a. Officersattending schoolsin civilian clothingwill meetthestandardsof
III.B.
D. Clothing standardsfor CommunicationsOfficers
1. Dueto theisolated natureofthe Communicationsarea,Communicationsstaff
are allowed a more relaxed standard of dress while working in the
Communicationsarea.
2. Communicationsstaffmaywearteeshirts,poloshirts,jeans,Capripants,skirts
(noshorterthanoneinchbelowtheknee),and similarcasualclothing.Flipflops,
sportsshoes, and sandalsare allowed. Heelsmaynot exceed3".
3. Clothing may not be ripped, torn, or cut to expose areas normally covered.
Clothing, caps, or other garments with insignia may not be suggestive,
derogatory, or offensive. Logosadvertising alcoholicproductsor narcoticsuse
maynot be worn.
4. Tanktops, haltertops, sleeveless shirts, or topswhich exposethemidriffmay
not be worn. No garment will be worn which exposes a female employee's
breastsor cleavage.
E. AppearanceStandardsforHair- All Employees
1. Hairstyleswill not be adeparturefrom thenormallyaccepted businessstyle.
2. Hairshould presenta neatand clean appearanceat all times.
3. Male officers will not permit hairto extend belowor touch the top ofthe shirt
collar. Femaleofficerswill notallowtheirhairstyleto reach or passthebottom
oftheshirtcollar.
4. Hairwill be a naturally-occurringshade.
5. Civilianemployeesor non-uniformedswornemployeesmayweartheirhairina
contemporarystylethat reflects a professional imagein theircontactswith the
public.
6. Ifawig isworn, it mustconformto thesamestandardsas natural hair.
Page 5
7. Facial Hair
a. All mustaches shall be clean, neat, and trimmed in a manner which
reflects positively on the employee and the police department.
Mustacheswillnotextendmorethan onequarterinchbelowtheupperlip
or more than one quarter inch beyond the corner of the mouth.
Mustaches may not be coiled, rolled, curled,orwaxed, and mustbe of
equaldimensionson each side.
b. Beardsand goateeswill not be permittedunlessapprovedbythe Chief
of Police.
c. Officerswho reportfor dutyunshaven(facially)will berequiredtoshave
beforeclocking in.
d. Sideburnswill notextendbelowthe bottomoftheearcanal, andwillbea
consistentwidth.
e. Employeeswith a skin conditionthatisaggravated by shaving may be
exempted from this section if the condition is diagnosed by a certified
physician.Documentationfrom the doctor, completewith timerequired
before shaving can resume, must be forwarded through the chain of
command.The Chiefof Police may request a second opinion. Such a
waiver from shaving may be accompanied by an assignment to
alternativeduty.
F. Tattoos, brands, scarring, and/orbody art
1. Visibletattoos or markings cannotbe obscene, offensive, indicateillegal drug
use,representany sort of gang or gang affiliate, distractfrom the professional
appearanceor interferewith on-dutyactionand responsibilities.
2. Sworn officers may not have anytattoo, brand,decorativescarring, orbody art
visible, wholeorinpart, whileonduty.
G. Jewelryworn onduty
1. MaleemployeesmaynotwearearringsondutyunlessauthorizedbytheChiefof
Police.
2. Female employees shall only wear stud/non-dangling earrings which are
unobtrusiveand professionalinappearance.
3. Any othervisibledevicesinapiercing(s) are prohibitedwhileon duty.
4. Only two rings (besideswedding sets) may be worn on duty. Only one visible
item of neck jewelrymay beworn, and will be professionalinappearance.
Page 6
H. Hygiene
1. All employees will maintain their uniforms, clothing, and personal hygiene to
ensure that their appearance and body odor do not detract from the
Department's professional appearance and the comfort of other employees. This
includes the degree of perfumes or colognes worn.
2. Employees whose personal hygiene is sub-standard may be sent home.
Employees whose uniform/clothing is unhygienic may be sent home to change
before clocking in.
3. Employees who become dirty due to duty assignment may be directed to clean
up and put on a clean uniform. Officers should maintain a spare uniform in the
lockers provided by the PO for just such occasions.
IV. ~ p 3 ; f c
Gifts and Gratuities
Gn.,.. Of- B ow WOOD
POLICE DEPA TM
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthisOrderis to outlineaprocedureforDepartmentmembersin dealingwith
gifts, gratuities, and otherforms ofoutsidecompensation.
II . POLICY:
Itis the policyoftheBrownwood Police Departmentthatemployeesshall notacceptgifts,
gratuities,rewards, orcompensationfrom unauthorizedsourcesorunderunprofessional
circumstances.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Soliciting andAccepting Giftsand Gratuities.
1. Unlessapproved by theChiefofPolice, employees ofthe Police Department
maynotacceptanyreward, gratuity, giftorothercompensationforany
service performed as aresult oforin conjunction with theirofficialor
assignedduties as employeesofthe departmentregardless ofwhetherthe
servicewas performedwhile said personswereon oroff-duty. Employees
alsoshall notsolicitanygift,gratuity, loan, present, fee orreward for
personalgain.
2. Employees are strictlyprohibitedfrom soliciting oraccepting anygift,gratuity,
loan, fee orotheritem ofvalue, orfrom lending orborrowing, orfrom buying
orselling anything ofvaluefrom ortoanysuspect, prisoner, defendantor
otherperson involvedin anycase,orotherpersonsofill repute,or
professional bondsmen, private investigators, orotherpersonswhose
vocations mayprofitfrom information orservicesobtainedfrom the Police
Department.
3. Employeesshall notusetheirofficial positions oridentificationtosolicit
special privilegesforthemselvesorothers, suchasfree admissionto places
Page2
ofamusement, discountson purchases, orfree ordiscounted mealsor
refreshments.
4. Employeesshall notacceptfree admissiontoplaces ofamusement, discounts
on purchases,orfreeordiscounted mealsorrefreshmentseven ifoffered
without being solicited
5. Withoutapproval from the ChiefofPolice, employeesshall notreceive or
acceptanygiftorgratuityfrom co-workers,otherthan customarycelebratory
timessuch as holidays, birthdays, retirement ,orsimilartraditionaloccasions.
B. PersonalUseofPolicePower
1. Officersshall notusetheirpolicepowerstoresolve personal grievances
(e.g., those involvingthe officer, familymembers,relatives, orfriends) except
undercircumstancesthatwouldjustifythe use ofself-defense, actionsto
preventinjurytoanotherperson, orwhen aserious offensehas been
committedthatwouldjustifyan arrest. In all othercases,officers shall
summon on-dutypolice personnel and asupervisorin caseswherethere is
personal involvementthatwould reasonablyrequire lawenforcement
intervention.
2. Employees representing themselves as members of the Police Department
shall not give testimonials or permit their names orphotographs to be used
for commercial advertising purposes. Employees shall not seek personal
publicityeitherdirectlyorindirectlyin thecourseoftheiremployment.
3. Employees shall not, while on-duty or in uniform, solicit subscriptions, sell
books, papers, tickets, merchandise or other items of value nor collect or
receive money or items of value for any personal gain to themselves or
others. Employees may solicit for projects related to charitable fundraising,
but only when done in a manner not to disrupt the workplace and only with
theapproval oftheChiefofPolice.
C. Reporting Bribe Offers
1. Ifan officerreceives abribeoffer, heshall documentitin awritten incident
reportwith an assigned case number.
D. Reporting Gifts
1. In situationswhere an Officeris given agiftunderconditionswhich makeit
inappropriatetoovertlyrefusethegift, the Officeratthefirstopportunitywill
advise his supervisorand the ChiefofPolice in writing ofthe giftand
circumstances.
a. An exampleofthis situationwould be when receiving agiftcard or
similarbonuswhileworking an off-dutysecuritypositionorwhile
making aspeech orpresentationto agroup.In thesecases refusing
agiftmaycreate anegativeimagefortheDepartmentorcause
unnecessaryembarrassmentforthe officer.
Page3
2. Promotional orcommemorative itemswith avalue oflessthan $20do not
haveto be reported so longas theyare nottenderedforanyservice
performedas aresult oforin conjunctionwith theirofficial orassigned duties
as employeesofthe departmentregardless ofwhethertheservicewas
performedwhile said personswereon oroff-duty.
a. Anexampleofthesewould be coffeecups, mugs, orpenshanded
out atclassesorseminars, teeshirtsgiven outby the Reunion
committee, orsimilardurablegoodsusedto promoteor
commemoratean activityoragency.
3. When advised ofagiftreceived under0.1, the ChiefofPolicewill reviewthe
circumstancesoftheevent, and authorizetheretention ofthegift, returnthe
gift, orpass the gifton to anon-profitorcharitableorganization as warranted.
4. Officerswill keep in mind thatthis policyisto ensurethatthere is no
possibilityofunfairorcriminal influenceupon Officers, orthe mistaken
appearanceofsuch influences. Gifts given out ofagenuineand unselfish
appreciationforthe valuesthe Departmentstandsforare notprohibited, but
every possibleeffortmustbetakento ensurethatthereis no public
perception ofunfairpractices.
July 11, 2012
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
Recognition Continuing Compliance
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish a procedure for maintaining Recognition Standards.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to maintain the standards and
inspections necessary to ensure that the Brownwood Police department secures and
maintains it place in the Recognition Program.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Program Manager
1. The Chief of Police will appoint a Program Manager to be responsible for
ensuring continued compliance with the Texas Law Enforcement Best
Practices.
2. The Program Manager will design and implement a system to ensure all
continuing compliance requirements are met and provide immediate
feedback to the Chief of Police if a continuing compliance issue is not met.
3. The Program Manager shall provide the Chief of Police with a monthly
memorandum advising the status of Best Practices Compliance.
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE ;;;,ua

Chief of Police
Brownwood Police Depa
EmergencyResponsebyPoliceVehicles
CITY 0 SR W WOOD
POlICE 0 P. TME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
V. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
Thepurposeofthis Orderistoestablishaprocedurefor usingemergencyequipmentinduties
related totrafficand law enforcement.
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policyofthe Brownwood PoliceDepartmentto utilizeemergencyequipmenttoensure
the safetyof citizens and officers,and assist in the safe operation and flowof vehicularand
pedestriantraffic.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1. EmergencyResponseVehicle(ERV) - Acityownedpolicevehicleidentifiedas
such with clearmarkingsasapolicevehicleprintedonthe sidesofthevehicle.
Equipmentincludesemergencylightsmountedontheroofofthevehicle,asiren,
and clearlyidentifiablepolicemarkingsonthe sidesofthe vehicle.
2. Emergency Response- Theactivation of an ERV'semergencyequipment in
orderto increasea responseorcausecompl iancebyanothermotorist.
B. Use of EmergencyEquipment
1. Alloperatorsofemergencyresponsevehicles(ERV's)mustalwaysbalancethe
need for quick response against the probability and possibility of damage to
propertyand injuryto innocentpersons.
a. ERV'smustbeoperatedwith adue regardforthe safetyofthe motoring
publicand,
Page 2
b. without deliberate indifference to the safety of both pedestrians and
motorists.
2. An EmergencyResponsedoesnot relieve the officerfrom:
a. thedutytooperatethevehiclewithappropriateregardforthesafetyofall
persons; or
b. the consequencesof recklessdisregardfor the safetyof others.
C. Code 3Operation
1. Code 3isdefined as the use of emergencylights and siren for the purposeof
giving noticetomotorists/pedestriansthatanemergencysituationexists,andas
arequestfor otherdriversto allowthe officerthe right ofway.
2. AllCode3driving mustbeconductedwithintheguidelinesofTRC,Chapter546,
Operation ofAuthorized EmergencyVehiclesand Certain OtherVehicles.
a. AuthorizationtooperateinaCode 3modemaybeinitiatedbytheofficer,
orgiven byaPublicSafety Telecommunicator,oraPatrol Supervisor.
b. Authorizationto operateinaCode 3modeisnot amandatetodo so; it
allows the officerto operate Code 3 at his discretion, based upon the
circumstances.
3. All patrol vehiclesare authorizedtooperateinaCode 3Modewhen:
a. Enrouteto amajoraccident,
b. Enrouteto an "OfficerAssistCall", and
c. Enroute to in-progress calls where loss of life or serious injury is
imminent.
d. In pursuit of fleeing suspect vehicles, provided the Vehicle Pursuit
GeneralOrder, isfollowed.
Exception: Unmarkedvehicleswill not be involved invehiclepursuits.
e. Transporting a person to the nearest hospital or fire station for
emergencymedicaltreatment.
1) Thiswillonlybedonewhen theconditionislifethreateninganda
delayinwaitingforanambulancewould createaclearriskofloss
of life.
2) Under no circumstances will an officer provide an emergency
escortfor acitizen driving to amedicalfacility.
Page3
3) If an officer is transporting a person to a medical facility and a
third party, suchas someoneoriginallytransportingthe person,
wishestofollowtothe medicalfacility, theofficerwill advisethat
party that they are not authorized to drive in an emergency
mannerand mustabideby alltrafficlaws.
4. Detectives, while operating CID vehicles, are not to engage in routine traffic
enforcementorthe pursuitof criminalsuspects.
a. CriminalinvestigationDivisionvehiclesthatareequippedwith lightsand
siren may be usedfor:
1) trafficstopsrelatedtoon-goinginvestigationsorasnecessaryto
preservepublicsafety,
2) acode3 responseto an "officerassist"call,
3) a code 3 response to in-progress calls where loss of life or
seriousinjuryis imminent.
b. CriminalInvestigativeDivisionvehiclesthatareequippedwith lightsand
sirenarenotauthorized pursuitvehicles.
D. Code2 Operation
1. Code2 operation isdefinedas useof emergencylightsonlyfor the purposeof
givingnoticetomotorists/pedestriansthatanemergencysituationexists,orthat
caution mustbetakenintheimmediatearea.
a. Code2operationmay be usedinsituationswherethevehicleisparked
at locationsto providenoticetothe publicorprovidenoticeatalocation
dueto asituationintheimmediatearea. Situationsinclude,but are not
limitedto:
1) trafficstops
2) accidentscenes
3) structurefires
4) parades, or
5) othercommunityevents
b. Code 2 responses may be used while traveling to incidents in limited
instancesand wherea Code3 responsewould increaseharmor alarm
to thepublic.
1) Response may be changed from code 3 to code 2 upon
approachto asceneforofficersafety.
Page 4
2) Light trafficconditions and/orduring late nighthoursmay allow
for code 2responsesto minimizealarm tothe public.
E. Code 1Operation
1. Code 1operationisdefinedasanon-emergencyresponsetoacallforservice.
During thisoperation,noemergencyequipmentisusedandtheofficerobserves
alltrafficcontrol devices.
IV.
Chiefof Police
Eyewitness Identification Procedures
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this
procedures.
order is to outline the proper protocol for eyewitness identifi cation
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department that officers shall strictly adhere to the
procedures set forth here to maximize the reliability of identifications, minim ize unjust
accusations of innocent persons, and to establish evidence that is reliable and conforms to
established legal procedure.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1. Photo Lineup - An identification procedure in which a group of photographs are
displayed simultaneously and presented to the witness.
2. Sequential Lineup - An identification procedure in which lineup photos are
displayed one by one (sequentially).
3. Field Identifications - An identification procedure involving showing a single
suspect to an eyewitness and asking them to identify or reject the suspect as the
actual perpetrator.
4. Independent Administrator- The officer administrating a lineup who is not aware
which member of the line-up is the suspect and has no knowledge as to which
photo is that of the suspect., eliminating the possibility of influencing the witness'
selection.
5. Confidence Statements - A statement in the witness' own words, articulating
their level of confidence in the identification.
6. Fillers - non-suspect photos
Page2
B. Photo Line-ups
1. If at all possible, photo lineups shall be carried out by an independent
administrator.
2. Photo lineupswillonlybeconductedwhenaspecificsuspect(s)isdevelopedby
the officerinvolvedinthe investigation. Randomsuspectphoto lineupsare not
permitted.
3. The Photographic Lineup Instructions form will be used prior to the
administration of all such investigations. This form will include a confidence
statement. Inform the witness without otherpersons present of the following
using the PhotographicLineup Instructionsform:
a. You will be askedto view acollection of photographs
b. The personwho committed the crime mayormay not bepresentinthe
groupof individuals.
c. You do not have to identifyanyone.
d. Regardless of whether you make identification we will continue to
investigatethe incident.
4. Ifthereare multiplewitnesses:
a. Each witness shall be given instructions regarding the identification
procedureswithoutotherwitnessespresent.
b. Each witnessshall viewthe lineupseparately.
c. The suspectwill be placed in adifferentposition ofthe lineupfor each
witness.
d. Witnesses shall not be allowed to confer with one another until all
identification procedureshave been completed.
5. The suspect's photo will be grouped with at least five other subject photos
(fillers). The showing of a single photograph for identification purposes is
prohibited.
a. Photos shall be of similar characteristics: hair color, facial hair, age, etc.
b. Allcolororallblackandwhitephotosshall beused. Imagesreproduced
byacopy machineshall not be used.
6. Ifthewitnessidentifiesapersonasthe perpetrator,the eyewitnessshall not be
provided any information concerning such person before the administrator
obtainsthe witness'confidencestatementaboutthe selection.
7. Whenshowinganewsuspect,avoidreusingthe samefillersinlineupsshownto
the samewitness.
8. Ident ification proceduresshall bevideotaped wheneverpossible. Ifthis isnot
Page 3
practical , an audio tape of the procedure will be done.
C. Sequential Lineups
1. An independent administrator is the preferred administrator for both
simultaneous and sequential lineups because there is a greater risk that an
assigned investigator may convey unintentional cues during presentations.
Caution must be madebythe administratornotto give any cues.
2. A simultaneous presentation shall onlybe used inlimited circumstances. The
preferred method of presenting photographic lineups is the sequential
presentation.
3. In sequential lineups,witnesses should not be told how many photos will be
shown.
4. Photographsareto be shown one atatime
D. Field Identifications
1. Field identificationswill only be conducted underthe following conditions:
a. The suspectisdetained within areasonabletimeofthe offense.
b. A lineupcannot bepromptlyarranged.
c. Thereisan immediateneed to arrestthe suspect.
2. A full and detailed description ofthe suspectshall be provided bythe witness
beforetheyobservethe suspect.
3. The witnessshall betransportedtothe locationwherethe suspectisbeing
detained.
4. Measuresshall betakentoreducepotentiallydamagingorprejudicialinferences
that may bedrawn bythe witness,including,but not limitedto:
a. Removingthe suspectfrom asquad car.
b. When practical, removing handcuffsfrom the suspect.
5. Ifthereare multiplewitnessestothe offense,only one should part icipatein
the field identification. If a positive 10 is made, the other indiv idual(s) who
witnessedthe crimeshould be shown aphotolineup.
6. Iftherearemultiplesuspects,thesesuspectsshall beseparatedandsubjected
to separatefield identifications.
7. The Field IdentificationInstructionsForm will be used duringthe administration
ofall such investigations. Thisform will incl udeaconfidencestatement.
8. Officersinthe field willutilize theirincar videosystemsto record field
identificationevents.
Page 4
E. Investigating Officer'sResponsibilities
1. Prepare the Photographic Lineup. Ifthe investigatoris using an independent
administrator, he mustplacethe lineupinafolder.
2. Preservethe photoline-up,togetherwith fullinformationaboutthe identification
processforfuturereferencebyenteringthe photographs,forms, andanarrative
ifthe lineupwas conducted byan independentadministrator.
3. Determinebeforeanypresentationifthewitnessisdeaf, illiterate,orhas limited
English proficiency.Ifthe witnessisdeaf, illiterate, isnon-Englishspeaking,or
has limited English proficiency,the investigator will arrange for assistance to
translatetheWitnessIdentificationDisclaimer/PhotoLine-upAdministrationform
inthe languageofthe witnessorotherwiseassistthe witnessinunderstanding
the instructions before proceeding. The identification of this individual will be
documentedaswell as the assistanceprovided.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: I ' " -J - !
Chiefof Police
Brownwood Police Departme
FORMS ORIGINATING FROMTHIS POLICY:
PhotographicLine-Up InstructionsForm
Field Identification InstructionsForm
Deployment ofPatrolRifles
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purposeofthisorderistoestablishguidelinesforthedeploymentand useofriflesbyPatrol
personnel.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to utilize appropriate weaponry when
handlingcritical situationsthat may requiremore than the weaponrynormallyutilizedbyPatrol
officersinthe field. The utilizationofthis weaponrywill be underspecificguidelinesto ensure
maximumeffectivenesswith minimal risk.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Deploymentof Rifles
1. The riflewill be used only byofficerscertified bythe Departmentinits use.
2. The riflewill bedeployedonlywhenitprovidesatacticaladvantagethatexceeds
the sidearm. The deploymentshall only be madewhen necessary; given the
situation athand.
3. The decisiontodeploythe riflewill bemadebythe officerwhentheconditionsof
Section III,A.2 exist.
4. Officers deploying the rifle shall function as a cover officerwith no additional
duties, such as handcuffing, unlessthe rifle can be appropriatelysecured.
5. Patrol Supervisorswill respond to deploymentincidentsand evaluate:
a. the need /causefor initial deployment
b. the need for continued deployment
B. OfficersCertifiedto Use the Rifle
1. All officers will be trained to use the rifle in accordance with the Brownwood
PoliceDepartmentrifle-training curriculum approved bythe Chiefof Police.
Page2
2. Thecertificationofofficersinthe useofpatrol rifleswillbeeffectiveforaone (1)
yeartime frame.
C. Training,Practiceand Qualifications
1. All officerswishing to utilize apatrol riflewill pass aDepartmentapproved rifle
certificationcourse.
2. All officers certified in the use of the patrol rifle will fire twenty (20) practice
roundsper quarter.
3. All officers certified in the use of the patrol rifle will pass a 30 (thirty) round
qualificationcourseadministered bythe DepartmentFirearmsInstructor.
D. Storageand Care of DepartmentIssued Patrol Rifles
1. Patrol rifleswillbestored inthe DepartmentArmsroomandretrieved priortothe
beginningofeach shiftandreturnedattheend ofeachshift . Non-Patrol Division
officers may be issued patrol rifles which they will maintain and secure at all
times.
2. During anassignedshift, patrol rifleswillbestowedinpatrolvehicleriflemounts.
Intheabsenceofvehicleriflemounts,officersmaystowriflesinthetrunkinside
hard carrying cases.
3. Rifles will becarried with the magazineinserted and the bolt closed. Noround
will bechamberedwhilethe rifle isstowed.
4. Patrol supervisorswill perform periodicinspectionsof the rifles to ensurethey
are in operating condition. Patrol officerswill perform such inspectionsatthe
beginningof each shift.
5. The DepartmentFirearmsInstructorwilltrain officer(s)certifiedtousetherifleto
perform periodiccleaning and minormaintenanceofweapons.
E. Storageand Care of Personal Patrol Rifles
1. Allofficerswishingtoutilizetheirpersonal patrolriflemustmeettherequirements
ofthe DepartmentFirearmsPolicy(GO3.00.01.11)inordertocarrytheweapon
on duty.
2. Generalcareandmaintenanceguidelinesissuedbythe manufactureshouldbe
followed.
3. Personalrifles carried on patrol will bestowed inrifle weaponsmounts. Inthe
absenceofrifleweaponsmounts,personal rifles maybestowedinthe trunk in
hard carrying cases. An officer wishing to stow their personal rifle in a soft
carrying case maydosoonlyupon receiptofthe DepartmentWaiverofLiability
form.
F. Storageand care of RifleAmmunition
1. Officers utilizing patrol rifles, whether department or personal, will carry
departmentissued rifle ammunition.
Page 3
2. Departmentissued rifle ammunition for departmentrifles will be stowed inthe
Arms Room alongwiththeissuedDepartmentweapon. Whenusing apersonal
patrolrifle,officerswillbeissued rifleammunitionandareresponsibleforstorage
and care ofthat ammunition.
3. Officers carrying a rifle are required to carry an extra magazine of rifle
ammunition.
4. Magazinesshall becleanedand maintained onthe samescheduleasthe rifle.
G. Any officerbecomingawareoforobservingunsafeormalicioushandlingofpatrol rifles
shall notify his orher supervisorimmediatelyfor follow-up action.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:

Mike S.Corley
Chiefof Police
ATIACHMENTS
DepartmentWaiverofLiability Form
Mike S. Corley , Chief of Police
Waiver of Liability - Personal Patrol Rifle Deployment
I the undersigned , being a duly sworn
peace officer and employee with the Brownwood Police Department, understand
that the Brownwood Police Department has authorized me to utilize my privately
owned personal patrol rifle for legal law enforcement purposes. I do hereby waive
my right to any claim against the City of Brownwood, Brownwood Police
Department and lor any public entity for any damage that may occur to my
personal patrol rifle through the course of my duty. I understand that the
Brownwood Police Department, the City of Brownwood, its employees, agents and
assigns, will assume no liability of any kind at all for any damage or other claim that
may be sustained by myself upon this election to use my personal patrol rifle.
I understand that by my signature below I am waiving and abandoning any
and all legal rights I may have to sue the Brownwood Police Department and the
City of Brownwood, on any basis, including but not limited to claims or causes of
actions, negligence, fault or failure upon my choice to utilize my personal patrol rifle.
Furthermore, I understand that this waiver binds my heirs and assigns now
and in the future .
Printed name of Employee: _
Signature of Employee:
Date:
Supervisor: _
Warrantless Arrests
pg1
C ITY Of BROW WOOD
a ICE 0 TME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to list and explain the common grounds for lawful warrantless
arrests. This information should guide officers in determining when to make custodial
arrests in the field and when to simply identify a suspect for arrest at a later time, after
obtaining a warrant.
To define the authority of officers to arrest and the mechanism for making arrests without
a warrant.
II. POLICY:
It will be the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to protect the rights of all citizens
granted under the United States and Texas Constitutions against unlawful arrests. It will
also be the policy of this Department to utilize recognized exceptions to requirements for
procuring arrest warrants prior to custodial arrests in furtherance of our goals of efficient
use of our resources, protection of the public against harm, and preventing loss of property
and evidence.
Short of the application of force, an arrest is the most serious action an officer can
undertake. An arrest can cause repercussions throughout a person's life, even if eventually
found not guilty or never brought to trial. The most important legal question facing an
officer at the moment of an arrest is the existence of probable cause: without probable
cause, the arrest is illegal and the evidence of criminality that was obtained because of the
arrest is inadmissible . Officers shall accordingly exercise critical judgment in making
arrests.
WarrantlessArrests
pg2
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1. Arrest - An arrest is a seizure of a person and is supported by probable
cause.
2. Probable Cause - According to the U.S. Supreme Court, "Probable cause
exists where the facts and circumstances within [the arresting officers']
knowledge and of which they had reasonable trustworthy information are
sufficient inthemselvestowarrant aman of reasonable caution inthe belief
that an offense has been or is being committed"and that the person to be
arrested committed it. An officer must have probable cause to obtain a
warrantormake awarrantlessarrest.
B When WarrantlessArrests May beMade
1. The Texas Code of Criminal Procedure, Chapter 14, gives officers the
authority to make warrantless arrests supported by "probable cause" as
follows:
a. Officers may arrest persons found in suspicious places and under
circumstanceswhich reasonablyshow that such persons have been
guilty of some felony or breach of the peace, or threaten, or are
abouttocommit some offense againstthe laws.
b. If an officer has probable cause to believe that a person has
committed an assault resulting in bodily injury to another and
believes that there is dangerof further bodily injury to that person,
the officer may arrest the violator. If an officerhas probable cause
to believe that the person has committed an offense involving
familyviolence, the officermay arrestthe violator.
c. If a person prevents or interfered with an individual's ability to
place an emergency telephone call related to family violence, an
officermay arrestthe violator.
d. Officers shall arrest a person in violation of a valid protective order
when committed inthe officer's presence.
e. Officers may arrest an offenderfor anyoffense committed within the
officer's presence or view, including traffic violations (exception for
thetraffic offense ofspeeding).
f. Officers may arrest atthe direction ofaMagistrate, when afelony or
breach ofthe peace hasbeen committed.
g. Where it is shown by satisfactory proof to a peace officer, upon
the representation of a credible person, that a felony has been
committed, and that the offenderisabouttoescape, sothat there
WarrantlessArrests
pg3
is not time to procure awarrant, said officermay, withoutwarrant,
pursue and arrest the accused.
h. A person who makes astatement to the peace officerthat would
be admissible against the person under Article 38.21 and
establishes probable cause to believe that the person has
committed afelony.
2. The Texas Code of Criminal Procedure, Chapter 18, Preventing
Consequences ofTheft,alsoguidesofficersinthefollowing:
a. All persons have a right to prevent the consequences of theft by
seizing anypersonal propertywhich has beenstolen andbringingit,
with the supposed offender, ifhecan betaken, before a Magistrate
for examination or delivering the same to a Peace Officer for that
purpose. To justify such seizure, there must, however, be
reasonable grounds to suppose the property to be stolen and the
seizure must be openly made and the proceedings held without
delay.
3. Texas CivilPracticeandRemedies Code,DetentionforTheft,provides:
a. A person who reasonably believes that another has stolen or is
attempting to steal property may detain that person in a reasonable
manner and for a reasonable time to investigate ownership of the
property.
4. TexasTransportation Code,ArrestWithout Warrant Authorized, provides:
a. Any traffic law violation in which an accident has resulted and the
driver can be identified by witness testimony, or drivers verbal
admissionwhilenotunderarrest,maybearrestedwithout awarrant.
Mere conversation with a traffic violator and an examination of his
driver's license does not constitute an arrest. Unless the case
involvesaOWlorFSRA(injury)acitationshould normally beissued
inlieuofacustodyarrest.
5. Texas Family Code, pertaining to Taking into Custody, Issuance of
Warning Notice, and achild may betaken into custody:
a. Pursuant to an order of the Juvenile Court under the provisions of
thissubtitle;
b. Pursuanttothelawsofarrest;
c. Causetobelievethatthechildhasengaged in:
1) Conduct that violates a penal law of this state or a penal
ordinance ofanypoliticalsubdivision ofthisstate.
WarrantlessArrests
pg4
2) Delinquent Conduct or conduct indicating need for
supervision.
3) Conduct that violates a condition of probation imposed by
theJuvenileCourt.
d. By a Probation Officer if there are reasonable grounds to believe
that the child has violated a condition of probation imposed by the
JuvenileCourt.
e. The taking of a child into custody is not an arrest except for the
purpose ofdetermining the validity oftaking him into custody orthe
validity ofasearch underthe lawsandConstitution ofthisstateorof
theUnitedStates.
f. Questions often arise about juvenile arrests. Officers should
remember that arrest warrants are not needed for juveniles.
Therefore, when an officer develops probable cause that ajuvenile
has committed a crime or a violation of juvenile-related law, the
officer may arrest, regardless of normal warrant requirements for
adults.
6. Chapter462 Health and SafetyCode,Apprehension ByPeace Officer
WithoutWarrant ,providesrules regarding emergencydetentionfor
chemicallydependantpersons:
a. Apeace officermaytake aperson into custodywithout awarrant
ifthe officerhas reason to believe that the person ischemically
dependantandthere isasubstantial risk ofharm tothat person or
others unless the person isimmediatelyrestrained andthere is
not sufficienttime to obtain awarrant.
7. Chapter573 Health and Safety Code, 'Apprehension ByPeace Officer
WithoutWarrant ',providesrules regarding emergencydetentionfor
mentallyillordisturbedpersons:
a. A peace officermaytake aperson into custodywithoutawarrant
ifthe officerhas reason tobelievethat the person ismentallyill
andbecauseofthe mental illness there isasubstantial risk of
serious harmtothe person ortoothers unless the person is
immediatelyrestrained andthere isnot sufficienttime to secure a
warrant.
C. Summary:
1. Officers often are perplexed by the conflicting goals of avoiding illegal
arrests while addressing their obligation to arrest in order to prevent the
committing of an offense. Officers should remember that preventative
arrestsshouldbemadeonlyafterthesuspect hasperformed some overt
WarrantlessArrests
pg5
actinordertocommitanoffense.
2. Officers assigned to Patrol Division must be conscious of the relationship
between arrest authority and search authority. Officers are encouraged to
contact supervisors when a questionable arrest incident arises. This
contact and review should bemade before the critical pointwhen suspects
are cuffed andtransported. Ifthe officer develops suspect information and
the opportunity presents itself,he should contact the supervisor to discuss
the arrest strategy prior to contacting the suspect. If it is questionable
whetherthearrestwouldfallintooneofthecategories listedinthisorder,
officers should remember that failure to arrest a person does not violate
theirconstitutional rights.
3. Inallcases,officersmustarticulateallfactsjustifying arrestsintheir reports.
It is essential that all facts leading to the arrest be clearly stated in the
report.
4. When officers are in doubt regarding arrests involving possible stolen
property, possession of questionable items, and the suspect's identity is
known, officers should consider impounding the property as opposed to
arrest. Any property could later be released upon determination of rightful
ownership orlegalstatus.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE c;j;Z! (
~ = = /
MikeS.Corley
ChiefofPolice
PrisonerTransport
CITY 0 BROWNWOOD
POLICE 0 ~ R T M N T
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis Order is to establish standard procedures for the transport of prisoners
whoare in the custodyofthe BrownwoodPoliceDepartment.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to maintain custodial security of all
arrested persons and to ensure the safety of prisoners, police employees, and the general
public.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. General SecurityProcedures
1. All prisoners, adult or juvenile, being transported will receive a complete pat
down search by the transporting officer for weapons and contraband prior to
transport.
a. Officers performing the patdown search will be ofthe same sex as the
prisonerunlessan emergencysituationexists.
2. PrisonerSafetyand RestraintProcedures
a. Prisonerswill be handcuffedwith theirhands behindtheirbacks,
b. Officers may use their discretion on handcuffing certain prisoners
based on age and physical condition of the prisoner, and as long as
considerationis giventoprisonersecurityand officersafety.
c. Prisonerswill be seated inthe rearseatofthevehicle, seat-belted, and
d. theprisonerpartitionwill be closed.
1) When the vehicle is parked and the officer is present in the
vehicle, thepartition maybe leftopen attheofficer'sdiscretion.
Page2
2) Under conditions of severe heat or cold, prisoners may be
transported with the partition partially open two (2) to three (3)
inches.
e. Leather Restraining Belts or Leg Restraints may be obtained by
contacting asupervisorpriorto prisonerpickup.
f. Prisoners will not be bound with their hands and feet together behind
theirback(hog-tying) .
g. Prisoners will be transported in an upright position and notlying across
the rear seat. Ifa prisoner moves himselfto a prone position during a
transport, the officer will inform Dispatch and stop as soon as
practicableto restorethe prisonerto an uprightposition.
h. When a single officer is transporting a prisoner, a vehicle with a
prisonerpartition mustbeutilized.
B. Vehicle SecurityProcedures
1. No prisoner(s) will be placed in a vehicle alone or left unattended while the
engineis running. Theignition keyordevicewill notbe leftinthevehicle.
2. When two (2) officers are present, one will remain with the prisoner(s) and
maintain visual contact with the prisoner. High risk prisoners should be
guardedatalltimesandtransported as soon as possible.
3. Vehicle doorsareto be locked ifthe prisoneris leftin the vehicleand no officer
is ableto remain in close proximitytothepatrol car.
4. Officerswill checkareasintheirvehicleswhere persons mightconceal items,
a. atthe beginning oftheirshift ,
b. whenevertheychange intoanothercar,
c. aftertheytransportanotherperson (prisonerorcitizen),and
d. attheendoftheirtourofduty.
C. Observationand MedicalAssistance
1. During custody and transportation, officers shall continually observe the
prisoner, even when it becomes necessary to allow the prisoner the use of a
toilet.
2. If a prisoner appears lethargic, particularly after an active confrontation with
officers,or appears unresponsive, immediate medical help may be necessary.
Observe the suspect carefully and if the officer is in any doubt about the
prisoner's health, summon medical assistance immediately. Officers should
askan apparentlyill prisonerifhe orshewishes medicalassistance.
Page3
3. The transporting officer shall advise the receiving officer or deputy of any
medical conditions of the prisoner, or any suspicions or concerns about the
prisoner'smedicalormental health state.
D. Sick/injured prisonersand medicalfacilities
1. At any time before, during, or after the arrest that the prisoner is injured or
becomes sick, the officer shall seek medical attention immediately. Medical
attention shall be obtained before transporting the prisoner to the jail if the
injury/sicknesshappens beforearrivalthere.
2. The transporting officer shall use discretion in applying restraining devices on
sick or injured prisoners. Obviously, ifa prisoner is injured orsick enough to
be incapacitated, restraining devicesmaynot be appropriate. As arule, do not
remove a prisoner's handcuffs at the hospital unless ordered to do so by the
attending physician.
3. Ifthe prisonerrefuses treatment, the prisonershall be asked to sign a hospital
release form. Have the attending physician or a nurse sign the form as
witnesses. Ifthe prisoner refuses to sign theform,obtain twowitnessestothe
refusal (hospital staff, anotherofficer, orfire/rescue personnel). Theform must
be giventothejailduring booking.
4. If the prisoner must be admitted to the hospital, the officer shall release the
prisoner only after consulting the on-duty supervisor. The supervisor, in turn,
shall consultthe magistrateorthe cityjudge. The supervisorshall observethe
following procedurestoensurecontrol ofthe prisoner:
a. Ifthe prisoner is admitted and the prisoner was arrested for a felony,
arrangeforguards. Requestthe presenceofamagistrateand arrange
forthemagistrate'stransportationtothehospital sothatbailcan be set.
b. Assist the magistrate in arraigning the prisoner, if necessary, or stand
bywhilethemagistrateissuesawarrant.
c. Serve the warrant, if one has been issued. If the magistrate will not
releasethe arresteeon personal recognizance, then maintaintheguard
until the prisonermakesbond orthe case isfiled.
d. The prisonershall be kept underobservation atall times and, normally,
restraining devices shall be used. Officers shall consult with medical
personnel concerning the use ofrestraining devices.
E. Prisonerwith disabilities
1. When transporting a prisoner with disabilities, the transporting officer shall
request helpwhen neededto completethetransportconveniently,comfortably,
and safely for both the prisoner and the officer. The officer may request the
dispatcher to contact an ambulance for assistance in transporting. The
transporting officer shall take whatever special equipment or medicine is
necessaryforthe prisoner.
Page4
2. With a disabled person in custody, the transporting officer must use common
sense. When the disability is such that no danger of escape or injury to the
prisonerorofficerexists, then restraining devices maybe inappropriate.
3. Any wheelchairs, crutches, prosthetic devices, and medication shall be
transportedwith, butnotin the possessionof, the prisoner.
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE: 7-25-12 Revised date:2-15-13
Brownwood Police Departmen
Police Reserve Program
CITY OF BROW ooo
POLICE 0 PA ME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish the Police Reserve Program as a part of the Patrol
Division and outline itsobjectives, responsibilities, and format ofoperation.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department that in order to maintain the highest
standards of professional law enforcementservices, volunteers for Reserve Police Officers will
besoughtwho meet the same standards as othersworn members ofthe organization. It isthe
design ofthis policy that Reserve Police Officersfulfill two (2) primaryfunctions. First, Reserve
Officers serve as auxiliary manpower in situations as needed and outlined. Second, they
provide an additional interactive link betweenthe communityand the PoliceDepartment.
In so doing, Reserve Officers are subjectto all the applicable Rules & Regulations that govern
regularsworn personnel.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Requirements
1. Requirementsfor education, physical condition, and experience are the same as
that for regularsworn personnel.
2. Applicants must meet all minimum requirements set forth by the Texas
Commission on Law Enforcement Officer Standards and Education (TCLEOSE)
and have avalid Texasdriver'slicense.
B. Selection Process
1. All applicants will be directed to the City of Brownwood website to apply on-line
orthey can apply inperson at Brownwood City Hall.
2. The selection process for Reserve Officer Applicants will be determined by the
Chiefof Police.
Page 2
C. Certification and Reserve OfficerLevels
1. Reserve Officer II - applies to Active Reserve Police Officers who have not
completed field training, or who have completed training but who have not yet
acquired sufficientexperienceto be promotedto RO I. RO lIs will ride with Patrol
officers and function assupport/back-up.
Reserve OfficerI - appliestoActive ReserveOfficerswho have successfully
completedfield training and who have been approvedto operate assingle-officer
units.The Chiefof Police shall appoint ReserveOfficerto RO Ibasedupon the
recommendation ofthe AssistantChiefof Police and the Lieutenantincommand
ofthe Patrol Division. RO Ismay operateas single-officerpatrol units.
2. Inactive Reserve Status - applies to Reserve Police Officers who are no longer
able to serve atthe minimum required level. Inactivestatus may betemporaryor
permanentatthe discretion ofthe Chiefof Police.
D. Training and PerformanceStandards
1. Reserve Police Officers serve atthe discretion ofthe Chiefof Police and may be
called into service at any time the Chief of Police or his designate considers it
necessary to have additional officers. Reserve Police Officers shall be
considered inan "on duty"capacitywhen:
a. Performing "assignedduty",
b. Performing otherduties consistent with the rules, regulations, and orders
ofthis Department,
c. Wearingthe Departmentaluniform,
d. Representing or identifying himself/herself as a Peace Officer for the
purposeoftaking enforcementaction ordischarging legal duties.
2. All Reserve Police Officers must serve a minimum of 16 hours of duty per
calendarmonth. Officerswho are unableto meetthis requirement mustsubmit a
written request through the chain of command to the Chief of Police for an
approved leave of absence.
3. All active Reserve Police Officers must successfully complete the Field Training
Program under the supervision and evaluation of a departmentally approved
Field Training Officerasset forth inthe Department's Field Training Manual.
4. Reserve Police Officerswill be assigned badgenumbersinthe "680"series.
5. All ReserveOfficerswill be requiredto complete:
a. Coursesmandated byT.C.L.E.O.S.E.for certification requirements;and
Page 3
b. Departmentallyrequired qualificationsonfirearms and anyother
equipmentdeemednecessary.
c. The same in-servicetraining asregularsworn officers assignedtothe
Patrol Division.
E. Chain-of-Command and Operations
1. The Reserve Officer Program functions as a unit of the Department and reports
tothe Lieutenantofthe Patrol Division.
a. Reserve Officers shall report to the supervisor or ranking officer on duty
for assignmentduties and/ortraining.
b. The on-duty Patrol Supervisor may, at his/her discretion, reassign the
officerwhen personnel are required to assist inotherareas.
c. At the end of his duty day the Reserve Officer shall complete a Reserve
Officer Duty Report (RODR). The RODR must be reviewed & signed by
the shift supervisorand turned into the Patrol Lieutenant,who will review
the report andforward ittothe AssistantChief.
IV.EFFECTIVE DATE:
9/;;- It
2 ~
~ - - - - - - ~
Mike S.Corley
Chief of Police
Attachment: Reserve Officer Duty Report
Reserve Officer Duty Report
Officer Name _
Badge # _
Partner Officer(s) : _
On Duty: Off Duty: Date:
Activity Log
Officer's signature: _
Shift Commander's signature(s):
Total hours worked : _
Field Training OfficerProgram
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
Thepurposeofthis Orderisto definethe procedurefor selecting PoliceField Training
Officers(FTOs) and establishingthe Patrol DivisionTraining Proceduresfor Officers In
Training (OITs).
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policyofthe Brownwood PoliceDepartmentto providea uniformand complete
training programfor OfficersinTraining. Thistraining shall be in keeping with all State
requirements aswell asthosestandardsestablished bythe Chiefof Police.
III. PROCEDURE:
A.The Field TrainingManual (FTM): TheFTM shall be approved bythe Chief, and shall
containthe guidelines, expectations, and proceduresemployed inthe FTO Program. The
FTM may be altered atthe directionofthe Chiefof Police;these'editions' ofthe FTM may
bedist inguishedfrom one anotherbytheirapprovaldate, with the mostrecentbeing the
versionwhichwill be applied.
B.Duties
I. Field Training Coordinator(FTC)
a. The Field Training Coordinatorwill be asupervisorappointed bythe
AssistantChiefof Policeto supervisethe FTO program.
b. The FTC will serveasthe contactpersonfor all mattersrelating tothe
Field Training Officer(FTO) program, scheduling of OITs,and the
phasesoftraining.
c. Whenthe FTO programisactivethe FTC will schedulemonthly
sessionswith FTOsto ensurefamiliaritywith the requirementsofthe
FTO program.
d. The FTC shall conductat leastan annual reviewofthe FTM to insure
that itiscurrentand compliantwith Statelaws and departmental
needs. This may be combinedwith the Process Review.
GENERALORDER
Page2
e. TheFTC will scheduleand chaira ProcessReviewmeeting in
January, and again duringthe yearas needed. Thisprocessreview
will be attended byalldesignated FTOs, the Training Officer, and the
AssistantChieforhis designee.Thismeetingwill reviewthe existing
FTO program and the OITstrained sincethe last meeting,and ensure
that all FTO training isfully inaccordwith StateLaw, Department
policy, and training standards.Modificationsand improvementstothe
FTO programwill be considered and,if needed,recommendedtothe
Chiefof Police. This meetingwill be documentedwith arosterof
attendance, topicsdiscussed,and decisionsmade.
2. Field Training Officer(FTO)
a. The FTO will be responsiblefor carrying outthe day-to-dayinstruction
for the OIT to ensurethatall aspectsofthe FTO Program are applied.
b. The FTO will adhereto allthe dutiesand responsibilitiesas stipulated
inthe FTO Training Manual.
c. FTOsmustmeetthe numberofyearsserviceas a PoliceOfficerset
forth bythe Chiefof Police,been appointed bythe Chiefof Police
based on recommendationsmadebythe FTC, and havecompleted
an approvedFTO training course.
C. OIT TrainingRotation:TheOIT will receivetraining on atleasttwo differentsquads,
assignedto adifferentFTO with each squad assignment, asset out inthe
FTM.
E. DocumentationofTraining:TheFTO shall documentall instructiongiven,incidents
experienced,evaluations, and policeactivitytaken bythe OIT inthe format
set out bythe FTM. Thismaterialwill be reviewed bythe FTC, the FTO, and
the OIT at least onceaweek. A copy ofthe FTM inthe versioncurrenttothe
OIT'straining will be maintainedwith this documentationeven afterthe
documentationisturned infor storage.
F. Startand CompletionofTraining:TheOIT willenterthe FTO Program after
completingthe Administrativein-processingstepsset out bythe AssistantChief.
Whenthe OIT completesoris removed from the FTO program,all recordsof
his/herparticipationwill be assembled and turned overtothe Training Officer.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
~ S
~ Mike S.Corley
Chiefof Police
BombThreatResponse
CITY OF BROWNWOOD
POLICE D PAATME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this order is to provide protocol for dealing with bombings, or the threat of
bombings, to include response, deployment, search, evacuation,andassistance to specialized
units.
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policy ofthe Brownwood PoliceDepartmentto respond to all bomb threatsand make
every effortto ensurethe safetyofthe community.
To this effect, itisunderstoodthat the Brownwood PoliceDepartmentdoesnot have the
resourcesortraining availableto handlesuspectdevices. Memorandumsof Understanding
betweenthis Departmentand otherjurisdictionshavebeen madeto assistinthe care and
disposalofthe devices.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions:
1. Bomb Emergency: A bomb emergency exists when a suspected or actual
explosivedevicehas been located orhas been detonated.
2. Bomb/Explosive:A bomb or explosive is any chemical compound,mixture,or
devicewith the capabilityof rapid combustion or oxidation upon application of
heat,flame,or shock.
3. Bomb Threat: Any threat to an institution or person(s), either verbally or in
writing, inwhich the person makingthe threatrelatesthata bomb orany other
suspectdeviceisinornearthe institutionand/orperson(s) .
4. SuspiciousPackage/SuspectDevice: Any itemorcontainerthatisbelievedtobean
explosivedeviceisconsideredabomb/explosiveuntilsuchtimethatacertified bomb
techniciandeterminesotherwise.
Page2
5. SceneCommander: The highestranking officeratthe scene.
B. Notificationofa BombThreat:
1. In cases where Communications receives a bomb threat or warning from a
telephonecaller, Communicationspersonnel shall, tothe degreepossible:
a. Keep the reporting party on the line.
b. Identifythe locationofthedevicewithasmuch precisionaspossible, and
determinethe possibledetonationtime.
c. Attemptto determineall ofthe following:
1) A physical descriptionofthe device,
2) The type of explosivedeviceinvolved,
3) Whatmakesthe devicedetonate (e.g., radio signal, time delay
fuse, etc), and
4) Whythe devicewas placed, and bywhom.
d. Communicationspersonnel should be alert to:
1) Theexactwording ofthe threat
2) An estimateofthe sex,race, and age ofthe caller
3) The natureand characterofthe caller'svoice(accent, timber,
mannerisms)
4) The nature/descriptionof any background noises
2. In cases where an individual or organization receives the threat , personnel
should determine the location, time of detonation, appearance and any other
available information concerning the nature of the threat or the identity of the
suspect(s).
3. Communications personnel will dispatch the appropriate patrol units and
emergencypersonneltothe sceneaccordingto Departmentstandards.
4. Communicationspersonnelshall makearrangementstosecuretherecording of
the call(s) and subsequentradio and phoneconversations.
C. Precautionsand SecurityProvisions:
1. Respondingofficersshouldrefrainfromusingemergencylightsandsirenswithin
1,000feetofthe threatlocation.
2. Officers should not use any communication devices (radio, cellularphone, mobile
computerterminal (MCT), etc.) within 500 feetofthe threatlocation.
Page 3
a. All police radiosatthe sceneshould beturned off.
b. Contactbetweenthe SceneCommanderand Communicationsshall be
madebyland-linetelephoneoratareasonabledistanceawaytotransmit
messagesusing the policeradio.
3. All personnel responding to the scene shall park at a safe distancefrom the
exteriorofthe building, with consideration being given to the proximityoftrash
receptacles,utility boxes, or otherobjectsthat might be utilized to conceal an
explosive device.
4. Whenfeasible,officersshouldmaintainaperimeterofatleast300feetfrom the
threat location, limiting access to those personnel necessary to properly
investigatethe incident.
5. When located, all suspected bombs or explosives must be considered live,
unlessprovenotherwisebytrained personnel.
6. Suspiciouspackagesorsuspecteddevicesshouldnotbedisturbedunt ilexpert
assistancearrives,unlessitisabsolutelynecessarytopreventtheimminentloss
of human life.
D. Evacuation Policy
1. The initial decision to evacuate a building must be left up to its management.
The official or person in charge of the building or facility will determine what
course of action will be taken (e.g., the superintendent of a school or the
presidentofa bank), including, but not limitedto:
a. Taking no action
b. Searchingwithoutevacuation
c. Evacuating and then searching
2. If a decision is made to evacuate the threat location, officers will render all
necessaryassistanceand requestwhateverresources necessaryto complete
the task inatimelyand safe manner.
a. Preplannedfire drill proceduresor similarmeasuresshouldbe used to
ensure an organized, systematic evacuation of schools and other
facilities.
b. Minor deviations from such procedures may be necessary to avoid a
portion ofthe facility reportedto contain abomb.
3. Ifa real or suspected device has been detected,the SceneCommandershall
order an immediate evacuation regardless of the desires of the building
management.
a. If any person refuses to evacuate, that person shall be advised of the
risksandstronglyurged tocomply. However, suchperson(s) shallnotbe
forciblyevacuated againsthis or herwill.
Page4
b. Ifdetonation is believed to be imminentand evacuation isdeemedtoo
risky, occupants of the threat location may be sheltered in place (e.g.,
remain in a room or other enclosure that provides some measure of
protectionfrom flying glassand debris, etc.).
E. SearchTeam Procedures
1. The Scene Commander should assemble a search team consisting of only
enoughpersonneltoeffectivelyand efficientlyhandlethe assignment.
a. Responsibleon-sitemaintenanceemployeesandcivilianpersonnelmay
also be utilized ifthey are willing to participate.
b. Withproperinstructions,personswho routinelyoccupyagivenarea are
the mostefficientsearchers, astheycan recognizeitemswhichare out
of placeorunfamiliar.
2. The SceneCommandershall divideavailablepersonnelintosmall teamsoftwo
orthreepersonsandassigneach team aspecificarea tosearchutilizingafloor
plan, if available, for reference. Ideally one ES worker (FD or PO) should be
includedineach team.TheSceneCommanderwillnottakepart inthe search.
3. Unless a possible bomb/device location has been previously identified, the
search should begin on the exterior of the building and then proceed to the
interior. Searchesshould startfrom the lowestlevel to the highestlevel ,while
also checking public access areas, trash cans, and planter boxes, etc. first,
followed byrestricted areas.
4. Whenthoroughlysearching aroom, officersshould dividethe room inhalfand
makefoursweepsthrough the room:
a. First Sweep: Floorto Hip
b. Second Sweep:Hipto Head
c. Third Sweep:Head to Ceiling
d. Fourth Sweep:Above Ceiling (e.g.,false ceilings, suspended ceilings,
etc.)
5. Nothingshouldbedonetochangetheenvironmentofthearea being searched,
such asturning on lights, etc.
6. Whenconductingasearch,officersshouldbeparticularlyalerttotheitemslisted
belowasindicatorstheremaybeexplosivesatthe location. Officersshouldbe
cautioned the absenceofthe following doesnot assureno bomb ispresent.
a. Explosive-related pamphlets, periodicals, and books;
b. Excessive amounts of galvanized or PVC pipe nipples and end caps ,
especiallyifthe pipe has drill holesinthe nippleor cap;
Page 5
c. Low-explosivepowdersor otherincendiarymixtures;
d. Fuses of any type to include homemade burning fuses,such as string
soaked inaburning powder;
e. Electrical switches;
f. Electricalmatches,blasting caps, orsimilarinit iators.
7. Officers will investigate each suspicious package or suspect device called to
their attention. If the officers know or believe the object is or may be a bomb, the
area will immediatelybe cleared and the deviceleft untouched.
8. Onceofficers/searchteamscompletesearchinganassignedarea,theyshould
reportbacktothe SceneCommander/CommandPostforadditionalassignment.
a. The Command Post shall track personnel entering and exiting for
search purposes.
b. The CommandPostwilltracktheindividualsearch areacompletionsuntil
allareashave been searched.
9. The re-occupation ofthe building isadecisionforthe facility'smanagement. In
no case shall Departmentpersonneldeclarenobombispresentorinanyway
make the representation the building issafe to occupy.
F. Locating aSuspected Device
1. An officerlocating a suspected bombwill immediatelyreportits locationto the
Scene Commanderwithout the use of any type of radio, telephone, or other
electricaldevice.
2. Suspectedexplosivedevices shouldnot betouched.
3. The Scene Commander shall cause the appropriate trained personnel to be
notified.Onlytrainedbombpersonnel/unitswillhandle suspecteddevicesand/or
bomb disposition or disposal. Thiswill normally be covered by an appropriate
agencywithwhom the DepartmentholdsaMemorandumof Understanding
4. Ifnot previouslydone, evacuate personnel to a minimum of 300 feet from the
building prior to bombpersonnel/unitaction.
G. Blast Investigations
1. Officersrespondingtothesceneofanexplosionshouldassumethat hazardous
materials (Hazmat) have been released during the explosion, until proven
otherwise.
a. Officers should approach the scenefrom upwind, if possible, and only
approach as close as isabsolutelyrequired.
b. Officersshould utilize theirobservation skillsfirst and resistthe urge to
Page6
enterthe area orbuilding until determinedsafe. Officersshould keep in
mind the possibility of secondary or delayed-stage devices , or the
possibility that the primary target is to use an explosion to draw ES
personnel into asecond blastzone.
c. The SceneCommandershould establish asafe route for all otherfirst
responders, as soon as practical.
2. Responding officersshall performthe following, when safe to do so:
a. Observe and report conditions. Indicators of chemical, biological, or
radiological contaminationmay include:
1) Masscasualties;
2) Blistersand/orrashes;
3) Unexplainedodors;
4) Low-lying vaporclouds;
5) Unusual liquid droplets;
6) Dead animalsor plantlife;
7) Abandonedspraydevices, unusual debris,ormechanicaldevices
thatlook out of placeinthe surroundings.
b. Securethe sceneand establish aninitialperimeterwithoutenteringthe
immediate hazard area .
c. Approach the area only upon reasonable evaluation and observation.
Officersmustresistthe urge to rush in,but instead cautiouslyevaluate
and determinewhethertheyare equippedto handlethe situation.
3. Officers shall coordinate with the Brownwood Fire Department to perform
emergencyevacuations and move all victimsto a safe location upwind of the
contamination site.
4. Theinvestigativeresponsibility ofthe incidentwill beconducted inaccordance
with General Order 2.02.02.11, Joint Responses by Fire and Police
Departments.
H. ReportsRequired for BombThreats
1. Generally, the Fire Marshal's office will handle bomb threat reporting and
investigation, but; the Scene Commander or his/her designee shall initiate a
report.
2. The Scene Commander shall have the responsibility for reporting all bombing
incidents, including threats and hoaxdevices, to the Bureau ofAlcohol,Tobacco,
Firearmsand Explosives U.S.BombData Center.
Page 7
3. Release of information to the public or media will be in accordance with
Departmentpolicy and procedure.
~ V
/f/
~ k e S- .C-o-r-Ie-y-'->'.-.::::c-=---+-:-/
Chief of Police
Search & Seizure
WOOD
1M iT
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLI CY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish Departmental policy and to provide guidelines for
conducting warrantless searches, seizures and searches of persons for weapons and
contraband at the time of arrest and while in custody, transport of prisoners, and other
prisoner-related issues.
II. POLICY:
A. It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department that search and seizure activity be
conducted in accordance with the limits of power placed upon law enforcement
personnel as stated by the Fourth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section
9 of the Texas Constitution and Article 1.06, Chapter 1, of the Texas Code of Criminal
Procedure.
B. Department personnel will provide for the safety of citizens and police personnel by
controlling weapons and contraband of subjects in custody.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
For the administration of this General Order, the following definitions apply:
1. Contraband - Any item which is unlawful to possess.
2. Curtilage - The area around the home to which the activity of home life
extends, determined by distance from the home and whether it lies within a
fence that encloses the home. A back yard is part of the curtilage and is not
an open field, even if it is not fenced .
3. Emergency Situation - Any situation in which a Police Officer has reason to
believe that a prisoner is in possession of a weapon; or in which a police
officer has reasonable cause to believe a person's life or property may be in
danger.
Page2
4. Open Field Doctrine- Police Officers may enterand search any unoccupied
orundevelopedareathatliesoutsidethecurtilageofadwelling.
5. Weapon- asdefinedin Chapter46, TexasPenalCode.
B. InvestigativeStopsand Detention
1. An "investigative stop" is a stop made for the purpose of interviewing a
subjectwhere the Police Officer can articulate specific facts that establish a
reasonable suspicion (reasonable belief) that the person stopped has
committed, iscommitting, oris activelypreparingto commitacriminal offense.
Reasonable suspicion requires some level of objective justification; that is,
facts and circumstances which are something more than non-particularized
suspicionora"hunch".
a. The specific facts required for such a stop could be any observed
unusual conduct or activity by the person stopped, or any other
specific fact, such as information from a radio broadcast, information
from anotherpolice officer, information from a complainant, awitness,
orfrom acitizen report.
b. Such conduct as mere presence in a high crime area, or acts which
are consistent with non-criminal conduct, are not alone the basis for
an "investigativestop."
c. Police Officers exercising police authority while not in uniform,
including performing investigative stops, will identify themselves by
name,titleand agency, andwill havetheirbadgein plainview.
2. Police Officers will comply with all procedures outlined in G.O. 1.00.09.11,
Racial Profiling, during investigative stops, traffic stops, and searches and
seizures.
3. A Police Officer mayconducta "patdown" search (commonlyknown as "stop
and frisk") ofthe outer clothing ofthe subjectwhen the Police Officer has a
reasonable suspicion thatthe subject is armed with aweapon, or has reason
to be in fearforhissafetyorthesafetyofothers. Wheneverpossiblethistype
ofsearch should bedonewithintheviewofthepatrol unit'scamera.
4. An "investigative detention" is a detention for a brief period oftime following
an "investigativestop".
a. The "investigative detention" may be conducted based on the nature
ofthe person's conduct, and thefacts observed or known priorto the
initialstop, andthefactsdevelopedduringthe"investigativestop".
b. Ifthetotality ofthe circumstances reasonably indicatetheperson may
have committed a crime or is in the process of committing a crime,
then the person may be temporarily detained to determine the
person'sidentityand thenatureoftheperson'sconduct.
5. Specific facts developed prior to and during the "investigative stop", the
patdown for weapons, and during an "investigative detention" may result in
"probablecause"to arrestthepersonstopped.
Page3
C. ScopeofSearch IncidenttoArrest
1. A search incidentto an arrestislawful onlyifthearrest islawful.
2. Search of an arrested person and/or containers possessed by an arrested
person may be conducted at the site of the arrest; or if the search at the
sceneisimpractical, the person(s) and/orcontainer(s) maybe removed to an
appropriatelocationin ordertoeffectthesearch.
3. Police Officers may, incidentto a lawful arrest,make a warrantless search of
the arrested person atthe time and place ofthe arrest, and may also search
the area immediately adjacent to the person and into which he/she might
reach for a weapon, or concealed evidence of a crime, or concealed
contraband. SeeIII.C.5-9forspecial circumstancesonhowthelawappliesto
vehicles.
4. Police Officers may,incidentto a lawful arrest, makea warrantless search of
the arrested person's Personal Electronic Devices, at the time and place of
the arrest, provided that the officer believes that the search is necessary to
preserve evidence related to a crime, and the evidence would be lost if it is
not immediately retrieved without the benefit ofa search warrant. If exigent
circumstances do not exist for the search ofa person's Personal Electronic
Devices, the police officers shall obtain a warrant. For purposes of this
section, a Personal Electronic Device includes a cellular telephone, pager,
MP3player,PDAand otherdigitaldevicesusedforthestorageofinformation.
5. Ifthe person arrested was in an automobile at the time ofdetainment/arrest,
policeofficers may,incidenttothatarrest, searchthepassengercompartment
of the automobile and any containers found inside, ifthere is a reasonable
beliefthevehiclecontainsevidencerelevanttotheinitialoffenseofarrest.
6. Whensearch ofavehicleincidentto arrestisauthorized;
a. thedriver'scompartment and anycontainers in thatcompartmentmay
be searched.
b. Containersmaybe openedwhetherornottheyare"closed"or"closed
and locked".
c. Thissearchwould notextendto destructionofproperty.
d. Ifa container (i.e.,glove box, suitcase,etc.) is locked and there is no
key available, without some extenuating circumstance the container
should notbedamagedto accomplishthesearch.
7. When the vehicle orotherproperty is moved before searching, strict physical
and visual control by a police officer will be maintained and documented to
support the admissibility of any evidence that may be recovered during the
subsequentsearch.
8. When an operator orsole occupantofa vehicle is arrestedfrom thatvehicle,
control ofthatvehicle maybe released to the registered owner, orthe vehicle
will be impounded. If control ofthe vehicle is released, a Release ofVehicle
formwill becompleted and signed bytheowner.
Page4
9. Anyvehiclewhich is impounded shall be inventoried beforebeing released to
an authorized wrecker service. The inventory shall consist of a detailed
examination ofall contents and areas ofthe vehicle, and the recording ofall
contents and facts onto the inventory form. Digital photos of the vehicle's
exterior and interior are recommended but not required; if taken, the photos
will be attached to the incident report. The completed inventory form will be
attached totheincidentreport, and acopyretained bythearrestingofficer.
10. Unless time or exigent circumstances dictate otherwise, if probable cause
existstobelieveevidenceorcontraband is in apreviouslyimpounded vehicle,
a search warrant should be obtained to ensure admissibility of any evidence
orcontrabandfound in thecar.
D. PlainView
1. Police Officers may, withouta warrant, seize items found in plain viewfrom a
placewheretheyarelawfullypresentifthereis probablecauseto believethe
itemsareevidenceofacrimeorcontraband.
2. There is no requirements that Police Officers obtain a search warrant before
seizing contraband or evidence which was brought into public places and
wereopento publicview.
E. Consentto Search
1. PoliceOfficerscan conductthe search ofapersonorofpropertyeven though
they do not have a warrant to search or probable cause to support a search
warrant, ifthey haveobtained the priorconsent ofthe person to be searched
ortheownerorperson in possession oftheproperty.
a. A warning to the person, of his/her rights concerning consent is
advisable; and consentmustbefreelygiven.
b. Although verbal consent is valid, when obtaining written consent,
Policeofficerswill usetheConsentToSearchform
2. A Police Officer requesting consent to search must be able to articulate
reasonablesuspicion sufficienttojustifyan investigativedetention.
3. If a person gives verbal consent but refuses to give written consent, Police
Officers should consider the severity of the case along with viable options
(i.e., obtainingasearchwarrant) before proceedingwiththesearch.
4. If a Police Officer proceeds to search on verbal consent, it should be
remembered thatthe burden ofproofis alwayson thegovernment.
a. Police Officers will not only have to prove the consent was voluntary,
butthatitwasactuallygiven (officer'sword againstdefendant).
b. Police Officers should take additional steps to eliminatethis argument
(i.e., audio and/or video record the verbal consent, have an impartial
third partywitnesstheconsentbysigningtheform).
Page5
5. Police Officers should make every effort to minimize conditions which could
beperceived as"threatorintimidation"; suchas:
a. NumberofPoliceOfficerspresent(especiallyin uniform);
b. Amountofforceusedtodetainorarrest, useofhandcuffs, etc.;
c. Othernon-verbalcommunications.
6. A person giving consent to search may limit that permission and may
withdrawconsentaltogetheratanytime.
a. The Police Officer conducting a consensual search must honor this
rightand limitorstopthesearch immediately.
b. If probable cause is developed prior to withdrawal ofconsent, Police
Officersshould considerobtaining asearchwarrant.
7. Ifthe thing orarea to besearched isusedjointlybytwo ormorepersons, any
oneperson maygrantconsentforplacesorthingsused bythem in common.
a. An officer has no duty to seek out the consent ofa co-tenant that is
notpresent.
b. If one co-tenant is present and objects to the search, the search
cannotbeconducted.
c. Any area or item used exclusively by an objecting party ora party not
presenttogiveconsentcannotbesearched.
8. PoliceOfficersmayobtainconsentto search outsidetheirjurisdiction.
9. In describing the thing(s) to be searched on the Consent to Search form,
Policeofficersshouldconsiderthefollowing:
a. Mostdescriptionsmaybesimple (i .e.,residence, business, etc.), butif
detached garages, outbuildings, storage sheds, fields, or other sites
within the curtilage are to be searched, then they should be
specificallyincluded in thedescription.
b. Regarding hotel/motel rooms, apartments, mini-warehouses, or other
multi-unit locations, the unique number should be included for that
unit, whenpossible, oraspecificdescriptionofthatlocation.
c. Vehicle descriptions should include the color, year, make, model,
licenseand/orVIN. (UseVIN ifit haspaperplates.)
10. Any item(s) seized, excluding contraband, must be documented to include a
description ofthe property, name ofthe officer discovering it, location it was
found and thedate/timeofitsseizure (inventory).
a. A copyofthe inventorymustbegiven tothe person providing consent
orleftatthelocation beforedeparting thepremisessearched.
Page6
b. Ifthe person giving consent is personally available, that person shall
signtheinventory.
c. A copy of the inventory will also be forwarded to Records along with
otherappropriatepaperwork.
F. UseofCanineto Establish ProbableCause
1. A trained dog's examination (sniff) of luggage, vehicles, or persons is not a
search as long asthereis no intrusion onto orinto propertyto accomplishthe
examination.
2. An alert by a trained dog to a certified handlerconstitutes probable causefor
theissuanceofasearchwarrant.
3. An alert by a trained dog provides probable cause to support a warrantless
search of a vehicle which is movable and when it is impractical to obtain a
searchwarrant.
4. The authority to search any vehicle based on probable cause, includes the
authorityto searchall containerswithinthevehicle.
5. A trained dog should not be directed at a human being. However, an
inadvertentalert by atrained dog, on aperson, providesprobablecausefora
searchoftheperson.
G. EmergencySearches
1. Police Officers may make a warrantless search of any person or any thing,
whether personal belongings, vehicles, or buildings, if they have probable
causeto believe it is required to save a life, prevent injuryorseriousproperty
damage, or prevent the destruction of evidence, and obtaining a search
warrantwould notbepractical underthespecificemergencyconditions.
2. Police Officers who observe criminal activity occurring inside a private place
from outside the private place may not always be able to secure a proper
warrantin atimelymannerandwill adhereto thefollowing guidelines:
a. Iftheoffenseisamisdemeanor, Policeofficerswill notenterunless:
1) Valid consent is given by a person with apparent authority to
grantsuch permission, or
2) There is reason to believe there is an immediate need to
protectthesafetyofsomepersoninsidethelocation.
3) Circumstances where alcohol and/or illegal drugs are present,
andthe healthand safetyofminorsisalegitimateconcern.
b. Iftheoffenseis afelony, Policeofficerswill notenterunless:
1) Valid consent is given by a person with apparent authority to
grantsuchpermission.
2) There is probable cause to believe the destruction of
Page7
contraband or other evidence is imminent if it is not
immediatelyrecovered, or
3) There is reason to believe there is an immediate need to
protectthe physical safetyofsomeperson insidethelocation.
3. Where Police Officers enter private property under felony circumstances as
described above, and misdemeanor violations are also observed, they may
take appropriate action with regard to all criminal conduct regardless ofthe
typeofoffenseortheageoftheindividualsinvolved.
H. HotPursuit
1. IfPoliceofficersarepursuing a persontheyhaveprobablecausetobelieve is
armed and who has just committed a felony crime, officers may, for the
purpose of their own safety, the safety ofthe publ ic, and the prevention of
escape, pursue a person into a building and search the building for the
person, untilapprehension ismade.
2. Oncethe apprehension is made, onlythe area the suspect(s)wentthroughor
thatarea immediatelyadjacenttothelocation ofarrestmaybe searched.
3. Hot pursuit does not permit a Police Officerto enter into a private residence
for a misdemeanor offense without first obtaining a search warrant or
securing consentbeforeentering and makingthearrest.
I. SurveillancewithoutElectronicDevices
1. A Police Officer may, without a warrant, conduct surveillance by use of his
eyes and ears; unless his surveillance invades the suspect's reasonable
expectation ofprivacyfromgovernmentintrusion.
2. A Police Officer may use a light source or magnification device such as
binoculars to assist in observation so long as the reasonable expectation of
privacyis notviolated.
J. OtherWarrantlessExceptions
1. No warrant is needed to conduct a field chemical test on what is believed to
be a controlled substance if the item being tested is lawfully in the Police
Officerspossession.
K. Prisoner'sPropertyRelease
1. Any property (other than evidence) removed from a prisoner will be handed
overtojailstaffwhentheprisoneris released tothejail.
2. Ifa prisoner is released into the care ofanother or released by citation, any
property (other than evidence) removed from the prisoner will be released
backtothemon apropertyreleasecard.
L. MedicalAssistance
1. Medical aid will be provided for any prisoner with a visible injury that is ofa
severitysufficientto requireattention,orwhomakesacredibleclaim ofinjury.
Page8
M. Stripand BodyCavitySearches
1. No strip searches will be conducted by employees of this Department. An
officer may request that theJail staffperform such a search ifhe had reason
to believethatthe subjecthasevidencewhichwould requiresuchasearch.If
such a search is requested, all facts supporting the request shall be
documented in the officers report (offense, arrest, or information, as dictated
by circumstances) .
2. Nobodycavitysearcheswill be conducted by employeesofthisDepartment.
N. Foreign Nationals
1. TheBorderPatrolwill benotifiedwhen aforeign nationalisarrested.
IV.
FormsAssociated WithThisGeneral Order
InventoryForm
ReleaseofVehicleform
PermissiontoSearchForm
Brownwood Police Department Vehicle Inventory Form
CFS#
Location of Inventory:
Administrative Data
Year of Vehicle:
Make of Vehicle:
Model:
Style of Vehicle:
Color (Top/Bottom):
Odometer:
License Plate:
State:
VIN:
Driver of Vehicle:
Date of Birth:
Owner of Vehicle:
Address:
Reason for Impound: [J Arrest*
o Stolen o Abandoned
o Other:
* Arrest Title:
Arresting Officer:
Wrecker Service:
Driver:
Taken to:
Holds placed:
Property Data
Vehicle Condition, Body:
o New 0 Minor dents & scratches o Battered o Major damage
Notes on Body Condition:
Vehicle Condition, Interior: o New o Some wear o Very worn o Poor condition
Notes on Interior Condition:
Dash:
Glove Box:
Console:
Front Floorboards &front seat area:
Back Floorboards & back seat area (Behind pickup seat):
Trunk or Pickup bed/toolbox:
Property Removed from Vehicle
Item: Location in vehicle: Reason:
Officer(s) Performing inventory:
Officer(s) Performing inventory:
Notes:
------------------------------------------
---------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------
ReleaseofVehicleForm
I, amthe
owner/operatorofa
bearing License Number_______________
o Myvehicle, asdescribedabove, hasbeen released atmyrequest
to
o Myvehicle, asdescribedabove, hasbeen leftlegallyparked and
secured atmyrequestat .I
understandthatmyvehiclemaybetowed and impoundedifleft
parked on privateproperty, oriflefton publicpropertyformorethan
48hourswithoutbeing moved.
Iunderstandthatmyvehiclewill be impoundedatmyrequestand that
Ido notdesireto havethevehicledescribedaboveimpounded. I
assumeall risksattendantto nothaving myvehicle impounded and
releasetheCityofBrownwoodandthe BrownwoodPolicedepartment
fromall liabilityconcerningthedescribedvehicle.
Date Owner/Operator
Witness
1050 WEST COMMERCE
BROWNWOOD, TEXAS 76801
MICHAL CORLEY, CHIEF OF POLICE
(325)646-2525
(325)643-3826 (FAX)
PERMISSION TO SEARCH
The undersigned, residing at in,__, does hereby
authorize , and other officers he/she may designate to assist
him/her, to search my residence (or other real property), located at ________
in , __, and my motor vehicle, namely my _______
bearing license plate number of the State of __ presently parked or
located at in
------,-_.
And I further authorize said officers to remove from my residence, real estate and/or
motor vehicle, whatever documents or items of property whatsoever they deem pertinent
to their investigation, with the understanding that said officers give me a written receipt
for whatever is removed.
I am giving this written permission to these officers freely and voluntarily, without any
threats or promises having been made; and, after having been informed by said officers
that I have the right to refuse this search and/or seizure.
Signature of Subject
Witnesses:
I Date: I Time:
I Officer/Detective:
Civil Disturbance/ MassArrest
CITY Of BROWNWOOD
Po ICE D MEM
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purposeofthis Orderisto specifyproceduresto protectlives and propertybymaintaining
communityorderduring incidents of civil unrestinthe City of Brownwood.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the BrownwoodPoliceDepartment to preserve the public peace, prevent crime ,
arrestoffenderswhen necessary, and protectthe rights of personsand propertyinthe City of
Brownwood community.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1. Civil Disturbance- An unlawful assemblyconstituting a breach of peaceor an
assembly of personswhere thereis imminentdanger of vio lence, destructionof
propertyor otherunlawful events.
2. Anticipated Event- An eventthatispredictedtooccur,whichislikelytocauseor
be accompanied by civil disorder,and for which there is adequatetime for the
Departmentto prepareand respond.
3. Spontaneous Event- A civil disorderincidentwhich is not anticipated and for
whichthe Departmentdoes not haveadequatetimeto preparefor the event.
4. Mass Arrests - The arrest of a large number of people which exceeds the
capability of normally scheduled personnel and requires the assistance of
additional resources.
5. Field Processing Center - An identifi ed location which can adequately facil itate
the processing and handling of largegroups.
Page2
B. LawfulAssemblies
1. Officerswill notpreventorinterferewith the lawfulconductofpersonsexercising
theirconstitutional rights.
2. Interventionwill only occurwhenthereareviolationsofthe law andthe threatto
the public'ssafetyrequiresuch aresponse.
C. Anticipated Events
1. Wheneverthe Departmenthas receivedinformationregardingaplannedlarge-
scale demonstration, the Assistant Chiefof Police or his designeewill hold a
planning meeting with Departmental supervisors who may be called upon to
assist. The purposeofthe meeting isto:
a. Estimatethe scopeofthe anticipated event.
b. Determinethe resources neededfor a response.
c. Formulateaplantodeterminespecificdutiesand responsibilitiesforthe
incident.
2. The Incident Command System will be utilized as outlined in G.O. 1.00.19.11
Disaster/EmergencyPlan.
3. If practical, the Assistant Chiefof Policeor his designeeshould meetwith any
identified organizersofthe planned eventinorderto:
a. Outlinethe Departmentpoliciesfor the organizersofthe event.
b. Provide the organizers with information on laws and statues that may
apply.
c. Establish a dialogue with the leaders/planners of the event in case
furtherconsultation isneeded.
d. Gather emergency contact information from the leaders/planners and
providedirectcontactinformationfor the scenePD supervisors.
D. Patrol Response:
1. Ifofficersrespondtothe sceneofacivildisturbance,they shallnotifytheon-duty
supervisorwho will respond to the location and ensure a suitable number of
personnel are on sceneto copewith the situation.
2. Utilizingthe IncidentCommandSystemasoutlinedinG.O. 1.00.19.11,theinitial
responding supervisorshall:
a. Establish acommand post.
b. Makepropernotifications.
Page 3
c. Establishaperimeterwith emergencyarrestteamstoprotectagainstthe
imminentloss of life.
E. MassArrests
1. Once the potential for making mass arrests exists or the decision has been
madeto makemassarrests, the Tactical Team Commandershall designatea
fieldprocessingcenterand assignsufficientpersonneltothe center. Personnel
atthe field processing centerwill be responsiblefor:
a. Establishing and maintaining site security,
b. Processingthe arrested subjects,and
c. Facilitatingthe transportofsubjectstothe Brown CountyJail.
2. Oncean arresthas been made, the suspect(s)will beremovedfrom the scene
as quicklyas possibleand takento the field processing center.
3. Once processing of the arrested subject(s) is finished, they should be
transported to the Brown County Jail. Care should be taken to ensurethat all
prisonersaresecuredandanadequatenumberofpolicepersonnelarepresent
to maintain security.
4. Upon the approvalofthe TacticalTeamCommanderorhisdesignee,prisoners
may be released as soon as practical from the field processing center, via
releasebycitation, transportto countyjail, etc.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: NOVEMBER22, 2011
REVISED DATE(page2&3GO number) : /;Z);.JP IJ{I
GENERAL ORDER 2.00.11 .11-
Missing Persons/Runaways
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish criteria for reports of missing persons/runaways and to
comply with both state law and the FBI in entering these missing persons into the NCIC
computer.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to establish uniformity for entry,
modification, or removal of computer data, in accordance with NC!C guidelines for entry of
missing persons or runaways.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. The name of a missing person or runaway will be entered into the NCIC computer, and
an Offense/Incident Report will be completed by an officer.
1. Report Criteria
a. Adult (21 years of age or older)
1) A report will be initiated and be titled "INFO:
(Adult)" when:
Missing Person
a) An adult is missing and there exists reason to believe
there may be an immediate threat to their life if they are
not located (i.e., evidence of foul play, suicide attempt,
medical problems, etc.), or
b) Adults over 65 will trigger a 'silver alert', and missing
police officers a 'blue alert' .
c) No 'waiting period' or 'minimum time absent/missing' will
be applied to the reporting process.
b. Adult (18 years of age and under 21 years of age)
Page2
1) A reportwill be initiated and titled: "Info: Missing Person - Adult
under21".
2) Whenapersonofthisageismissingunderanycircumstancesthe
personwill beentered immediatelyasa missing person.
3) No'waitingperiod'or'minimumtimeabsent/missing'willbeapplied
tothereporting process.
c. MinorChild (17yearsofage)
1) Ifa minorchild is sentenced asajuvenileand escapescustody
fromaninstitution,anOffense/IncidentReportforescapewillbe
madeand thechild issubjectto arrestasajuvenile.
2) A reportwill betitled "INFO: Missing Person (MinorChild 17)",
a) ifaparent, guardian,conservatororlegal custodianofa
minorchild reportsthechildmissing(includingrunaways),
and
b) the report will include in the narrative that the reporting
partywasadvisedthatwhenthechild islocated,theywill
beexpectedtogototheappropriatejurisdictionandtake
custodyofthechild.
c) No'waitingperiod'or'minimumtimeabsent/missing'will
beapplied to thereporting process.
d. Juvenile(16yearsofageoryounger)
1) Whentheparent, guardian, conservator, orlegalcustodianofa
juvenilereportsthechild missing.
2) A reportwill betitled:
a) "Runaway"ifthejuvenileappearsto haveleftintentionally
with nointentofreturning,or
b) "INFO: Missing Person - Juvenile" if the juvenile is
missing and there is no indication the juvenile is a
runaway.
3) No'waitingperiod'or'minimumtimeabsent/missing'willbeapplied
to thereporting process.
2. ResidencyRequirements/Jurisdiction
a. Adultswill be considered "missing"from thelast location in the City of
Brownwoodwherethereporting partymadecontact.
b. Juvenileswill bereported asa runawayfromtheirplaceofresidence.
Page3
EXCEPTION: Juveniles on court allowed visitation with a divorced
parentwill be reportedwith thevisited agency.
c. Any person missing as a result of abduction will be reported missing
withinthejurisdictionoftheplaceofabduction.
d. Intheeventadiscrepancyoccursregardingjurisdiction,areportshould
be made to initiate the legal process with clarification made by the
investigating officer.
3. Reporting SourcesofMissing Persons/Runaways
a. Parents
b. Legal Guardian
c. FamilyMember
d. Physician- ifmissing person is physicallyormentallydisabled
e. Lawyersorotheradministratorsofan estate
f. Friend - ifmissing person is an adult
4. Additional IdentifiersforMissing Person/RunawayOffense/IncidentReport
a. The Officer making the Offense/Incident Report should include the
following additionalidentifiersforthemissingperson/runawayinhis/her
report.
1) RecentPhotograph
2) Drivers LicenseNumber
3) Social SecurityNumber
4) Scars, Marks, Tattoos
b. These additional identifiers may assist in identifying missing
personslrunawayswhohavebecomedisorientatedorill anddonotknow
whotheyareorin caseswhereunidentified bodiesarerecovered.
B. AmberAlertActivation Protocol
1. Requirementsnecessaryforconsideration
a. Confirmation that a person 17 years of age or younger has been
abducted.
b. Individualis in immediatedangerofseriousbodilyinjuryordeath.
c. All alternative explanations for the missing individual have been
eliminated.
d. Sufficientinformation isavailabletodisseminatetothepublic.
Page4
2. Thedecisionto activatetheAmberAlertwill bemadebyaLieutenantorabove
in coordinationwiththePublicInformation Officer.
C. Criteriaand ProceduresforNCICComputerEntryofMissing Persons/Runaways
1. TobeenteredontheNCICcomputerasamissingperson/runaway,theperson
mustmeetoneofthefollowing criteria:
a. A person ofanyagewho is missing and underproven physical/mental
disability or is senile, thereby subjecting himself/herself or others to
personal and immediatedanger.
b. A personofanyagewhoismissingundercircumstancesindicatingthat
his/herphysicalsafetyisin danger.
c. Apersonofanyagewhoismissingundercircumstancesindicatingthat
thedisappearancewasnotvoluntary, i.e.,abductionorkidnapping.
d. A personissuspectedofbeing involvedinacatastrophewithintheCity
ofBrownwood in which
1) asubstantialnumberoflivesareexpectedto belost, and
2) immediateidentification ofvictimswill notbepossible.
e. A person 18yrs.oryoungerwill beentered immediatelyasajuvenile,
and using oneofthefollowing categories:
1) disability
2) endangered
3) involuntary
4) runaway
5) catastrophevictim
2. NCICComputerEntryProcedures
a. TheCommunicationsOfficerisnotifiedbytheOfficermakingthereport
that a Missing Person/Runaway needs to be entered in the NCIC
database.
b. TheCommunicationsOfficerwill immediatelyentertheinformationinto
theNCIC database.
c. IfthereportisonaRunaway/MissingJuvenile,Communicationswillnote
on thecall sheettheNICITIC numbers,entering operator's name, and
thetime& datetheentrywasmadeon NCIC.
Page5
D. ProceduresforProcessingContactswith Missing Persons/Runaways
1. An Officercoming into contactwith apersonwho is listed asaMissing Person
will makeimmediatenotificationto theagencylisting the person asmissing to
allowforimmediatefollow-upaction.
a. Ifthe person is 18 years of age or older, the Officer will assess the
person'scondition andtakethefollowing action:
1) If the missing person has committed a violation of law,
appropriatearrestaction maybetaken.
2) If the person does not appear to be in immediate danger to
themselvesorothersandnoarrestwillbemade,asupervisorwill
benotified.
3) Ifno otheraction istaken, themissing personwill beadvised of
theirbeing listed asmissingandasked to contactthe reporting
party. Such actionwill bedocumented by:
a) An InformationReportifthelisting isbyanotheragency,
or
b) supplementalreport, ifthelisting isbythisagency.
4) Thisreportshouldincludethecircumstancesinwhichtheperson
wasfound, and anyinformationthatmayassistinvestigatorsin
locatingtheindividualata laterdate.
b. Ifthe person isan unemancipated 17yearold (minorchild), theofficer
will takeoneofthefollowing steps:
1) Contactthereporting party(parentorguardian)forreleaseatthe
scene, or
2) Take the minor child into protective custody for immediate
releaseto a parentorguardian,or
3) Ifrelease to a parent orguardian is not possible, contact Child
ProtectiveServices.
4) Thedecisionasto whereto transportthechildwill bebased on
thefollowing priorities:
a) wherethechild wasreported missing,or
b) wherethechild waslocated.
c. Ifthe missing person isajuvenile,theofficermaycontactthereporting
party for a release at the scene or take the juvenile into protective
custodyforimmediatereleaseto theirparentsorguardian.
e. Iftheperson isajuvenilerunaway,theywill bearrestedfor"Runaway".
Page6
E. ProceduresforNCICComputerRemovalofMissing Persons/Runaways Entries
1. ThereportingpartywillbeinstructedtoimmediatelynotifythePoliceDepartment
ifamissingperson/runawayis located.
2. A Communications employee receiving information that the person has been
locatedwill :
a. Notethedateandsourceoftheinformationon theoriginal call sheet
b. Removethepersonfrom the NCICdatabase.
c. Indicatethedateand time ofremoval onthe original call sheet
3. Thedetectivereceivinginformationthatthepersonhasbeenlocatedwillcontact
Communications Division.
a. The Communications Officer will cause the person's name to be
removedfromthecomputer.
1) TheCommunicationsOfficerwill noteontheformthatthename
has been removed and give the Operator's name, I.D.number
and thedateofthe removal.
2) The NCICITCIC Information will then be returned to the
appropriate detective who will file this form with the Records
Section.
b. The detective will complete supplemental report showing
status/disposition ofthe reportandforward ittothe RecordsDivisionto
be included in theoriginalfile.
4. If the missing person has not been located, the detective assigned to the
missingperson reportwill :
a. maintaincloseliaisonwiththeNationalCenterforMissingandExploited
Children;
b. instituteorassistwithappropriatesearchandinvestigativeprocedures;
and
c. no later than 60 days after entry ofthe record into NCIC, verify and
update such record with any additional information including, where
available, medical anddental records.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: March 15,2012 REVISED DATE:January22,2013
MikeS.Corley
ChiefofPolice
RespondingtoAlarms
CITY OF SR W WOOD
POLICE D PAATM NT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Orderis to establish proceduresfor alarm response and the successful
administration ofthe CityAlarm Ordinance.
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policy ofthe Brownwood Police Departmentto ensureeach alarm call is investigated
thoroughly and a fair disposition of the alarm call is made. Unless cancelled, officers will
consider all alarms as an incident in progress until the on-scene investigation determines
otherwise.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions:
1. False Alarm: an alarm notification to the Police Department, when the
responding officer finds no evidence of unauthorized intrusion, attempted
unauthorized intrusion, robbery, attempted robbery, or an attempt to take a
person hostage.
2. Robbery/PanicAlarm:analarmwhich isactivatedbytheovertactionofaperson
to signal an intrusion, attempted unauthorized intrus ion, robbery, attempted
robberyorahostagesituation.
3. LocalAlarm: analarm system that emitsasignal atanalarm sitethat isaudible
orvisiblefrom the exteriorofastructure.
4. Alarm System: adeviceorsystem that transmitsasignal intendedto summon
policeinresponsetoaburglary.
a. Theterm includesanalarm thatemitsanaudiblesignal ontheexteriorof
astructurebutdoesnot includean alarm installed on avehicle.
5. Special Hazards/Alerts: information concerning pets, medical concerns or other
conditionsatthe location.
Page2
a. Communicationswill adviseofficersresponding to an alarm call of any
specialhazards/alerts.
B. Financial Institutionsand Businesseswith Hold-UpAlarms
1. When responding to robbery alarms at financial institutions and other
businesses, two (2) Officerswill be dispatched, and a silent approach will be
madebyall responding units.
a. The first unit arriving will takeaposition oftactical advantage.
b. Thesecondunittoarrivewilltakeatacticalvantagepointasdirectedby
the first unit onthe oppositeside ofthe building.
2. Onceinpositionthe lead officerwilldirectCommunicationstocontactsomeone
atthe location, advisethem of a robbery alarm attheir place of business, and
ask them to send arepresentativeoutsideto meetthe policeofficers.
a. Communications will advise the lead officer of the name and clothing
descriptionofthe person coming out.
b. Ifthe officers are sure, aftercontacting the representative, there is no
robberyinprogress, all units should clear.
c. Theappropriatecomputerized call remarkswill be entered.
C. Robberies Where Suspect(s) has Fled: Responding patrol officers will secure and
protectthe crime scenewhiledetaining allwitnessesto securewritten statements.All
pertinentinformationregardingsuspectsandgetawayvehicleswillbebroadcastassoon
as itisreceived byofficersconductingthe preliminaryinvestigation.
D. RobberiesWhereSuspect(s) atScene
1. If responding units arrive at the location and circumstances indicate the
suspect(s) isstill atthe scene,
a. the first unit arriving will call for assistanceand asupervisor.
b. The unit calling for assistance will direct responding units to
advantageouspositionsto coverall possibleescaperoutes.
c. Units encountering hostage situations will call for assistance and a
supervisor,who will inturn notifycommand staff.
E. Residential Robbery/PanicAlarms
1. Underno circumstanceswill robberyor panicalarmsbe disregarded.
2. Two officers will be dispatched and will handle the scene as the situation
dictates.
a. The first officer arriving will safely respond and perform a cursory
perimetercheckfrom his/hervehicle,andwilldirectthesecondofficerto
respond to atacticallyadvantageousposition.
Page3
b. Once both officers are in place, Communications will be advised to
contactthe resident, adviseofthe alarm, and havethe residentcontact
theofficer(s) outside.
1) Messageswill not be left on answering machines.
2) Respondingunitswill beadvisedwhenansweringmachinesare
reached on contact.
3) Ifnoone respondstothe phonecall, officerswillcautiouslycheck
the residenceto determineifitissecure.
c. If the residence is secure and there is no indication an offense has
occurred, the officersmay clear.
d. Theappropriatecall remarkswill be completed as required.
F. MedicalAlarms: Officersrespondingto amedicalalarmwill seekto makecontactwith
occupants or a keyholder. If contactlkeyholder is not available, they will check the
perimeterofthe buildingcarefullytoascertainifentryispossible,andforanysignsofan
occupantindistress.Ifthe buildingissecure,asupervisorwillberequestedtodetermine
whetherentryshould be made, based uponthe circumstancesand site history.
G. Disposition ofAlarm Calls
1. Officers must evaluate alarm activations to determine permit holder
responsibility. Alarmactivationsduetofaultyequipment,usererror,waterpipes,
pressure changes, animals, windows/doors rattling, power fluctuations,
mechanical vibrations, etc. are the responsibility of the permit holder/alarm
operator.
2. If a local alarm was not sounding on the officer's arrival, there is no other
evidencethatthe alarmwasactivated,andthe reportingparty (third party call) is
unknown, officerswill makeappropriatecall remarksand clearthe call.
3. Cancellinganofficerresponseonanalarmcallcan bedonewhen anauthorized
personoralarmcompanynotifiesCommunicationsand requestsacancellation.
a. Communications shall obtain the name of the person requesting
cancellation and the nameofthe Alarm Company.
b. Communicationswill be responsiblefor enteringcall remarkstothe call
numberwhen officers are cancelled to include the name of the alarm
companyand the nameofthe person authorizingthe cancellation.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
I
. eS. Corley
Chiefof Police
Barricaded Subjects
Cn Y OF BROW WOOD
P OUCE D PARTME T
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis Orderis to establish departmental guidelines pertaining to proceduresfor
dealingwith barricadedsubjectsorrelated confrontations..
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to conduct operations involving
barricaded subjects with the primary goal of preserving the lives of all participants and
bystanders.
III. PROCEDURE
A. Barricaded Subjects/Hostage
1. The Scene Commanderwill be in control ofall events and units at the
scene. The Scene Commander will be the highest-ranking officer
physically present at the scene; as Command Staff arrive at the
incidenttheywill be briefed andthe command handedover.
2. Goals to be accomplished are: Protection ofthe Public, Containment of
theSuspect, ProtectionofHostages, and CaseResolution
3. RespondingOfficers
a. Upon arrival at the scene of a barricaded suspect/hostage
situation,thefirstactivityshould beto limitaccess.
b. Preliminary investigation should be conducted carefully to
determine natureand extent ofsituation. Care should be takento
ensure not to expose the officer to the risk of gunfire or to risk
confrontationwith asuspect.
c. Once confirmation has been made that a barricaded
suspect/hostage situation in fact exists, a supervisor will be
notified.
Page2
d. All attempts during this phase are geared toward avoiding
confrontation and in favor of controlling/containing the situation
until the arrival ofadditional personnel specificallytrained in case
resolution.
4. SceneCommanderResponsibilities:
a. Restrictaradio frequency
b. Establish an inner perimeter to prevent inadvertent entry ofthe
publicand preventtheescapeofthe suspect.
c. The Scene Commandershall establish a command post outside
the suspect's line offire and sight. The command post should be
sufficiently large to accommodate responding personnel and
vehicles.
d. The Scene Commander shall determine the need for calling an
outside agencyforan emergencyresponseteam orSWATteam.
The Chief or his designee will then make the final decision for
calling theotheragency.
e. Officers will begin evacuation of nearby homes, offices, or
buildingsas necessary.
f. The Scene Commander shall issue rules of engagement to all
on-scene officers. Rules ofengagement would set forth to what
degreeindividual officersmayactwithoutdirectinsuructions.
5. Attempts to contact the subject(s) may begin at the discretion of the
SceneCommander. Ifpossibleanegotiatorshould makethis contact.
a. An arrestteam shall be designatedto take charge ofthe suspect
should hesurrender.
b. Personnel at the command post shall ensure the following
information is assembled:
1) Thephonenumberofthe locationandwherethephoneis
locatedwithinthestructure.
2) A drawing or floor plan of the location, including
entrances, location ofwindows, inside and outside doors,
andanyaccesstothegaragefrom insidethelocation.
3) As much information as possible about the suspect(s)
and hostage(s)to include:
a. Name,
b. Physicaldescription,
c. Clothing description,
d. Militarybackground,
e. Criminal history,
Page3
f. Weaponsand
g. Mentalstate.
4) A record check for past arrests or contacts with the
suspect(s).
5) Anyone with information about the suspect (friends,
relatives) are to remain in the vicinity of the command
post for possible questioning by Tactical Team members
ornegotiators.
c. The Scene Commander designates the following assembly
areas:
1) Medical- SafeArea
2) MediaAssemblyArea
3) Equipment/PersonnelStagingArea
d. PerimeterControl
1) The Scene Commander shall establish an outer
perimeterfortrafficand crowd control.
2) Assisting law enforcement agencies maybe used forthis
purpose;
6. Evacuation:
a. Surrounding buildings or residences should be evacuated,ifthis
can bedonesafely.
b. A location should be selected where evacuees can go (coffee
shop, Laundromat, schools, gymnasiums etc.), and they should
betoldwhen it is safeto returntotheirhomes.
c. The name and address ofanyonewho refuses to evacuate after
beingwarned ofthepotential hazardsshould berecorded.
7. MedicalAssistance:
a. An ambulance,fire department and paramedic unit will stand by
nearthe command post.
b. Injured persons are to be evacuated as soon as it is safe to do
so.
c. When recovery is complete the injured person(s) shall be
immediately transferred to a predetermined safe area,which will
bedetermined bytheSceneCommander.
8. PostEventInvestigation
a. Aftertheeventitshall bedetermined ifacrimewascommitted.
All victimsandwitnessesshall be locatedandtheirstatements
takenassoonas possible.
b. Thereshall be achronological log ofall activitiescompletedby
the SceneCommandersdesignee.
Page4
c. Theinitialcasereportshall becompleted bytheofficeroriginally
assignedtothecall forservice.
9. Supplemental reports are to be completed by all persons involved in the
event.
B. Media Relations
1. Media relations will be handled by the Department's designated or acting
Public Information Officer. Media releases may only include information
approvedforrelease by Command Staff.
2. A location should be selectedto assembleresponding press representatives and
thedesignated PIOshall briefand remainwith them,
3. During nighttimeoperations, no photographerwill be allowedto useanytype of
lightorflash on theircamera equipmentuntil afterthe incidentscene has been
secured.
4. Anyofficercontacted by a memberofthe mediawill refer him/herto the Public
InformationOfficer.
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE: 2-15-13
Vehicle PursuitProcedures
Cnv 01- B W WOOD
Po ICE DEPA MENT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis Orderis to establish a procedure for using emergency response vehicles
in pursuit situations related to traffic and law enforcement, and to ensure compliance with
established agreementsbetweenthe CityofBrownwoodand surrounding agencies.
II. POLICY:
It is the policyofthe Brownwood Police Departmentthat employeeswill adhereto established
Departmental policies, procedures, and state lawto ensure safety ofpolice officers and other
motorists at all times and will maintain open communications with other agencies during all
policepursuits.
III. PROCEDURE:
A Definitions
1. MotorVehicle Pursuit
A motor vehicle pursuit is an active attempt by a law enforcement officer
operating an emergency vehicle and utilizing simultaneously all emergency
equipment (lights and siren) to apprehend one or more occupants ofanother
moving vehicle, when the driver of a fleeing vehicle is aware ofthat attempt,
and is resisting apprehension by maintaining or increasing his/her speed,
disobeying traffic laws,ignoring the officer orcontinuing attemptsto eludethe
officer.
2. Approved PursuitVehicle
A marked police vehicle equipped with camera system, overhead lights, and
siren.
3. PursuitTermination
Uponthe officerand/orsupervisors'decision to terminate avehicle pursuit, the
GENERALORDER2.01 .01 .11
Page2
pursuing officer(s)will turn offall emergencyequipmentand reducetheirspeed
tothe legal limit.
B. PursuitDriving Procedures
1. Under normal conditions officers activate emergency equipment (lights and
siren) in an attempttostoptheviolatorafterobserving aviolationofthe law.
2. Ifcircumstances dictatethatthe officermustdrive atexcessive speeds forany
extended time and/orviolate othertraffic laws ortrafficcontrol devices in order
to catch up to a violator,the officerwill activate his/heremergency equipment
(lights and siren) for the purpose ofwarning other drivers ofhis/her presence
while driving under such conditions. Officers will not disregard the safety of
thosearoundthem inthis process.
3. The responsibility forthe decision to pursue and the methods to be employed
during pursuits rests withthe individual officer. Theresponsibilityto continue a
pursuitrestswith theofficerand/orthesupervisorcontrollingthe pursuit.
a. The officer must carefully consider all factors involved, including the
seriousness ofthe offense,totality ofthe facts as to why the pursuit is
necessary, and most importantly, the safety of citizens whose
protection is the officer's majorobjective.
b. When arriving atadecision, officerswill notinitiateorcontinueapursuit
when such safetyfactors outweighthe needforapprehension.
4. The law permits officers who are engaged in a pursuit to exceed the speed
limit and to violate othertraffic regulations as necessary in orderto maintain a
pursuitforapprehendingtheviolator, butonly:
a. If the emergency equipment (lights and siren) are employed
(designating an emergencyvehicle) .
b. Ifthe utmostsafetyis ensuredforselfand others.
5. Officersare notrelieved oftheirdutytodrivewith "due regard"forthe safetyof
all persons nor are they protected from the consequences of any reckless
disregardforsafety.
6. When apursuitis begun,thefollowing applies:
a. Unapproved vehicles are prohibited from becoming involved in a
pursuit. (See pursuitvehicledefinition.)
b. No more than two (2) marked emergency response vehicles will be
involved in the pursuit unless authorized by a supervisor due to the
seriousness ofthe offense. Other police vehicles will be support units
and will not become actively involved in the pursuit or operate in an
emergencymode.
Page3
c. The controlling supervisor, if not involved, will monitor the pursuit via
radioandshould notbecomedirectlyinvolved in thepursuit.
1) An exception to this rule is ifthe supervisor, at the onset, is the
initiatingorbackupofficer.
d. The first unit to become involved in the pursuit will be the primary unit.
The second unit will be the back-up. Thefirst unit should concentrate
on the pursuit of the violator while all radio communications should be
handled bythe back-upunit.
e. Units transporting prisoners, witnesses, suspects, complainants or
other non-police personnel shall not become engaged in pursuit
situationsunderanycircumstances.
7. Units responding to assist should concentrate on covering the streets parallel
to the pursuit to create a "perimeter" effect which will aid in capture, or
discouragetheviolatorfrom continuingflight.
8. To the fullest extent possible, detailed descriptions ofthe car, license number,
and occupants should be obtained and broadcast. Even a partial license
numberis avaluableaid inquickidentification.
9. During a pursuit, a safe distance shall be maintained between all vehicles
enabling the pursuing officers to duplicate any sudden turn and lessen the
possibility of a collision in the event of a sudden stop. Deliberate physical
contact between vehicles at any time is prohibited, except as necessitated to
protect against imminent serious bodily injury ordeath to an officeroranother
person.
10. At no timewill officers pursuethewrong wayon afreeway, divided roadway, or
anyone-wayroadway, orwith disregardfortrafficand/orlegal restrictions.
11. In a vehicle pursuit, the officer must always remain sensitive to the public's
reaction to the pursuitsituation. This meansthat in all cases, he must operate
his vehicle in a mannerthat shows consideration for his own safety, the safety
of the violator whom he seeks to apprehend, and, above all, the safety of
otherswho maybe sharingthe roadway.
12. The following practices are prohibited for BPD officers unless necessary to
protect against the imminent death or serious bodily injury to an officer or
anotherperson.
a. Theintentional useofroadblocksdesignedtostopthepursued vehicle.
b. Intentionalbumping orramming ofthepursuedvehicle.
c. Intentionallyforcing the pursued vehicle offthe roadway.
Page4
d. Shooting at pursuedvehicle.
C. WhentoAbandon Pursuit:
1. The pursuing officers must at all times use their bestjudgement in evaluating
and re-evaluating the pursuit and makeacontinuous appraisal ofit in deciding
whether to continue the pursuit. The proficient police officeris aware that the
decision to abandon a pursuit under certain circumstances is the most
intelligentand mostprofessionalcourseofaction.
2. Officerswill notinitiateorcontinue apursuitwhen:
a. There is a clear and unreasonable danger to the officer, the fleeing
suspect, and/or any other persons. This may be due to excessive
speed, reckless driving techniques, ortheerraticdriving by the suspect
that exceedsthe performancecapabilities ofthevehicles orthe drivers,
and the danger created by the pursuit outweighs the necessity for
immediateapprehension.
b. The environmental conditions (rain, fog, ice, snow, etc) indicate the
futility ofcontinued pursuit.
c. The only offense is a Class C Misdemeanor and the identity of the
violatoris known.
d. The pursuing officers know or have reason to believe that the fleeing
vehicle is operated by a juvenile and the offense constitutes a
misdemeanor or non-violent felony and the safety factors involved are
obviouslygreaterthan ajuvenilecan copewith.
e. The offense is misdemeanor traffic, and it has continued outside the
corporate limitsofthe CityofBrownwoodforan unreasonabledistance.
f. Anypolicesupervisorordersthe pursuitterminated.
D. Inter-Jurisdictional Pursuits:
1. Officers involved in inter-jurisdictional pursuits will follow the procedures
outlined inthis Order.
2. The initiating agency will have control of and be responsible for the pursuit.
Otheragencieswill notparticipateunlessrequestedtoassist.
3. A total ofno more than three (3) vehicles from the combined jurisdictions will
be involved in any pursuit: two (2) patrol units and one (1) supervisorwhowill
bethemonitor.
4. Ifat any time anyagency attempts any act orpractice prohibited by this Order
or related Orders, all Brownwood units will immediately terminate their
involvementin thepursuit.
Page 5
5. Responsibilityofthe initiating agency:
a. Arraignmentofarrested persons
b. Dispositionofanypassenger
c. Disposition ofarrested person'svehicle.
d. Coordination ofall reports, citations, andcriminal charges.
6. As a matterofprofessional courtesy, asupervisorfrom the Brownwood Police
Department will respond to the location of termination (if in our City) so that
he/she may be informed of pertinent information regarding the pursuit. An
information report will be made to document the incident and obtain the
suspectnamesforentryinto ourcomputersystem.
E. Supervisor'sResponsibilities:
1. Immediatelyupon being notifiedofapursuitin progress, asupervisorwill :
a. Assume command ofthe pursuit and notifydispatch ofhis status. The
controlling supervisor will not be an active unit in the pursuit.
Supervisorsareencouragedto monitorthepursuitfrom astaticposition
exceptwhen necessaryto maintainpropercontrol.
b. Not relinquish command regardless of the jurisdictions entered or
personnel involved until the pursuit is concluded orterminated oruntil
thesupervisoris relieved byahigherauthority.
c. Monitorthe pursuitforadherenceto Departmental procedures.
d. Decidewhetherthe pursuitshall continueorbe terminated.
2. Thecontrolling supervisormayorderthepursuitterminated atanytime.
a. Changing circumstances during the pursuit affect the continuation of
the pursuit. A pursuit shall be terminated by the pursuing officer or
controlling supervisor if, in their best judgment, the necessity of
apprehension is outweighed by the level ofdangerto the officer orto
otherusersofthe roadway.
b. Ifthere is doubt in the controlling supervisor's mind as to the degree of
danger, the pursuit must be terminated. The controlling supervisor
mustbe abletojustifythecontinuation ofthe pursuit.
3. The controlling supervisor ofthe pursuit must considerthe following factors in
determiningwhen to allowapursuitto continue. In addition, thesefactors must
be addressed inthe completion oftheVehicle PursuitReport:
a. The nature ofthe violation (eg.traffic orfelony) versus the hazardsthe
Page6
pursuitpresentsto others.
b. The characteristics ofthe area (eg. freeway, residential or commercial)
versustheelementsofthepursuitsuchas speed ordrivingtactics.
c. Traffic conditions versus the characteristics of the pursuit (eg. speed
andcongestion).
d. Weatherand lightconditionsversusthe characteristicsofthe pursuit.
e. Theexperienceofthepursuing officer.
4. The controlling supervisor will order any response necessary and appropriate
thatis within Departmentpolicy.
5. The controlling supervisor shall go to the scene of a concluded pursuit and
takecommand.
F. ReportingRequirements
1. Theprimarypursuitofficerwill completetheVehicle PursuitForm.
2. Thecontrollingsupervisorofthe pursuitwill :
a. Providean explanation on theVehicle PursuitForm ofthe reason(s) for
notgoingtothesceneoftheconcluded pursuit, ifapplicable, and
b. Thereason(s) the pursuitwasallowedtocontinue.
3. The controlling supervisor of the pursuit will forward the original completed
form(s) through the chain ofcommand to the ChiefofPolice who will assign a
Departmental Driving Instructor to conduct an Internal Incident Inspection on
the pursuitin accordancewith G.O.1.00.03.10.
4. Pursuit Inspections are forthe purposeofensuringthattraining techniques are
appropriate and to identify any trends that may develop which may warrant
changes oradditionsto pursuittraining. Policy orrule violationsthat occurare
to be addressed by the immediate supervisor separate from the Inspections
process.
5. An annual report will be submitted to the Chief of Police. In addition to a
statistical analysis, the report will annotate trends, identify opportunities for
improvement and make recommendations concerning needed modificationsto
policy,equipmentortraining.
Page7
G. Barriers and Video
1. No employee ofthe Brownwood Police Departmentwill employ, orcauseto be
used, anystopstick, road spikes, orsimilardevice.
2. No employeeofthe Brownwood Police Departmentwill employ, orcauseto be
used,aroadblockor'rolling block'during apursuit.
3. When a BPD officer calls out on a pursuit,every Officer on duty will activate
theircamera system and leaveit on untilthe pursuitis concluded, regardlessof
theirinvolvement.
r l j t l ~ IV.
EFFECTIVE DATE: -=:::m:--'-r-F-'-'----
REVISEDDATE:
,
MikeS. Corley
ChiefofPolice
Brownwood PoliceDepartm
FORMSORIGINATINGFROMTHIS POLICY:
Vehicle Pursuit Form
Vehicle PursuitSupplement
Pursuit:
Date: _____StartTime: ____End Time: ____DayofWeek: ____Arr/Offfl: ______
Beginning Location: _______________________________
Ending Location: _________________________________
Reason for Pursuit:

Initiating Officer: ___________# __ Secondary Officer: ___________# __
Controlling Supervisor: #
Conditions:
Weather Road Visibility Traffic Pedestrian
o Cold o Dry o Clear/Daylight o Light o Light
o Cool o Rain/Wet o Fog/Smoke o Medium o Medium
o Warm o Ice/snow o Dawn/Dusk o Heavy o Heavy
OHot
o o o o
RouteandDistance:
Route: _____________________________________
Total Distance: High Speed: Total time:
TireDeflationDevices:
Tire Deflation Devices Used: 0 Used o Attempted 0 l'JotAtternpted Effective: 0 Yes 0 No
Reason:
TerminationofPursuit:
Method ofTermination
o Stopped Voluntarily o Mechanical Failure 0 Collision o With Officer
o Terminated by Officer o Terminated by Supervisor o With Fixed Obj/Loss Control
o Other: o With Citizen Vehicle
ResultsofPursuit:
Suspect: 0 Evaded 0 Arrested Charges: _____________________
Property Damage: 0 None 0 Damage: _______________________
Injury: 0 None 0 Injuries:
Suspect,
o Yes
I
.Name: DOB: Age: Injured: o No
***Full NarrativeofPursuitin ArrestorOffense Report- Attach Copyto this Supplement***
Supervisor:
Total Unitsengaged Code 3: __Total Code 3atanyonetime: __ o Video Reviewed
Comments: _________________________
o In Compliance with Policy
Supervisor: # o FurtherInvestigation Needed
Reviewed: ______________________0 In Compliance 0 Investigation Needed
Patrol Lieutenant
Reviewed: 0 In Compliance 0 Investigation Needed

Mobile Digital Video Recording Equipment
Crrv F B ROW v 000
Po ICE 0 PA TM IT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the use of mobile digital video
recording (MDVR) equipment andthe related recorded media.
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policyofthe Departmentto useMDVRequipmentto record alltrafficstops, pedestrian
contacts,and calls for service that are capable of being recorded as required bythe Code of
Criminal Procedure. The Department will utilize the MDVR to enhance the quality of
enforcementandprosecutionoftraffic and criminal violations.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1. Traffic stop - stopping a motor vehicle for an alleged violation of a law,
ordinance regulating traffic , or suspicious activity.
2. Pedestr ian contact - aduty-related interactionbetween apeace officer and an
individualinwhich the individual isnotunderarrest.
3. MDVR - Mobile Digital Video Recording equipmentto include allcameras and
audiomicrophonesinthe patrolvehicle and/or onthe officer'sperson.
B. General Statements
1. Each Department Patrol vehicle regularly used to make traffic stops and
pedestrian contacts will be equipped with mobile digital video recording
equipment.
2. The MDVR will be activated manually or by activation of the vehicle's
emergencyequipmentupon each stop orcontact.
Page 2
3. Priorto using the MDVR, officerswill receive properuse and care training
through the FTO Program ortheirchain of command.
4. Officers will inspect the MDVR at the beginning of the shift to ensure proper
operation,to include allaudio functions.
5. Officers will log into the MDVR at the beginning of each shift and will log out
at the conclusion of each shift. Each officer must insure that his personal
transmitterissynchronizedwith hisvehicle's L-3systemwhile onduty.
6. Officers will be issued log-in devices and personal transmitters, and will be
responsible for theirmaintenanceand retention.
C. Operating Procedures
1. Once the MDVR isactivated andthe recording process started,officers willnot
turn offthe MDVR until the entire incident isconcluded.The only exception to
this is ifthe officer needs to review the current recording to conf irm an action
caught onthe recording.Inthis case, the officerwillverbally notethis action on
the recording , stop the recording , review, restart the recording ,and document
theaction onthe citation orreport .
2. Officers will record all contacts, regardless of MDVR limitations. It is
understood that physical distance and barriers may make the recording
qualitysufferor not pick up in part or entirely,but the officerwill keep the unit
active throughoutevery contactand call.
3. The use of the mute slide on the personal transmitter will be reported to the
duty shift commander as soon as practical after completing the call .
Supervisors will ensure that the use of the mute function is kept to a
minimum and used only when absolutely necessary. The mute feature will
neverbe used when speaking with acivilian subjectdur ing the resolution of a
call .
4. Officerswill record any transport of a prisoneror citizen ina MDVR equipped
vehicle.
5. Officers will ensurethe camera is pointed inthe direction of the incidentwith
the audio function activated. In addit ion, the vehicle's stereo volume and any
otherelectronicdevicemust not interferewith the audio recording.
6. Recordings will not be altered, erased or destroyed in a manner inconsistent
with this orderor otherapplicable orders.Noofficerwill attemptaccess tothe
MDVR admin menu or to any area on the MDVR that is secured by lock or
device unless specificallyauthorized bythe Chiefof Police.
7. Officers will not employ the Nite Watch setting on their L-3 camera systems
unless they are operating in areas or situations without any additional light.
This feature is geared towards rural use or surveillance,and its use in areas
with street lights degrades the video quality and can cause frame rates to
slow to unacceptablelevels.
Page 3
8. Citizens requesting to view a recording will be referred to the shift
commander.
9. The Chief of Police will choose a video duration setting for the L-3 system;
recordings that are shorter in duration than this setting will be 'quarantined'.
The Chief of Police will designate a supervisor(s) to evaluate and retain or
purge video recordings 'quarantined' by the system. Videos will be retained
based upon Department standards and expectations. Examples include, but
are not limited to: purging initial shift inspections, and retaining speed
activations.
10. Sergeantswill beresponsiblefor:
a. enforcing compliancewith this policy,
b. evaluating theirofficers' overall performance, and
c. identifyingtraining needs, etc.
D. Digital Recording Management
1. Digital footage will be downloaded and retained based upon the retention
policy set by the Chief of Police in conjunction with the system's priority
system.
2. Digital video footage may betransferred to a DVD using the digital video disc
burner. The burner will be located in the Property and Evidence Section.
Only authorized personnelwill have accessto create portablemedia.
3. Officers and Detectives will submit a Digital Evidence Request Form to the
Property and Evidence Section to obtain a copy of a digital recording.
Propertyand Evidencepersonnelwill be responsiblefor producingthe DVD.
4. Property and Evidence Section is responsible for the management and
coordination of all recording requestsforjudicial or investigativeusefrom any
officer, prosecutor, orjudge.
5. Recordings of an administrative value will be requested by the initiating
supervisorusing a Digital Evidence Request Form. Recordings may only be
used for training purposes, disciplinary investigations, open records requests
or administrativeinquiries, unlessotherwisedirected bythe Chiefof Police.
E. Pursuits
1. When a BPD officer calls out on a pursuit, every Officer on duty and in his or
her patrol unitwill activate their camera system and leave iton untilthe pursuit
isconcluded.
Page 4
2. Off icers not in their vehicle when a pursuit is called will activate their camera
system and leave itonuntilthe pursuit isconcluded.
IV.
MikeCorley
ChiefofPolice
FORMS ORIGIONATING FROM THIS POLICY:
Digital Evidence Request Form
ProperUse of PersonalTransmitterForm
-----------
-----------
--------
--------
----
L3INCARVIDEOSYSTEM
REQUEST FOR RECORDED EVENT TO BE SUBMITTED AS EVIDENCE
Case#:
Unit:
Officer:
Badge#: _
Dateof Event:
TimeofEvent:
PleaseSpecifyTypeof Event
(This helpsmeto knowwhatto lookfor when locating events)
TRAFFICSTOP: OWl PEDESTRIAN CITATION ONLY
INTERVIEW: ON SCENE ACCIDENT
OTHER. _
TheCountyand DistrictAttorneys Offices are requesting.illLvideoevidencebe
submittedindigitalformat.
PLACECOMPLETEDREQUESTINTO ANGIE HILL'SIN-BOXON OFFICE DOOR.
ThankYou!!!
ANGIE HILL
Proper use of personal transmitters:
1) Make sure your personal transmitter gets a full eight-hour
charge before using the first time, and gets recharged between
shifts.
2) Make sure that the switch on the bottom of the personal
transmi tter is turned to 'On'.
3) After the camera system is up and running, put your personal
transmitter into the car's charging cradle; when you see four rapid
flashes on the 'sync' (left) light you personal transmitter is
synchronized with the L-3 system. It does not matter if you are
logged onto the system at that point.
4) If the camera system shuts down because the car was turned
off for more than 30 minutes, re-sync your personal transmitter.
5) If your personal transmitter vibrates once, your camera system
is recording.
6) If your personal transmitter vibrates twice, your camera system
has stopped recording.
7) If your personal transmitter vibrates three times, you are out of
recording range for audio transmissions.
8) When the left (nearest the red button) light glows green, the
system is recording with audio. When it glows red, the system is
recording without audio.
TrafficLaw Enforcement
CITY 0 BROW WOOD
POLICE DEPARTMf
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purposeofthis Orderisto outline properprocedure, protocol, and guidelinesconcerning
Traffic Law enforcementby membersofthe Brownwood PoliceDepartment.
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policy ofthe Brownwood Police Departmentto minimizetraffic related crashes, injuries,
and property damage through encouraging voluntary compliance with state traffic laws and
ordinances ofthe City of Brownwood. Compliancewill be encouraged through education and
enforcement,aswell asworking closely withthe cityengineeringstaff.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. The enforcement of traffic laws and ordinances is a basic responsibility of this
department. The primaryobjectiveofthisfunctionistoachievevoluntarycomplianceof
the laws by all motorists and pedestrians. The basic role of the police in traffic law
enforcementis:
1. toobserve,detectand preventviolationsofthetrafficlawsthroughvisibility, and
2. to take appropriate educational or enforcement action when violations are
observed.
B. Ateach trafficstop,theofficershouldattemptto maintaincontrol ofthetrafficstop,avoid
conflictwiththeviolator,andachievevoluntarycomplianceoftrafficlaws bytheviolator.
C. The prima facie maximum speed limits fixed by the legislature or established by the
Brownwood City Councilwill be construed asthe maximum permissiblespeedsunder
normal conditions; and speedsinexcessofsuch limits will be considered illegal.
D. Officers may take three types of enforcement action and shall be guided by the
seriousnessoftheoffense,soundlegal principles,applicablelaws,training, experience,
and reasonablecommonsense. Emphasisshould be on acombinationofqualityand
quantity of enforcement activity which is essential to the department's traffic
enforcementprogram. Enforcementoption(s)availableto officersare:
1. awarning (verbalorwritten),
2. acitation, or
3. Custodial arrest.
Page2
E. Guidelinesfor taking enforcementaction are asfollows:
1. Warnings, at the discretion of the officer, may suffice in some cases to
encourage voluntary driver compliance or a change in driver behavior.
Warnings are appropriate when the driver may be uninformed, has minor
equipment violation(s), or exigent circumstances existed at the time of the
violation. With verbal warnings, Racial Profiling documentation must still be
completed (G.O.1.00.09.10) .
2. Citations should be issued to violators who jeopardize the safe, efficient
movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic, including hazardous moving
violationswitnessed bythe officer. Inaddition, violators operating unsafe(i.e.
withoutseatbelts, etc.)orimproperlyequipped vehiclesshould be cited.
3. Custodial arrest may be affected on any violator of traffic laws pertaining to
intoxicated, reckless, orevading drivers.
a. Custodial arrestdecisionswill be based upon sound legal reasoning.
b. Peripheral issuessuch as violator"attitude" orpassengercommentsto
the officer should not be taken into consideration unless that act
constitutesacriminal offense.
F. Trafficenforcementisutilizedtogain drivers'andpedestrians'voluntarycompliancewith
traffic laws. Most driver/pedestrian violations and traffic stops are routine, therefore
theseguidelinesshouldbeutilized inmostcases. Theseguidelinesare notanattempt
to replace officerjudgment,commonsense, orexceptional situations.
1. Intoxicated Drivers - the Department will take aggressive actions in the
enforcement of intoxicated driver laws. Patrol officers, as well as specially
assigned officersshall :
a. Befamiliarwith the identifying characteristicsof intoxicateddriversand
theirdriving behaviors,
b. Possess knowledge of standardized field sobrietytests and exercises
designed to aid the officerin accurately identifying intoxicated drivers,
and
c. Be familiar with current intoxication mandates and departmental
proceduresastheyrelateto crashes, arrests, etc.
2. Speedviolations- speedviolationscan be confirmed by:
a. the use ofaspeedmeasuringdevice, such asaradarorsimilardevice,
b. by pacing the violator with a police unit equipped with a certified
speedometer, or
c. utilizing crash investigation resources to determine causefactorsfrom
physical evidenceobtained from the scene.
3. Speedviolations- will beenforcedincompliancewiththeTexasTransportation
Code, Section 543.004and Sections545.351 through 545.365.
Page3
a. Itisthe policyofthe Departmenttowarn for speedviolationsupto and
including seven miles per hour over the posted speed limits unless
extenuatingcircumstancesexist. Possibleexamplesare,butnotlimited
to:
1) children inornearthe roadway,
2) inclementweatherconditions,or
3) schoolzones.
b. Anyoperatorexceedingsevenmilesperhourovertheposted speed limit
may be stopped and warned,orissuedacitation(s) .
4. All officersofthe Departmentshall warn allviolatorsfor a period oftwo weeks
afterthe effective date of any new traffic law that imposes additional or new
restrictions. Exceptionstothis rule are:
a. 'graceper iods' assigned bylegislatorsfor thesenew laws
b. Flagrantviolations
c. Continuedwillful violationsafterwarningshavebeen given
d. Laws that havereceivedsubstantialpublicitytothe extentareasonable
personwould befamiliarwith theirprovisions
e. Violationscontributingto atrafficcrash.
G. Special EnforcementIssues
1. Specialenforcementproblemswill occasionallyconfrontapoliceofficer. These
issuesare:
a. Non-residents
1) Officer's are responsible for staying informed of the current
memberstatesofthe"Non-ResidentViolatorCompact".Ifofficers
areunsure,they maycontactthe DepartmentofPublicSafetyfor
currentinformation.
2) Resident'softhecurrentcompactstatesmaybeissuedcitations
iftheofficerwitnesses/receivestheviolator'ssignatureupon any
citation(s) written.
3) Residents of "non-compact" states may be issued citation(s) at
the discretion of the officer, based on evaluation of their
ability/intent to comply with the promise to appear and/or
otherwisefulfill theirobligationtothe MunicipalCourt.
a) Officers who believe custodial arrest is appropriate
shouldbeabletoarticulateprobablecauselevelfactsfor
the arrestversuscitation.
Page 4
b) Officerswho believearrestisappropriateshouldcontact
anddiscussthecircumstancesforthearrestwithapatrol
supervisor, priorto affectingthe intendedarrest.
b. Militarypersonnel
1) Military personnel may be allowed to sign a citation indicating
theirpromiseto appearor otherwisefulfill theirobligationto the
MunicipalCourt.
a) Officers who believe an arrest is appropriate should be
abletoarticulateprobablecauselevelfacts forthe arrest
versuscitation.
b) Officerswho believearrestisappropriateshouldcontact
anddiscussthecircumstancesforthe arrestwith apatrol
supervisor, priorto affectingthe intendedarrest.
H. Stopping/ApproachingTrafficViolators
1. "Routine"trafficstopsresultinmanydeathsand injuriesof policeofficerseach
year. Therefore, alldepartmentalofficersshall approach each trafficstop with
"cautiousprofessionalism".
2. Communicationswillbeadvisedviathe radio ofalltrafficstopsbyprovidingthe:
a. Officersradio call number
b. Location ofthe stop
c. Licensenumberand statedisplayedonthe vehicleaswell asadetailed
descriptionofthe vehicle.
3. Officer's will make appropriate attempts to stop the violator at an officer
advantageous location that affords the officerthe greatestamountof lighting,
protection, and tacticallyadvantageousposition.
a. Officersshall approachwithcaution, observingsuspiciousmovementsor
behaviors.
b. Officers shall check for partially open doors, trunk lids, and/or furtive
gesturesupon theirapproachtothe vehicle.
c. Ifback-upofficer(s)are present, crossfire shouldbetakeninto account
when officerpositioning isaccomplished.
4. Officer'sshouldmaintainacalm professionaldemeanoratalltimes,greetingthe
violator in a courteous manner, identifying themselves and their office and
indicatingthe reasonfor the stop.
5. Officersshouldnotstand directlybehindorinfrontofthe violator'svehicle atany
timeduetothe riskofcrash from behindortheviolatorattemptingtorunoverthe
officer. Caution should also be taken in these areas when moving from one
vehicleto another.
Page5
6. Officerswho return tothe policevehicletocompletecitation(s)ortoaccomplish
an investigation should alwaysmaintain visual sighting and surveillanceofthe
violatorand/orpassengersinthe vehicle.
7. When re-contacting the violator, the officer should explain the citation and/or
violation in detail with the utmost courtesy, including the appearance date,
Municipal Court contact information, and any other reasonable questionsthe
violatormay have concerningthe trafficstop.
8. Intheeventtheviolatorrefusestosignthecitation,the officershall inform himof
the consequencesofsuch refusaland followstatelaws concerningthis matter.
9. Oncompletionofthetrafficstop, officersshouldnotleavethe sceneofthe stop
until they haveassisted the violatorwith safelyre-entering the flowoftraffic, if
necessary.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: - - r - - : : : : : . . . L . . . . . ~ - -
MikeS.Corley
Chiefof Police
Handling FamilyViolence Calls
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish procedures for handling family violence calls by the
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department that any officer who investigates a family
violence allegation or responds to a disturbance call including family violence shall protect any
victim or potential victim of family violence, enforce the law, and make lawful arrests of violators
in accordance with the Texas Penal Code or the Code of Criminal Procedure.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1. This Order shall use the definitions of terminology as set forth in the Texas Penal
Code, Code of Criminal Procedure, and/or Family Code as is appropriate.
B. Content of Valid Protective Order/ Temporary Ex Parte Order
1. Refer to Section 85 of the Texas Family Code.
C. Initial Response and Investigative Procedures
1. Communications personnel will determine if a disturbance call involves family
members or household members, and is in all probability a family violence call.
a. When dispatching family violence calls, Communications personnel will
supply the responding officer(s) with all information listed on the
Protective Order Log, if the record exists for the name/address given.
2. The primary duties of an officer who investigates a family violence allegation or
who responds to a disturbance call that may involve family violence are:
a. to provide or request medical attention to any victim,
b. to protect any victim(s) from further violence,
c. enforce the law and make lawful arrests of violators, and
Page 2
d. to requestthat Communicationscheckall involved partiesonTLETSto
ensureno ProtectiveOrdershavebeenviolated.
3. Officersofthe Departmentshalltakean assertiveapproachinthe investigation
offamilyviolenceincidentsand intakingthenecessaryactionstopreventfuture
occurrencesof familyviolence.
4. Officerswill determineifan arrestofthesuspectiswarranted based on
informationobtainedfrom interviewswith the victim(s), witnesses, and/or
suspect, observableinjurypatterns,andphysicalevidence.
a. If both parties claim to be victims and the officer has exhausted all
means of investigation, including interviews, evaluation of physical
evidenceand observinginjurypatterns,bothpartiesmaybearrestedwith
the approval ofasupervisor.
b. Both partiesmay bearrestediftwo distinctand separateoffenseshave
been determined bytimeand/ordistance.
c. Officersshall notattempttonegotiateasettlementbetweenthe persons
involved.
d. It is not necessary for the victim of family violence to be willing to
prosecute for the arrest to be made. The victim will be listed as the
complainantonthe offensereport.
e. If investigation reveals the involved parties are BWPD employees, a
supervisorshall beinformed,andwill respondifpossible.Thesupervisor
ifavailablewill be responsiblefor determiningthe appropriateaction.
5. An officerwho investigates a family violence allegation or who responds to a
disturbancecallthatmay involvefamilyviolenceshall adviseany possibleadult
victim ofallreasonablemeanstopreventfurtherviolence, includinggivingwritten
notice.
a. Acopy ofthe NoticetoAdultVictimsofFamilyViolenceshallbegivento
the adultvictim.
b. The names of all persons receiving the Notice to Adult Victims of Family
ViolenceForm will be entered inthe call log and/orinthe report.
c. If applicable,the officerwill talk to the victim about Emergency Protective
Ordersand documentthe discussion.
1) The victim will be asked if theywant an Emergency Protective
Order. Thiswill be documented.
6. All visible injuriesresulting from familyviolencewill be photographedand
documentedif possible.
Page 3
a. Patrol officers will photograph the victim's face and all visible injuries
whichcanbeclearlydocumentedatthescene. This includesscratches,
abrasions,and seriousbruising.
1) Detectives will take additional photographs at a later time, if
warranted.
b. Officerswilluse in-carvideorecorderstorecord statementsofallparties,
ifpossible.
c. Officerswill attemptto obtain a written statementfrom the victim in all
familyviolenceassaults. (See AttachmentAfor details)
D. ArrestDue to FamilyViolenceAllegations
1. Officersshould use the following for determiningwhetheror notto arrest:
a. An officer shall arrest, without a warrant, a person the officer has
probablecausetobelievehascommittedanoffenseunderSection 25of
theTexasPenal code (violationofProtectiveOrder/TemporaryExParte
Order) ,ifthe offenseiscommitted inthe presenceofthe officer.
b. An officershould arrest, withoutwarrant:
1) Incasesoffamilyviolencewhenstatutoryauthorityexistsunder
Article 14ofthe Codeof Criminal Procedure.
2) Personsthe officerhas probablecausetobelieve have violated
aProtectiveOrder, whetherornotthe offensewas committedin
the officer'spresenceif:
a) the personisstill inthe area and
b) thereisprobablecauseto believethe person isaboutto
commitanotherviolationofthe Protective Order.
3) When making a warrant/orwarrant-less arrest, officers should
determineifanEmergencyProtectiveOrderisneededandapply
for same, ifwarranted.
2. Ifit is necessaryto verify an allegation of aviolation of a Protective Order,the
officershall contactCommunicationsorrequestacopy ofthe orderfiled bythe
protectedparty.
a. Pendingarrivalofacopy ofthe ProtectiveOrderthe officershall remain
atthe sceneofthe investigationto:
1) Verifythe allegation,and
2) to preventthe furthercommission offamilyviolence.
b. An officer may verify the existence of Protective Orders through
Communications. CommunicationswillcheckLocalfiles,CAD/RMSand
TLETS, and NLETS
Page 4
3. The arresting officer will charge the suspect with the violation of a specific
section or sections of the Penal Code. A check should be made for prior
convictionsfor enhancementpurposes.
4. Any arrestchargefiled as aresultoffamilyviolenceshall not bedroppedbyan
investigator
a. The highest applicable charge will be filed in all prosecutable cases
involvingfamilyviolence.Complainantswhorequestchargesbedropped
shall be referred to the District Attorney or County Attorney, as
applicable.
b. Detectives are not to accept non-prosecution affidavits once an arrest
has been made. Charges can only be "dropped" through the District
Attorney'sOffice, CountyAttorney'sOffice, orothercourtofjurisdiction.
c. Officersmustnote inthe reportifavictim makesstatementsindicatinga
desirenot to prosecute.
E. Extended Incarceration- EmergencyProtectiveOrders
1. The Shift Commander or his designee is authorized to request through the
Brown CountySheriff'sOfficeadelayinthe releaseofasuspectfor aperiod up
tofour(4) hoursafterthe time bond has been posted if:
a. the suspectisarrestedfor afamilyviolenceoffense, and
b. thereisprobablecausetobelievethatthefamilyviolencewould continue
ifthe suspectisimmediatelyreleased.
2. The arrestreport, statingthe factsand circumstancessupportingthe existence
of ProbableCausewill bepreparedbythe arrestingofficerand forwardedtothe
ShiftCommander. The arrestingofficershouldconsiderthefollowinginmaking
the application:
a. Probablecausewill be deemedto existifany ofthe following facts are
present:
1) Avisibleinjuryresultingfrom afamilyviolenceassaultispresent,
2) Previous family violence assaults have been committed bythe
suspect,
3) Previous Protective Orders have been issued against the
suspect,
4) The suspect makes any type of threat or implies that further
violenceor retaliation of any kind will occur, or
5) Any otherfacts or observationswhichwould establish probable
cause to believe that family violence would continue if the
suspectwas immediatelyreleased.
Page 5
b. An EmergencyProtectiveOrderisrequired ifthevictim sufferedserious
bodily injury or a deadly weapon is used or exhibited during the
commission ofan assault.
3. Upon receipt of the arrest report, the ShiftCommandershall reviewthe report
and determine if sufficient probable cause does exist to extend the suspect's
incarceration uptofour(4)hourspast the timeBond has been posted.
4. The ShiftCommander, upon determining probablecauseexists, will:
a. Instruct the officer to prepare the Orderfor Emergency Protection for
consideration bythe Court,
Note: The officer will request a 31 day Emergency Protection Order
unlessextenuatingfactsand circumstancesare articulatedtosupporta
requestfor a60 day EmergencyProtection Order.
b. Forward the arrest report and request for emergency protective order
submitted by the officer to the Brown County Sheriffs Office for
consideration
5. Ifasuspectisnot arrested atthe timeofthe offenseand awarrantisobtained
later:
a. The officer/detective who obtains the warrant will complete an
EmergencyProtectiveOrderapplicationand attachittothe warrant, or;
b. If the Patrol Officer has all required information and an Emergency
Protective Order is warranted, the Patrol Officer should complete an
Emergency Protective Order application. After receiving the judges
signature,the applicationwill beforwardedto BWPDRecordsDivision,
whichwillscan thedocumentsintotheoriginalcase. Theapplicationwill
then beforwardedtoBWPDCommunications Divisionwhowill maintain
the applicationwith the warrantshould itneed to befaxed to anoutside
arresting agency.
c. TheEmergencyProtectiveOrderapplicationwill befaxedtoanyagency
confirmingthewarrantbytheconfirmingBrownwoodPoliceDepartment
employee.
d. The EmergencyProtectiveOrderapplicationwill remain attachedtothe
warrantwhen the warrantistransferredtothe respectivecounty.
F. Processing ofthe Orderfor EmergencyProtectionfor TCIC/NCIC Entry and Filing
1. The Records Division will forward all originals of Orders for Emergency
Protectionto Communicationsand maintain acopy on file.
2. Communicationspersonnelwill:
a. Maintainanalphabeticalfilefor referenceindeterminingifaviolation has
occurred;and
Page6
b. Initiateanalertinthe namesfile for allactiveProtectiveOrders,provided
aprotectedpersonlivesorworkswithinBrownCounty. Thisfile willalert
Communicationsand/orPatrol personnelthataProtectiveOrderexistsat
a particularlocationwhenacall for serviceis received and enteredinto
the CAD.
1) Upon receiving an alert, Communications personnel will then
refer to the Protective Orderfile for additional information, and
provideitto the responding units, as needed.
NOTE: Thisfile is separatefrom and doesnotaffectthe TCICentryof
the ProtectiveOrder.
G. Processing of ProtectiveOrdersforTCICEntryand Filing
1. Responsibilityforentryofprotectiveorderslies with the BrownCountySheriffs
Office.
2. TheRecordsSectionwill maintainanupdatedlogonthe InternetofallProtective
Ordersand EmergencyProtectiveOrdersfiled with this Department.
a. All Protective Orders will be filed alphabetically by the complainant's
name.
b. Recordswill contacttheAttorneyofRecordorProtectedPartyinorderto
obtainsufficientdata.
H. Reporting and RecordsRequirements- FamilyViolenceIncidents
1. An officerwhoinvestigatesanoffenseinvolvingfamilyviolenceorrespondstoa
disturbancecall thatmayinvolvefamilyviolenceshall makean OffenseReport
titled FamilyViolence, and shallall includeall pertinentdataand investigations.
I. Civil StandbyCalls
1. DefinitionofCivil Standbyand NecessaryAction
a. A civil standby is a call for an officer to accompany or meet a
complainant at a location for the purpose of preventing assaults or
disturbances,and normallyoccurwhenonepartygoestothe locationof
another to retrieve personal effects or pick-up a child subsequent to
court-orderedvisitation.
b. Communicationspersonnelwilldeterminefrom theinitialphoneinterview
ifthe call isadisturbanceor a civil standby. If the call isacivil standby,
the complainantwill be assignedto a patrol Officer/oravailableOfficer
c. Communicationspersonnelwillenterthe informationinthe call remarks.
d. TheassignedOfficer(s)willcontactthe complainantatapre-determined
location. The responding officers will explain Department procedures
involving civil standbys, including how much time will be allotted, and
GENERALORDER2.01 .04.11
Page 7
determinewhatactionsare intendedbythecomplainant. EXAMPLE: A
divorcedparty iswishingto removeproperty. Officersshoulddetermine
ifthereare legal documentsinforce.
e. Officersshouldallowonlythecomplainanttogotothelocationtoprevent
a possible disturbance, unless circumstances exist that require the
presenceofanotherparty, i.e.,motherorfatherofcomplainant. (Officers
should exercisediscretion.)
f. The officersand the complainantwill proceedtothe location.
g. Officers will contact the other party at the location, prior to the
complainant, explain their presence and determine how many other
peopleare present.
1) Officers will attempt to complete the standby, in a reasonable
amountoftime.
2) If it appears that significantly more time is needed or is
requested, the officershould contactthe supervisorrequesting
permission to extend the time needed to complete the call or
concludethe civil standby, explaining with as much courtesyas
possibleastowhy.
2. Removal of Property
a. Officers will serve solely as peacekeepers and will not take part in
physicallyremoving property;
b. Officers will not assist complainants in gaining forced entry into any
premises.
b. The primary purpose of such assistance is to allow the complainant to
remove personal property of an immediate necessity (i.e., clothes,
medication, work materials). All other properties to be removed must be
undermutual consentofall part ies involved.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:

MikeS.Corley
Chiefof Police
ATIACHMENT
Required ElementsinReportsonFamilyViolence/AssaultOffenses
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
IN
REPORTS
ON
FAMILYVIOLENCE/ASSAULT OFFENSES
ExcitedUtterances- Recordexactcommentsmadebythevictim and placethem inquotationmarks. These
statementscan be used as "directtestimony"incourt. Theseare very important.
Res GestaeStatementsmadebysuspect,also inquotation marks.
Describethe demeanorofpersonsinvolved.
Crying , fear, anger, verbally abusive to pol ice or victim, calm.
Describephysical conditions-
Torn clothing, smeared makeup, injuries, intoxication.
Obtain photographs-
Victim's injuries, suspect'sinjuries, disarrayoffurniture(ifpresent),damagedproperty(ifpresent), blood/other
physicalevidence(ifpresent)
COMPLETEINFORMATION ONALL PERSONSINVOLVED.
OBTAINSTATEMENTFROM VICTIM REGARDINGTHE CIRCUMSTANCESTHATLED TO
THE ASSAULT, THREATOF WEAPON, HAS THE PERSON ASSAULTEDYOU BEFORE,
ETC.
General Order2.01.05.11
l\IIotorVehicle Crash Investigation Procedures
CITY BROWNWOOD
POtJCE DEPARr/,AErIT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis order istoestablish auniform procedurefor investigating allmotorvehicle
accidents (hereafterreferred toas'crashes').
II. POLICY:
Itisthe policy ofthis Departmentto respond to all reported crashes that occur within the City
of Brownwood, obtain emergency aid for injured persons and investigate and properly
documentthe circumstancesofthe crash.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. InitialResponse
1. Officers shall respond to a minor accident scene Code one, unless the
dispatcher or supervisor directs otherwise or where exigent circumstances
exist.
2. Officers may respond Code three to majoraccidents where there exist injuries
or major road or highway blockages, or where information provided indicates
theimmediate needforanofficeronscene.
3. Upon arrival at the crash scene the officer will secure the scene, ascertain if
people are injured and summon additional help as required (Officers, ElVIS,
FireRescue,wreckers).
4. Prevent subsequentcrashes by:
a. warning approaching traffic through placement of police vehicle and
positioning ofdepartment-issuedtraffic control devices.
b. expedientremoval ofinvolvedvehicles from theroadway.
c. conducting traffic control.
B. Crash Investigation(ReportableAreas)
1. Injury Crashes
Page 2
a. If the crash resulted in an injury to any person and is reported
immediately, a Texas Peace Officer's Crash Report, (CR-3) will be
prepared. If a commercial vehicle is involved, a Texas Peace Officer's
Crash Report Commercial Supplement (CR-3C) will be attached to the
CR-3.
b. If the Patrol Supervisor determines any injury is likely to result in a
fatality,or there are circumstances that require technical expertise, the
Supervisormayrequest the assistanceofDPS.
c. If one of the drivers fled the scene, an Offense/Incident Report for
FailuretoStop andRenderAidwill alsobeprepared.
1) If immediate leads are available which are outside the scope of
the Patrol officers' immediate investigation, a Patrol Supervisor
maycallCIDtoassistwith the investigation.
d. If the report requires extensive follow-up investigation that the initial
Officerisunabletocomplete, itwill beforwardedtoCID.
e. If there was an unreasonable delay in reporting the crash, and the
injury does not appear to be life threatening, the driver 's name and
license plate will be recorded in call remarks, and they will be given a
Driver'sCrash Report CR-2.
2. Non-InjuryCrashes (DamageOnly)
a. If all drivers are present with valid driver 's licenses and insurance, and
damage to the involved vehicles is minorto the extent that the crash
appears to have caused less than $1000.00 in damages, officers may
recordthe crash incallremarks.
1) Officers will list the location, drivers' names, date of birth,
driver 'slicense numbers, license platenumbers.
2) Officerswilllistdriver 1asthe atfault driver . Ifthe atfault driver
cannot be determined, the officer will note that in the officers
comments.
3) Officers will advise the drivers this will be the only information
recorded.
b. Ifone ormore ofthe vehicles aredamagedtothe extent that awrecker
is needed, or the damages are estimated to exceed $1000.00, a CR3
willbecompleted.
c. If there was an unreasonable delay in reporting the crash, or if the
damagesare so slight asto beless than $1000.00 the officer maygive
the driver(s) aCR-2 andrecord the incident incallremarks.
d. Ifone ofthe drivers hasfled the scene aCR-3 report will becompleted
Page 3
alongwiththe offense report .
1) Ifthere are no leads for the investigation and damage is under
$1000.00 an offense report may be completed and Cr-2's
providedtothevictim.
2) Ifthere are leadsfor investigation, the officer willtryto complete
the investigationduring his/her tour ofduty.
a) If the officer does not complete the investigation by the
end of his/her tour of duty, the officer will complete an
offense report .
b) A CID Detect ive will conduct any necessary follow-up
investigations and complete the Case ReportlWarrant
Application for all hit and run offenses categorized as a
StateJailFelony orhigher.
C. Crash Investigation (Private property)
1. If the crash resulted in injury or death, the officer will prepare an
Offense/IncidentReport designated asanInformation Report .
2. Ifthe Patrol Supervisor determines any injury is likely to result in a fatality, or
there are circumstances that require technical expertise,they may request the
assistanceof DPSand/or CID.
3. Ifthe crash resulted indamageonlyand alldrivers arepresent,the officer may
give the drivers a CR-2 and record drivers' names and license plates in call
remarks. Hit and Run crashes with property damage only will require an
offense report ifthe complainantwishes topursue charges
4. If the criteria for a CR-3 Crash Report are met, the officer will complete the
report.
D. Enforcement
1. A citation shall be issued if a viable witness can identify the driver who
committed the violation, or if the facts uncovered during the course of the
investigation clearly indicate aviolation.
2. An arrest may be made ifthe investigating officer is able to develop sufficient
probable cause to make an arrest in compliance with the CCP. The
investigating officerisadvised to usediscretion.
E. Special Case Situations
1. Reckless Damage orDestruction
A Crash Report will not be made when a reckless damage or destruction
offensehasoccurred. (Asdefined intheTexas Penal Code).
Page 4
2. Suicide orAttempted Suicide
a. Ifthe investigation of acrash reveals asuicide oranattempted suicide,
an Offense/lncidentReport designatedasan Information Report willbe
made.
b. The Information Report will be made available to the Medical Advisory
Boardofthe Departmentof Public Safety.
3. AggravatedAssaultwithaMotorVehicle F/3
a. Refertothe TMVL orTexas PCfor theelementsofthe offense.
b. A CR-3willnot becompleted when anAggravatedAssaultwithaMotor
Vehicle has occurred.
4. Crashes InvolvingAircraft
a. An aircraft in motion under itsown power or inflight that collides with a
motor vehicle or a pedestrian on a roadway is not a motor vehicle
crash.
b. In the event of a crash involving an aircraft, secure the scene, render
aid to the injured and contact the Federal Aviation Administration, as
wellasDPS.
5. Crashes Involving Trains
a. When a train and a vehicle collide, a standard Crash Report form will
becompleted.
b. A train will have a designated person in charge of it. Normally this will
be the engineer and his name will be entered inthe space designated
for "operator." In the space designatedfor DLnumber, thewords "train
engineer" willbeentered.
c. When a train strikes anything other than a motor vehicle, an
Offense/lncident Report will be prepared and designated as an
Information Report.
d. The serial number of the railroad crossing along with the name of the
raillinewillberecorded inthe space for intersectingstreet.
G. Format for CR-3,Texas Peace Officer'sCrash Report
1. Narrative
The following format should be used on all CR-3, CR-3C narratives to ensure
continuity and completenessofthe report:
a. Ifthere isnoconflict about this information, orientthe reader bystating
each unitnumber'sstreet, direction, and laneoftravel.
Page 5
b. Driverofvehicle#1stated ...
c. Driverofvehicle#2stated ...
d. Witness locationatthetime ofthe crash (ifany) ...
e. Officers investigation revealed ...
f. Pointsofimpact.....
2. Investigators' opinion of factors/conditions contributing to the crash should be
reinforced byfacts and driver/witness statements which should be included in
the narrative of the report. In the absence of this reinforcement, no opinions
willbenoted.
3. Diagram
a. Adiagram ofthecrash scenewillalways bedrawn.
b. If the vehicles have been moved and no P.O.!. can bedetermined, the
diagram should be drawn and a notation in the diagram of "vehicles
moved priortoOfficerarrival".
c. A statement inthe narrative should also bemade toexplain why P.O.!.
was notdetermined.
H. MedicalEvaluation Requests
1. Ifthe investigating officer has reason to believethat acrash occurred because
one of the operators was impaired by a medical condition, the officer should
complete the appropriate Medical Evaluation Request form and forward it
directlytotheMedicalAdvisory Boardfor review.
2. A photocopy of the Medical Evaluation Request form will be attached to the
CrashReport andsubmitted to Records.
IV.
MikeS.Corley
ChiefofPolice
Criminal Investigation
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to delineate responsibilities as they apply to the investigation of
criminal offenses.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department that the investigation of criminal offenses
begins with the initial response and reporting by a police officer, regardless of assignment.
An officer assigned to the investigation of a criminal offense has the responsibility to continue
the investigation to its conclusion unless inhibited by constraints of time, geographical
distance, lack of investigative expertise or statutory authority. As these occur, supplemental
departmental resources will be assigned the responsibility for continuing the investigation to
completion.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Initial Investigation
1. The framework for the initial investigation is:
a. Verification of jurisdiction and that an offense has actually occurred.
b. Employment of tactics to identify and arrest the offender, mitigate the
harm and restore a sense of safety to the victim.
c. Documentation of the circumstances surrounding the crime including
gathering the personal information and identification of the victim,
suspect(s), or witness, and gathering of witness statement(s) if
applicable, using Witness Statement Forms.
d. Collection of evidence establishing security and
Crime Scene as necessitated by the offense.
containment of the
e. Determination of the need for immediate Investigative Operations
Page2
response.
2. DeterminationofneedforimmediateInvestigativeOperations response
a. When the assigned officer is unable to complete the investigation and
the incident requires immediate follow-up, the Criminal Investigations
Division(CID)will be notified.
b. Patrol personnel will direct questions concerning the incident to their
immediatesupervisor.
c. Request for CID response shall be made only after review by a Patrol
Supervisor.
d. When it is determined that one ofthe following offenses has occurred,
thepatrol supervisorwill ensurethatCIDis notified.
1) Homicide
2) Officer involved shooting; with assistance from outside agency
when deemed necessary
3) Serious bodilyinjuryrelated aggravatedassault
4) Suicide
5) All sexual assaults ifthe offense is reported within 72 hours of
occurrenceorthereis acontinuedthreattothevictim.
6) Kidnapping
7) All robberiesofafinancial institution
8) Recovered stolenvehicles
9) Death ofapersonwhen notapparentas medicallyknown
e. TheCID Supervisorwill determinetheresponsebydetectives.
f. When responding, detective(s) will respond immediately in a safe
mannerandwith all necessaryequipment.
3. Investigationand PreservationoftheCrimeScene
a. The preservation of the crime scene is a critical component of the
investigation. The crime scene should be secured with one entry/exit
point and preserved in its original condition to ensure the collection of
all evidence.
1) The officer designated as security at the entry/exit point ofthe
crime scene will initiate a Crime Scene Sign-In Sheet as soon
as possible.
Page 3
2) All persons at the onset ofthe crime scene or entering/exiting
the crime scene will be required to be logged in/out by the
officermaintainingtheSign-In Sheet.
3) Only essential personnel are permitted to enter the crime
scene.
4) Officers shall limit access to crime scenes to those persons
immediately and connected with the investigation. This rule
applies to other officers of the department, other agencies, or
membersofthecommunity, regardless ofrankorposition.
b. Officers responding for initial investigation of major crime scenes will
secure the scene and not attempt to collect evidence unless exigent
circumstancesarise.
c. In the investigation ofany offense where there exists the probability of
collecting evidence which the assigned officer lacks the equipment or
training tocollect, CIDshall be notified. This does not negatethe need
for patrol officers to be prepared and equipped for basic crime scene
processing.
d. Should an assigned officer investigate an incident where items are
recovered but no crime scene remains, he/sheshall recovertheitem(s)
and depositthem in Propertyand EvidenceSection.
4. ReportPreparation
a. The preparation ofthe Initial Incident Report is the responsibility ofthe
officer who is assigned to or initiated the incident, regardless of
assignment.
b. Patroland Investigativepersonnelwill collaboratetoavoid duplicationof
effort when conducting investigations of offenses requiring immediate
CIDresponse.
5. Communicationwith Complainants
a. When the initial investigation is completed, the reporting officer will
furnish the case numberto the complainant. The officerwill informthe
complainantthat:
1) If they develop additional information about the offense, they
should refer to the case number when re-contacting the
reporting officer.
2) The reportwill beforwardedto CIDforprocessing.
3) Thecomplainantwill be notified by CIDwithinthree(3) business
daysastothestatusofthecase.
b. In order to avoid confusion and misunderstanding between the Police
Department and the complainant, officers are to refrain from telling
GENERAL ORDER 2.02.01 .11
Page 4
complainants that detectives will contact them at any specific time or
day.
c. For cases that are "non-assigned" after investigative supervisory
review, the complainant will be notified to contact the original reporting
officer if additional information is developed.
B. Supervisory Responsibility
1. Patrol Supervisor - When appropriate, will establish command of the incident,
and will activate resources necessary to continue the investigation, dependant
upon the circumstances and severity of the incident.
2. CID Supervisor - Will coordinate the investigative efforts with the patrol
supervisor during the initial response to significant incidents and will oversee
the supplemental investigation once the incident extends beyond initial
response.
a. The CID Supervisor will review all other incident reports filed and assign
those requiring further investigation to the appropriate detective.
b. The need for further investigation will depend largely upon the specifics
of individual cases, but as a general rule only those cases where
sufficient data or evidence is present to support an investigative effort
will be assigned.
C. Supplemental Investigation
1. Duties of the assigned detective
a. Reviews the report on the offense and initial investigation to determine
leads and appropriate investigative steps.
b. Conducts a thorough investigation, documents the investigation in
accordance with established procedures and makes justifiable
disposition on assigned cases.
c. The complainant will be notified within three (3) business days of the
final disposition of the detective's investigation.
IV. (0 -/0,-/1 REVISED ~ . ? . .
Brownwood Polic
ATTACHMENTS
Crime Scene Sign In Sheet
LOCATION: CASE # PAGE
OF -------------------------- --------------------
CRIME SCENE INTEGRITY
SIGN-IN SHEET
DEPARTMENT POLICY MANDATES THAT ANYONE ENTERING THE
AREA OR RESPONSIBLE FOR ITS SECURITY SIGN THIS SHEET
CRIME SCENE BOUNDARIES:
NAMEand 10 # ASSIGNMENT DATE! DATE! CRIME
TIME TIME SCENE
IN OUT OFFICER
*DENOTES CRIME SCENE OFFICER
Page ___of___
NAME and 10 #
ASSIGNMENT
r
DATE!
TIME
IN
DATE! CRIME
TIME SCENE
OUT OFFICER
* DENOTES CRIME SCENE OFFICER
P C ~ e __of __
Joint Responses by Fire and Police Departments
CI F BR0 1NN 'W OO D
ICE M T
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to clarify roles and responsibilities when both Fire and Police
personnel respond to investigate criminal offenses.
II. POLICY :
It is the policy of the Brownwood Fire and Police Departments to work diligently with one
another while investigating offenses involving the destructive force of fire and/or explosives to
reach a successful conclusion.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Arson Offenses, Persons
1. In offenses against persons (i.e. homicide, assault, kidnapping) , the criminal
investigation of the incident will be the responsibility of the Police Department.
2. The Fire Chief will assign the Fire Marshall who is knowledgeable and
technically proficient in arson investigations to assist.
a. This Fire Marshall will assist, throughout the investigation, by providing
his expert skills and abilities.
b. He/she will coordinate all invest igative activities through the lead Police
Investigators assigned by the Police Department.
B. Arson Offenses, Property
1. In offenses against property (i.e. criminal mischief, fraud, arson), the Fire
Marshall and/or Fire Investigator from the Fire Department will be assigned to
investigate the incident.
Page2
2. If more than advisory assistance is requested or the scope of the
investigation involves specialized and/oractivelyinvolved assistancefrom the
Investigatorsofthe Police Department, the investigationwill beturned over to
the investigative unit which maintains the specialty required. The Fire
Marshall and/orFire Investigatorwill takeasupportiverole and coordinate his
activities accordingly.
C. Public Information Releases/Inquiries
1. The primary investigating department will be responsible for coordinating all
publicand media inquiries and releases through their Public InformationOfficer .
D. Responsibilities
1. The lead/primary invest igator, whether Fire or Police, has the authority and
responsibility to direct all aspects of the investigation (i.e., lead identification,
interviews , arrests and dispositions).
~ IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
./ ' - ? ~
~ s
Mike S.Corley L,,4
delAlbright
FireChief
Chief ofPolice
Brownwood FireDepartment
Brownwood P I' oIceDepa
InvestigativeExpenses
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
Thepurposeofthisorderistoestablishaformatofaccountingforinvestigativeexpensesfrom
theInvestigativeIntelligenceFund and todesignatetheresponsibilityforthesefunds.
II. POLICY:
All expenditureswithin the Departmentmustbeaccounted for, both forauditing purposesas
well asmeasuringeffectiveness.Thisprocedureisdesignedtomeetboth oftheseneeds.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Operating Expenses
1. ThepurposeoftheInvestigativeIntelligenceFund isto meetspecial business
expenses related to investigating criminal offenses and gathering criminal
intelligence.
a. Detectiveswhoseassignmentwould requirethemtoexpendCityfunds
withsomeregularitywillcontacttheCriminal InvestigationsSergeantto
receivemoneyasoutlined in thisorder.
2. Thesefundsmaybeusedtopurchaseevidence,topayinformantsforservices
orinformation,and to coverapproved miscellaneousexpenses.
3. Thefundswill belocatedintheofficeoftheAssistantChiefofPolicein alocked
containerorcabinet.
B. Procedureand ResponsibilityforObtaining MonthlyOperating Expenses.
1. It will be the responsibility of the CID Sergeant to initiate the request for
InvestigativeIntelligenceFund moniesfromtheAssistantChiefofPolice.
a. The CID Sergeant will provide a written request for the amount
requested,nottoexceedanapprovedamountsetbytheChiefofPolice.
1) TherequestwillbeforwardedtotheAssistantChiefofPolicefor
hisauthorization.
Page2
b. Theapproved requestwill be maintained in Records Division.
c. TheAssistantChiefofPolicewillcoordinateapprovalthroughtheCityof
Brownwood FinanceDepartmentforallocationofthefunds.
2. Accounting forthe InvestigativeIntelligenceFund
a. TheAssistantChiefofPolicewill maintain a monthlyaccounting log to
record all transactionsregarding thefunds.
b. WhenfundsareRECEIVED,theAssistantChiefwill recordthefollowing
information:
1) Datethefunds arereceived.
2) Transactiontype- such as, "Cash Received."
3) Entertheamountreceived under"Credit."
4) Add the amount received to the previous balance on hand to
obtainthenewbalanceon hand.
c. When funds are DISPERSED to a detective, the Assistant Chiefwill
record thefollowing information:
1) Datethemoneyisdispersed.
2) Transactiontype- suchas, "ExpensetoDet. _".
3) Entertheamountdispersedunder"Debit."
4) Subtract the amount dispersed from the previous balance on
handto obtainthe newbalanceon hand.
d. WhenfundsareRETURNED,theAssistantChiefwillcausethefollowing
informationto beentered:
1) Datethe moneyis returned.
2) Transactiontype- Enter"Returnedfrom Det._".
3) Entertheamountreturned under"Credit".
4) Add the amount returned to the previous balance on hand to
obtainthenewbalanceon hand.
e. The accounting log will be kept on a monthlybasis. Thefundswill be
reconciledmonthlyuponendofthemonthclosingbytheAssistantChief.
Thereportwill beforwarded totheChiefofPoliceformonthlyauditing.
f. Thebalanceon handattheendofthemonthwillbethefirstentryonthe
nextmonthlyreport .
Page3
3. Whenfundsareissuedtoadetective,awrittenmemowill beusedasareceipt.
a. Thedetectivereceivingthefundswill signthememo.
b. Thedetectivewill makeacopyofthememoforhismonthlyreport .
c. TheAssistantChiefofPolicewill retain theoriginal.
4. Each detective receiving funds from the Investigative Intelligence Fund will
accountforall moniesspent.
a. ExpenditureReport
1) This report will be maintained by each detective on a monthly
basis. Itisthedetective'sresponsibilitytokeepaccuraterecords
on moniesspentand cash on hand.
2) WhenadetectiveRECEIVESmoneyfromthefund,thedetective
will enterthefollowing information:
a) Datethedetectivereceivesmoneyfromthefund.
b) Transactiontypesuchas, "Cash Received".
c) Enterthedollaramountofcash received.
d ) Add the balance received to the previous balance to
obtainthenewbalance.
3) When adetectiveSPENDSmoneyfrom thefund,thedetective
will enterthefollowing information:
a) Datethemoneywasspent.
b) Transactiontype- Locationwherethemoneywasspent
andtypeofexpense.
c) Items Purchased - Enter when applicable, using a
separatelineforeachtransaction.
d) Subtractthe moneyspentfrom the previous balanceto
obtainthenewbalance.
4) Whenpossible,receiptswillbeobtainedbythedetectivemaking
theexpense. Whenfundsareusedinobtainingevidence,paying
informants, orreimbursing anotherofficer's personal expenses
written memowill becompletedtodocumentthetransaction.
5) Detectives areresponsiblefor maintaining a correctbalanceof
fundson-hand atall times.
Page4
6) The detective'sfunds on-hand at the end ofthe month (the last
entryon theExpenditureReport)willbethedetective'sbeginning
balanceforthe nextmonth.
7) A routine inspection of the detective's funds on-hand will be
conducted.
a) Thisinspectionistobeconductedin arandomfashionas
to dateandtimeand recorded on an inspectionlog.
b) The inspection is to be conducted at least once each
quarter.
c) Theinspectionisto beconductedmoreofteniftheChief
ofPolicedeemsit necessary.
d) The person conducting theinspection and the detective
willinitial thedetective'sexpenditurereportatthetimeof
the random inspection.
8) Shouldfundsbetransferred betweendetectives,thetransaction
will berecorded on both detectives' ExpenditureReport.
a) Funds transferred will be entered in the "Transaction"
columnandshouldstate"TransferfromDetectiveName"
and/or"Transferredto Detective(I\lame)"withtheamount
of money transferred listed in both Detectives' Monthly
expenditureReports.
b. AccountabilityofRecords
1) At the end of each month, each detective will complete their
ExpenditureReport, detailing each expense.
a) Thetotalswill becompletedandfilled in bythedetective.
b) The detectivewill sign the report and forward the report
withanyattachments(receipts, SpecialExpenseForms,
etc.).
2) TheCID Sergeantwill revieweach monthlyexpenditurereport .
The completed Expenditure Report will be forwarded to the
AssistantChiefofPolice.
3) The Assistant Chief of Police will review and approve each
detective's monthly report to ensure accuracy and compliance
with policyon the expenditures.
a) All fundswill be entered on the accounting log.
b) Theappropriatebalancewill beentered.
Page5
4) Bi-annuallytheentirefundwillbeauditedbyasupervisorchosen
bytheChiefofPolice.
C. InformantExpenditures
1. The following are guidelines for authorization of expenditures by individual
detectives:
a. $0- $250
= Detective'sdiscretion
b. $251 - 500
= Sergeant'sapproval
c. $501 ormore
= AssistantChiefofPoliceapproval.
2. Expenditures morethan $500 will require a written case plan in the form ofa
memorandum to the individual with the responsibility ofauthorizing expenses
throughtheirchain ofcommand.
a. Thecase plan will beoutlined asfollows:
1) Identityofdefendant(s)
2) Defendant'scriminal historyand level ofinvolvement
3) Natureofexpenditure
4) Target(s)ofinvestigation, basicplan, andprojectedlikelihoodof
success
3. In the event a detective is acting on behalf of his immediate superior,
authorization mustbeobtainedfrom the nexthighestcommand level.
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE:
~ _ S ; - - - , , , , - ,
MikeS. Corley
ChiefofPolice
Confessions
C,TY Ot- BHOW iIOOD
POLICE DEPARTMENT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis order is to establish guidelines to comply with legal requirements for the
taking ofconfessionsin accordancewiththe Code ofCriminal Procedure.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy ofthe Brownwood Police Departmentto complywith all statutory and case law
regarding admissibilityofbothwrittenand oral confessions.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Oral ConfessionsofAdults
1. Oral statements made while the declarant is not under arrest ordetained are
admissible without the necessity of a Miranda Warning. These oral
statements, however, mustbe voluntary.Everyeffortshould be madeto obtain
electronicrecordings oforal statements.
2. Resgestaestatementsareadmissibleas evidencewithoutaMirandaWarning.
3. Oral statementsmustbe corroboratedwith otherevidence.
Note: An oral statementwhich leads to the "fruits" ofthe crime or instruments
used in thecommissionofthecrime is admissiblein court.
4. When taking a recorded confession from a suspect for evidentiary purposes,
the interviewing officerwill :
a. Ensure that all voices on the recording are identified, as well as any
personspresentwhodid notspeak.
b. Identifythetimeand placeofthe recording
c. Givethe suspectthe Miranda Warning on all custodial interviews, prior
to the suspect's statement. This warning will be recorded on the same
medium as the confession. If the recording is stopped and restarted,
Page2
the Mirandawarning shouldbe re-issued.
d. Obtain a new recording media (tape, disk, data file, etc.) for all
interviewsconducted atthe policedepartment.
B. AdultWrittenConfessions
1. After being advised of the Miranda Warning, adult suspects may write their
statementon aVoluntaryStatementform.
2. If the suspect does not write well or cannot write, the officer/interviewer will
writetheconfessionin the suspect'sactualwords.
3. If the suspect cannot read or write, the officer/interviewer's handwritten
statementmustbe witnessedbynon-sworn personnel.
4. Prior to witnessing the statement, the Voluntary Statement form and the
suspect's statement must be read back verbatim to the suspect and he/she
must acknowledge that this is their statement. The suspect should also be
allowedto readthestatementforthemself.
5. If the suspect's statement does not contain essential facts (elements of the
offense), the officer/interviewer may include a question/answer segment to
cover these essential facts. The question and answers must be written
verbatim.
6. The handwritten statement will be signed by the suspect and the
officer/interviewertaking the statement.
7. Subjects giving statements or confessions will be made aware that restroom
facilities,smokingarea, andwaterareavailable.
8. Officers will not make any promise, threat, or coercion in order to obtain or
affectanystatementorconfession.
C. Juveniles- seeG.O. 2.03.01.11 Juvenile Procedure.
D. Administering Miranda.
1. Miranda warnings shall be read by officers to all persons subjected to
custodial interrogation. The officermustbe able to producethewarning used
ifrequired by investigative purposesorcourtproceedings.
2. Freelancing, recitation from memory or paraphrasing the warnings is
prohibited as it precludes officers from testifying in court as to the precise
wording used.
Page3
E. Whenrightsareinvoked
1. When a subject requests the presence or services of an attorney, or states
theyarerefusing toanswerquestions, all officersshallceaseall questioning,to
include third-party speculation on the aspects of the case. The subject's
request or refusal will be documented. Administrative questions pertaining to
bookingoridentifyingthesubjectforthenamedataentryareallowed.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
Attachments
VoluntaryStatementform
______, 2012
VOLUNTARY STATEMENT
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF BROWN
I, _ ___________, after being duly warned of my rights as follows:
____________, Magistrate, warned me and informed on the __day
Of _______, 2012, at approximately _____ o'clock M., at
_ ___________, in clear language: (1) Of the accusation against me and of
any affidavit filed (2) Of my right to retain counsel, (3) Of my right to remain silent, (4) Of my
right to State, (5) Of my right to terminate an interview at any time, (6) Of my right to request the
appointment of counsel if I am ind igent and cannot afford counsel , (7) Of my right to have an
examining trial , (8) that I may not be required to make a statement and that any statement
opportunity to consult counsel and of my right to be admitted to bail if allowed by law.
____________, the person to whom this statement is being made, did on
The day of , 2012, at approximately o' clock __M. ,
and prior to my making any oral statement and prior to the giving of this statement, warned me in
clear language as follows : (1) that I have the right to remain silent and not make any statement at
all, and that any statement I make may be used against me in my trial , (2) Any statement J make
may be used as evidence against me in Court, (3) that I have the right to have a lawyer present to
advise me prior to and during any questioning, (4) that if I am unable to employ a lawyer, I have
the right to have a lawyer appointed to advise me prior to and during any questioning, (5) that I
have the right to terminate the interview at any time, (6) That I, prior to and during the making of
this statement, knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waive my rights as set forth in the
document which is entitled "voluntary Statement."
My name is ____________. I am ___years of age and I live at
______________, In _________________
Person Taking Statement (witness)
Witness Person Giving Statement
Informants
CnY 0 BROW WOOD
POLICE DI; PAATME T
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis Orderis to establish written guidelinesrelating tothe documentation, use,
and paymentofInformationSourcesand Confidential Informantsutilized bythis Department.
II . POLICY:
It is the policy ofthe Brownwood Police Department that Confidential Informant's records be
maintained in auniform and secure manner. It is also the policy ofthis Departmentto strictly
prohibit any officer from knowingly using an informant in any manner that would constitute
entrapmentoranyotherunlawfulact.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definitions
1. Confidential Informant (C.I.) - any non-law enforcement person who is
providing informationtothe degreewhereit is necessaryto recordtheperson's
identifying informationto documenttheir reliability orto keepthe identity ofthe
person confidential.
2. Working Confidential Informant (W.C.I.) - any Confidential Informant who is
working for possible consideration or recommendation regarding a criminal
case.
B. UseofConfidential Informants
1. Use ofC.l.swill be restricted todetectivesin the Criminal InvestigativeDivision
(C.I.D.)and coordinatedthroughthe CIDSergeant.
a. NoC.1. will be used until properdocumentationis complete.
b. Detectives will not make any attempt to use a C.1. who is currently on
probation or parole without the prior approval of35
th
District Court and
the DistrictAttorney. Subjects on parole mustalso havethe approval of
theirparoleofficer.
Page2
c. A C.I. will be inactivated after an unexplained lapse in activity of 120
days.
2. InitiationofC.I. file
a. OnlyCIDpersonnelwill initiateaC.I. file.
b. A Cooperating Individual Establishment Report will be completed and
maintainedforall C.l.s.
1) CID will ensure the background information is as detailed and
thoroughas possible.
2) A copy of the subject's criminal history and driver's license or
identificationwill be attachedtothe Personal HistoryReport.
3) Aphotographofthe C.I. will be attached.
c. All C.l.s will sign a Cooperating Individual Understanding form, which
must be witnessed. This form will become a permanent part of the
file.
3. DocumentationofC.I.activity
a. All C.I. activity, contacts, and paymentswill be documented.
1) Anyperiod ofinactivitywill be documentedand explained.
2) Documentationwill includerelevantcase numbers.
b. DocumentationofPaymenttoConfidential Informants
1) Any payment to a C. I. must be documented on a Special
Expensesform.
2) Payment must be witnessed by at least one otherofficerunless
specificallydirectedotherwise byasupervisor.
3) All C.l.swill signforcertification ofpayment.
c. All C.I. files will include copies ofall Incident Reports involving the C.I.
(i.e., controlled buys, Search Warrant execution, etc.), copies of all
Special Expense forms involving expenses paid to the C.I. and other
relevant paperworkconcerningthe C.l.s reliability.
d. The CID Sergeant will receive a monthly report ofall C.I. activity. This
report will be forwarded to the Chief of Police through the chain of
command.
Page3
4. Filing and SecurityProcedures
a. All C.1. files will be maintained in a current, updated state in a secure,
locked location.
1) Access to the storage location will be limited to CID personnel
with activeinformants, andtheCIDsupervisor.
2) No copies shall bemadeofC.1. documentationwithoutapproval
ofthe CIDSergeantand documentationin theeffected C.1. file.
3) No C.I. documentation will leave the Brownwood Police Station
without approval ofthe CID Sergeant and documentation in the
effectedC.1. file.
b. Aconfidentialinformantmasterlistwill be maintained on all C.l.s.
c. The identification numberwill be formed by starting with the yearand a
sequential numberstarting with thefirst newinformantofeach year.
5. Paymentsto Confidential Informants
a. Any C.1. payment will be made according to G.O. 02.02.03.11,
Investigative Expenses.
b. Supervisors may impose more stringent restrictions due to experience
orcasefactors.
c. Detectives are not to pool their undercover funds to make purchases
withoutauthorizationfromthe CIDSergeant.
2. C.l.s will not be referred to Crime Stoppers in order to receive any monetary
reward.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
~ ~ ~ ~
ChiefofPolice
FORMSORIGIONATINGFROMTHIS POLICY:
Cooperating Individual EstablishmentReport
InformantActivation /Deactivation Report
Cooperating Individual Understanding
Special ExpensesReport
Confidential FundsExpenditureJustification
-----------------------
Cooperating Individual EstablishmentReport
Cooperating Individual#__________
Date:
-------
Identification of the Individual:
Name:
Address: City: State:
Sex: Race: OOB: POB:
Height: Weight: Hair: Eyes:
FBI #: OPS#: SSN # MISC#
Background:
CCH: Yes/ No Photo:Yes/ No Probation/ Parole: Yes/ No
Aliasesand Identifying Marksand Tattoos:_____________
Occupation/ Position: ____________________
PlaceofEmployment:_____________Phone# :____
Marital Status:____ Spouse'sName:_____
Spouse'sOccupation:___________
PlaceofEmployment:_________Phone# :________
CriminalAssociates:
InformationExpected:_____________________
Motivation:_________________________
Utilization:_________________________
By: __________10 #___Approved By: ________
------
Informant Activation I Deactivation Report
Date ofactivation!deactivation:
Reasonforactivation!deactivation:
Officer!InvestigatorSignature:____________
SupervisorApproval: _______________
Cooperating IndividualUnderstanding
A. YouARE NOTapoliceofficerand youWILLNOTrepresentyourselfas
such in anyway, atanytime, orunderanycircumstances.
B. YouARE NOTauthorized tocarryaweapon atanytime in connection
with yourworkforthe Brownwood Police Department, even undera
concealed handgun permitoranyotherclaim orrightorauthority.
C. There is NO information ofsuch valueas to requireyou to use illegal
drugsin ordertoobtain it. YouARE NOTauthorizedto possessor
purchaseillegaldrugs, stolen property, illegalweapons, orother
contraband itemswithoutthe priorknowledgeand specificdirectionof
yourcontrol Investigator.
D. Ifyou arearrested byanypoliceagencyforanyreason, you WILLcontact
yourcontrol investigatorassoon as possibleand explaintheevents
leadingtothe arrest.
E. YouARE NOTtotellanyonewhatyou aredoingforthe Brownwood
Police Departmentwithoutspecificpermissionfrom yourcontrol
investigator.This includesagirlfriend, boyfriend, closefriend, relative, etc.
F. TheBrownwood Police DepartmentCANNOTguaranteethatyou will not
becalled totestifyin anycriminal orcivil casearisingfrom this
understanding.You mayhavetotestifyand, ifcalled upon, youWILLdo
sotruthfully.
G. Ifyou receiveanymonetaryreward in this case, youWILLberequired to
sign forthe reward in the presenceofyourcontrol investigatorand/ortheir
supervisor.
H. You ARE NOTtoviolateanylawwhilegathering informationforthe
Brownwood PoliceDepartment.WeWILLnotifythelawenforcement
agencyhaving properjurisdiction ofanysuchviolation.
I. By signing this cooperating individual understanding, Iconsentto being
equippedwith electronic monitoring devices during acontrolled operation
and/oranyothertime as designated by mycontrol investigator.
J. Bysigning this cooperating individual understanding, Iconsentto having
myperson, vehicle, oranyotherdesignatedthing searchedforthe
presenceofanycontraband bythe control investigatoror otherdesignated
person.
K. Special Conditions:
(1) You arenowon (probation) (parole) fora (misdemeanor) (felony) offenseand,
forthisreason,youcannotassociatewith anyperson whohasa criminal
backgroundorwhois committingcriminalacts. (2) Asapartof this
understanding,the BrownwoodPolice Departmenthasobtainedpermission
from__________to useyouandyourknowledge to assistthe
BrownwoodPoliceDepartmentwhile investigating violationsof the Texas Health
andSafetyCode andothercriminaloffenseswhich maybe discovered.(3) Even
with thispermission of use, youstillcannotassociatewith anypersonwhohasa
criminalbackgroundorwho is committingcriminalactsunlessyourcontrol
investigatorhaspriorknowledge andhasspecificallydirectedyou to doso. (4)
Thispermissionis verylimited. It doesnotgrantyouunlimitedpermissionto
contactorsocializewith thispersonforanyotherreason,suchassocialor
businesscontact, unlessatthe specificdirection of yourcontrolinvestigator. (5)
Thispermissionis onlyforthe limitedcontactallowedbyyourcontrol
investigator. (6) Allothercontactis notauthorized.
Ihave read, understand, and agreeto theabove regarding myconductas a
cooperating individualfortheBrownwood Police Department.
Printed NameofCooperating Individual: ____________
SignatureofCooperating Individual: ______________
Date ofSigning: ____________
Witness/ Control Investigator: _________Date: _____
C.1. # : _______
----
-------------------------------- -------
----
BROWNWOODPOLICEDEPARTMENT- SPECIALEXPENSES
DATE: ____________________________________________________
OFFICER(S):________________________
CASEI CALLNUMBER:_________________________________________
PURPOSE:
___PAYMENTTODOCUMENTEDC.I C.L #_______
___PAYMENTFORINFORMAnON
___PURCHASEOFEVIDENCE
REWARD
_______OTHER(Specify)_____________________
*****************************************************************************
CERTIFICATIONOFCOOPERATINGINDIVIDUALI INFORMATIONSOURCE:
I,_________________________________,CERTIFYTHATIRECEIVED
PAYMENTIN THEAMOUNTOF$_____, FORPURPOSESAS STATEDABOVE.
SIGNATURE: DATE:
*****************************************************************************
ICERTIFYTHATPAYMENTOF$________, WAS MADEFORSERVICES AS
STATEDABOVE.
OFFICER(Signature):___________DATE:_____ _ __
OFFICER/WITNESS:____________________DATE: _____
******************************************************************************
CITYFUNDS USED? PERSONALFUNDSUSED?_____________
PERSONALFUNDS REIMBURSED BY_____________DATE:_______
SIGNATUREOFOFFICERRECEIVING
REIMBURSMENT____________________________DATE:_ _________
******************************************************************************
SUPERVISOR:_____________________________DATE: _ _ ___
(reviewedand approved)
------
------
Confidential Funds ExpenditureJustification
Investigator Name &ID # ______
Case #
For and in consideration of the sale and delivery to the Brownwood Police
Department for information or evidence identified as follows:
I hereby acknowledge receipt of $_____paid to me by the Brownwood
Police Department.
Date:
Investigator Signature: _______ C.1. Signature: ________
Witness (if any): Assumed Name (print): ________
C.1. Number: ______
Purpose of Expenditure: P.1. ____ P.E. _____ P.S. ______
Expenditure Justification: ____________________
Supervisor Comments &Approval: ________________
Preparation and Execution of Search Warrants
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish guidelines for the preparation and execution of Search
Warrants.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to conduct all searches in a timely thorough
and orderly manner. No willful damage will be done nor will the occupants of the premises be
purposely inconvenienced. It is the policy of this Department to use only that level of force
necessary to effect execution of an Arrest/Search Warrant.
One person, the Affiant , will assume as much responsibility for investigation, organization, and
collection of evidence as possible.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Preparation of a Search Warrant (and follow-up forms)
1. Departmental Personnel utilize three types of Search Warrant and Affidavit
forms: Search & Arrest, Search Only, and Evidentiary.
a. A Search and Arrest Warrant and Affidavit for Search and Arrest Warrant
are used to search for evidence.
b. An Evidentiary Search and Arrest Warrant is for property or items
constituting evidence tend ing to show that a particular person committed
an offense.
c. Although the forms differ, the information required is applicable to all
Warrants prepared and served by members of this Department.
d. Personnel with assignments that utilize Warrants/Affidavits will receive
instruction/training on the requirements to accurately prepare and
execute these documents, which will include a review of this order.
Page2
2. SearchWarrants
a. The Peace Officer requesting the Warrant should be named as the
Affiant.
b. The Affiant will enter the appropriate county where called for on the
Warrant.
c. The locationoftheWarrantshouldincludetheexactstreetaddress,city,
county, and state. (If the exact address is unknown, enterthe city or
county and state).Wheneverpossible a photograph(s) of the location
showingthe addressand distinguishingfeatures should be included.
d. The bottom portion of the Warrant pertaining to issuance should be
completed bythe Magistrate.
e. InobtainingaSearchWarrant,thefollowingparagraphsshould beused:
"Now,therefore, you are commandedtoenterthe suspected place and
premisesdescribed insaid affidavitand totheresearchfor the property
described in said affidavitand to seize the same. Ifyou findthat which
you are hereby commanded to seek you are further ordered to return
said propertyforsafekeeping to the Brownwood Police Departmentat
Brown County, Texas. Hereinfail not ,but haveyou then and therethis
warrant within three (3) days exclusive of the day of its issuance and
exclusive ofthe day ofthe execution with yourreturn thereon,showing
how you have executedthe same."
3. Affidavit
a. TheAffiantwillentertheappropriatecountyontheAffidavitwherecalled
for.
b. The Affidavitmustincludefive (5) basicelements.
1) Location of Search
a) Indescribing the placeto be searched, you shouldgive:
(1) Locationbyexactstreetaddress,city,county,and
state.
(2) General usage (single-family residence,
apartmentresidence, etc.).
(3) Physical description giVing number of levels,
basiccolor(using lightordark variationsofbasic
colors and basic construction (brick, frame, tin,
etc.).
b) If structures, places, or vehicles within the curtilage other
than the main structure described are to be searched,
theseshould also be accuratelydescribed.
Page 3
c) Ifthe Warrantisfor an apartmentwithin a complexand
youwanttosearchtheapartmentowner'svehicle(s),you
mustdescribeit/theminyourAffidavitwiththedescription
ofthe place to be searched.
d) When instances occuras described in b) and c), facts
supportingprobablecauseastowhythe searchisbeing
extended into these areas must be included in the
ProbableCause portion ofthe Affidavit.
2) PersonsinControl
a) This paragraph should identify the person(s) who
occupies, controls, or has charge of the place to be
searched.
b) Ifthe person(s) nameisknown, itshould begiven.
(1) An affirmative link must be shown between the
person and the placeto be searched.
(2) The link can be such things as a lease
agreement,utilities,employmentrecords,etc.
c) If the person(s) name is unknown, but his identity is
known, you shouldgive ageneraldescription(race, sex,
age, height, weight, hair color).
d) If the person(s) name and identity are unknown, you
should state, "...person or persons whose names,
identities, and descriptionsare unknowntothe Affiant."
3) Propertyto be Seized
a) Specific property should be described as detailed as
possibletodistinguishitfrom similarpropertynotsought.
Serial numbersshould begiven when known.
b) Non-specific property may have a general description
(marijuana, heroin, alcohol icbeverageskept inviolation
ofthe TexasAlcoholicBeverageCode,etc.).
4) Accusationofan Offense
a) AccordingtoArticle 18.02ofthe TexasCodeofCriminal
Procedure, there are twelve (12) basic categories of
property that may be searched for and seized with a
SearchWarrant.
b) In some cases, the primary goal of the search is for
property only . In these cases, the appropriate Search
Warrantand Affidavitformswill be used.
Page4
c) Property found during the execution of a Warrant and
which is known to be contraband may be seized even
though itisnotlisted inthe SearchWarrant. Any person
found in possession ofthe contraband may bearrested.
d) Since most Warrants to be written will include the
authoritytoarrest, paragraph#4 shouldbeconcludedby
stating thegroundsforthis arrestasdesignatedbyanyof
the twelve (12) categorieslisted inArticle 18.02.
5) ProbableCause
a) This paragraph should coverfour(4)basicpoints:
(1) Identifythe Affiant ,
(2) Statethe informationestablishingthe probable
cause,includingwhenthis informationwas
obtained,
(3) State the date the Affiant received this
information, iffrom asourceotherthan personal
observation,and
(4) Statethe basisfor credibilityofthe informantand
the information,andatimeframewithin whichthe
informant observed the object of the Search
Warrant.
b) Someform ofsurveillanceand/orinvestigationshouldbe
conducted bythe Affiant inestabl ishing the credibilityof
the information.
c) Supervisorsmay be consulted for reference material on
how to coverthesepoints.
c. Ifadditional spaceis needed, continuethe Affidaviton asecond page,
Page2,bystating atthe bottomofthe Affidavit ,"Continued onPage2".
The second page ,page 2,should begin "Continuedfrom Page 1".
d. An Affidavit must be approved by a Sworn Supervisor prior to
presentation to a Magistrate for issuance. In emergency situations where
timeisalimitingfactor, this approvalmay be obtainedbyphone.
e. The Affidavit for Mobile Tracking Device is to be used when the
investigationrequiresthe installationof amobiletracking device
1) Theissuanceofthe Affidavitwill only authorizethe deviceto be
installed ifthe vehicle isaccessible while parked inadriveway,
parking lotor publicstreet.
Page5
2) Entry is not authorized into a garage where there is a greater
expectation of privacy.A search warrantshould be obtained in
thesetypesof cases.
3) Magistrate'sOrderforthe InstallationofMobileTrackingDevice,
mustbe duly executed bythe Magistrateinthe Countyinwhich
the deviceisto be used.
f. The Affidavit will be signed by the Affiant in the presence of the
Magistrate.
1) As with the Search Warrant , the Magistrate will complete the
appropriatebottomportion ofthe Affidavit.
2) Incasesinvolving crimes againstpersons,
a) The lead detective, (usually the affiant) , will notify the
DistrictAttorney'sofficeand informthem that anaffidavit
is being prepared. An estimated time of completion for
the affidavit will be given to the person notified prior to
submitting ittothemfor review.
b) Upon completion ofthe affidavit,itwill besubmittedto a
supervisor for review then with the Distr ict Attorney's
Office. This may be done in person or by facsimile copy .
(1) The reviewing party will initial the Affidavitnoting
his reviewand return ittothe affiant.
(2) Shouldthe reviewing party refuse;the Affiantwill
write "Refused"inthe upperright hand cornerof
the affidavit.
(3) The Ass istantChief,or his designee,may waive
this requirement under extenuating
circumstances.
3) Inpreparingthe SearchWarrantand the Affidavit ,
a) Two (2) copies of each should be submitted to the
Magistratefor signature.
b) After the Magistrate signs the Affidavit and Search
Warrant, no additions or deletions can be made to the
original or copy.
c) One (1) original signature set will remain as the
Magistrate'scopy and
d) One (1)original signatureset will bethe officer's copy.
e) Additional copies of the signed Affidavit and Search
Warrant may be made as needed from the original
signatureset.
Page 6
4) The SearchWarrantmustbesigned bythe Magistrate/Judgeof
the Countywherethe Warrantisto be executed.
4. SearchWarrant: Return
a. The appropriatecountyshould be listed.
b. The nameofthe officerreceivingthe Warrant ,and the date ofissuance
and executionshould be listed.
c. An accuratedescription ofALLpropertyseized should be itemized.
d. ALL personsarrestedinrelationtotheWarrantshould belistedbyname,
race,sex,and age.
e. Thereturn should be signed bythe Warrant'sAffiantand notarized.
f . The return ofthe original SearchWarrant,officer'sreturn,and Affidavit
mustbemadepromptlytothe Magistrate(within(3)workingdays ofthe
Warrant'sexecution) .
g. Aphotocopyofthe SearchWarrant,officer'sreturn, andAffidavitshould
be retained inthe casefile bythe Affiant ,and a copy forwarded to the
RecordsDivision.
B. Execution of B.P.D.SearchWarrants
1. Preparationfor Execution
a. ASearchWarrantmustbeexecutedwithinthree(3)daysofissuancenot
to includethe day of issuance orthe date of return.
b. The Affiant for the Search Warrant , in most instances, will be the
detectivemost knowledgeableaboutthe case.
1) Itwill bethe Lead Detective's responsibilitytoplantheexecution
ofthe search.
2) The Supervisor's role will be to act as an advisorto ensurethat
Departmentalpolicies/regulationsare adheredto and makeany
assignmentchangesas deemednecessary.
3) The overall success of execution is the responsibility of the
Affiant.
4) IftheTacticalTeamisinvolved,theCommanderorTeamLeader
supervising the entry will be responsiblefor the tactical plan for
entering and securing the premises.
c. Ifthe Warrantisto beexecutedoutofthe CityofBrownwood,itmustbe
executed byan officerwith appropriatejurisdiction.
1) That officer must sign the return, clearly identifying
himself/herself.
GENERAL ORDER 2.02 .06.12
Page 7
2) After execution, a custodial transfer of prisoners or property may
be made to this Department.
3) In many cases, such coordination
another agency's detectives.
of execution will be with
4) A uniformed officer must be present at entry.
5) Brownwood officers will not enter the location without a uniformed
officer.
d. Before execution of the Warrant, a briefing will be held by the Lead
Detective to outline the plan of execution and to give job assignments for
the search.
1) All officers participating in the execution of the warrant entry and
securing of the location will attend the briefing.
2) The Lead Detective should serve as the RECORDER and
designate which officers will serve as search officers. No one will
search at the scene unless designated to do so by the Lead
Detective.
3) When possible, diagrams and pictures of the search sites should
be used.
4) The plan for securing the search site along with alternative plans
should be discussed at this time .
5) The Supervisor in charge of the Warrant's execution should
review the deadly force policy. Refer to G.O. 1.00.05.10, Use of
Force.
e. If none of the persons described or named in the Affidavit are believed to
be present, the search should not be conducted. If it is known that no
one is present, the search should be delayed.
f. Radio contact with all elements involved should be maintained for last
minute instructions or cancellation.
g. The Lead Detective should have a photocopy of the Warrant to display at
the scene of the search.
h. A copy of the Search Warrant will be made available to the Tactical
CommanderlTeam Leader if the Tactical Team is utilized.
2. Entry
a. Execution of Search Warrants will vary in the amount of risk involved.
The Lead Detective will complete a Risk Assessment form . The
Supervisor in charge of the Warrant's execution will review the
assessment to determine the level of risk and the number of personnel
needed to safely secure the location. The following defines the levels of
risk:
Page8
1) NormalRisk:The Lead DetectiveandoneuniformedOfficermay
be sufficient for entry on this type of Search Warrant. The
uniformedOfficershouldbeatthe mainpointofentrytoensurea
displayof legal authorityfor the occupantsofthe residence.
2) High Risk: A situationwhereitislikelythatany specialobstacle
to the safe, effective execution of the warrant is present, the
locationhas beenfortifiedorofficersmaymeetarmed resistance
and/ordeadlyforce.
a) This suspicion should be corroborated by intelligence
information (i.e., CCH,C.1. statements, history of location,
Detective'spersonal knowledge).
b) All High Risk Search Warrants will utilize the Tactical
Team (or the appropriate tactical unit covered under a
MOU) for entry and the securing of the premises. The
Warrantwill be served as laid out on GO 4.00.01.11.0.
3. Searchingthe Premises
a. Oncethe premisesand the personswithin have been secured,
1) The searchofficersshouldbegin athoroughsearch oftheirareas
as designated bythe Lead Detective.
2) If time permits, search officers should switch areas after their
initial searchto doublecheckfor possiblymissed evidence.
b. When executing any Search Warrant , officers may only search in places
wherethe itemsmentioned inthe Warrantcould be concealed.
c. The Lead Detectiveshould serveas Recorderand EvidenceCollector,
1) noting each time the premisesisenteredorevidencefound,and
2) be responsible for displaying the Search Warrantand advising
thosepersonsto be arrested oftheirrights.
d. Whenasearch officerlocatesan item(s)to be seized,hewill:
1) stop his search immediatelyand notify the Recorderofthe time
and location ofthe item,
2) not disturb the item any more than necessaryto identifyit as a
propertysoughtand,
3) discontinue his search until the item is properly photographed,
and collected.
e. The Recorderwill notethetime, location,and personfindingthe item(s)
and should have the item(s) photographed asfound.
Page 9
f. The Evidence Collectorshould gatherall evidenceand properlytag it,
being careful in handling not to destroy possible fingerprints or other
trace evidence.
g. The Evidence Collector will be responsible for the care, custody and
controlofallitemsseized atthe searchsite untilsuch itemsare properly
deposited as evidence.
h. Photographsshould also be madeofall personspresentaswell asthe
exteriorand interiorofthe search site.
i. Search Record/PropertyInventory
1) The Inventoryisareceiptfor propertyseized duringexecutionof
aWarrant.
2) Ifpropertyisseized,theAffiantforthe SearchWarrantDetective
will be responsiblefor the Search Record/PropertyInventory.
3) Thelocationinwhichthe searchoccurredshouldbelisted atthe
top ofthis form.
4) Description of propertyshould be as accurateas possible.
5) The signatureofthe personinchargeofthe premisessearched
and present during seizure of property should be obtained. If
theyrefusetosign, this shouldbethe signatureofanofficerwho
isleastinvolvedinthe caseand isawitnesstothe items seized.
6) Two (2) copies ofthe Search Record/Property Inventorywill be
made.
a) TheAffiantshould keep the original ,and
b) a copy should be given to the person in charge of the
premises.
7) Ifno one is presentwho is in chargeof the premises searched
and presentduring seizureof property
a) The words "no one available" will be entered on the
signatureline ofthe Search Record/PropertyInventory.
b) A copy of the Warrant and a copy of the Search
Record/PropertyInventorywill be left, and
c) Thepremiseswill be secured.
4. Follow-upActivities
a. The Evidence Collectorwill be responsible for sealing and marking all
propertyseized inthe appropriatemanner.
b. Evidence tags and reports should include the case number,date and
timefound, officerfinding the item, and location.
Page10
c. A diagram, as accurate as possible, should be made of this search site,
numberingwhereeach item(s) ofevidencewasfound.
d. The Lead DetectivewillensuretheWarrantReturnismadetotheissuing
magistratewithin three (3) working daysofexecutionofthe Warrant.
C. Requestsfor Arrest/SearchWarrantExecution by OutsideAgencies
1. Requestsfrom otheragenciesfor execution of Search/ArrestWarrantswill be
referredtothe CriminalInvestigationsDivisionsupervisorduringnormalworking
hoursof 8:00a.m. to 5:00 p.m.,MondaythroughFriday.
2. During other hours, these requests will be referred to the Patrol Shift
Commander.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: '5Rt/;J---
9
MikeS.Corley
Chiefof Police
Background Investigations
CITY 0 BROWNWOOD
Po ICE 0 PARTMENT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
ThepurposeofthisOrderistoestablishaprocedureforpre-hirebackgroundinvestigations.
II. POLICY:
ItisthepolicyoftheBrownwoodPoliceDepartmenttoensurethestandardsofemployment
aremaintainedthrough standardized pre-hire Background Investigations.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. SwornApplicants
1. Backgroundinvestigationsperformeduponapplicantsforswornpositionswill
beperformedbyinvestigatorsassignedtotheCriminalInvestigationDivision.
2. Backgroundinvestigationswill beassignedbytheAssistantChiefofPolice
totheCIDSupervisor,whowillassignthedutytoaspecificinvestigator.This
investigationwill beassigned aftertheapplicanthastaken and passedthe
CivilServiceExamandphysicalagilitytests, butbeforetheInterviewBoard.
3. Background investigations will only be conducted by the designated
investigator,and onlywhenauthorized bytheAssistantChiefofPolice.
4. Theassignedinvestigatorshallconducttheinvestigationbycompletingthe
Applicant Background Information Report and the Applicant Background
InvestigationChecklist.Allcontactsandactionstakenbytheinvestigatorwill
berecordedontheseforms.
5. Theresultsandevaluationsofthebackgroundinvestigationwillbesubjectto
final reviewbytheHiring Board Committee.
Page2
B. Non-SwornApplicants
1. Background investigationsfor non-sworn positionswill beassigned by the
Assistant Chief of Police to a member of the Command Staff or the
CommunicationsManager.Theinvestigationwill beassignedafteraninitial
review ofthe application by Human Resources and theAssistant Chiefof
Police.
2. Background investigations will only be conducted by the designated
investigator, and onlywhen authorized bytheAssistantChiefofPolice.
3. Theassigned investigatorshallconducttheinvestigationbycompletingthe
Applicant Background Information Report and the Applicant Background
InvestigationChecklist.Allcontactsandactionstakenbytheinvestigatorwill
berecorded ontheseforms.
4. Theresultsandevaluationsofthebackgroundinvestigationwillbesubjectto
final reviewbytheHiring Board Committee.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
~
ChiefofPolice
FORMS ORIGINATING FROMTHIS POLICY:
ApplicantBackground InformationReport
ApplicantBackground Investigation Checklist
Juvenile Procedures
Page 1
CnY OF BROW WOOD
POt..ICE 0 PAATME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to identify areas of responsibility, methods of operations, and
Departmental policyconcerning thehandling ofjuveniles.
II. POLICY:
It isthe policy ofthe Brownwood Police Department to resolve juvenile issues in accordance
with the lawsofthe State ofTexas. Our system ofjusticeholds bothjuvenilesand adultswho
violate the law responsible for their misconduct and imposes sanctions on them accordingly.
Since the juvenile is still developing and subject to the influence of the institutions that
structure hisenvironment,the initialpolice/juvenilecontact should beaspositiveaspossible.
Throughoutthis Orderthe term "juvenile"will referto achild, as defined inthe Texas Family
Code.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Juvenile Offenses
1. The taking of ajuvenile into custody isnot an arrest as defined inTexas law.
However,for procedural purposes,itistreated asanarrest.
2. Ajuvenilemay betaken intocustody:
a. pursuanttoanorder ofthe Juvenile Court ;
b. pursuant tothe lawsofarrest ;
c. actsofdelinquentconduct;
d. actsofconduct indicating aneedfor supervision;
Juvenile Procedures
Page2
e. protective custody;
f. traffic offenses.
B. ProhibitiveActs andMandatoryActions
1. Thefollowing acts shallbeconsidered prohibited:
a. Ajuvenilemay not bedetained for more than six (6)hours unlesstaken
to ajuvenile detention facility. Once in a detention facility the six hour
restriction nolongerapplies.
b. Ajuvenile willnotbeleftunattendedatanytime.
c. A juvenile may not be physically secured to any cuffing rail, chair, desk
orother stationaryobject.
d. Ajuvenile may not be placed inany cell or locked holding facility within
the Police Department. In the LEC they will be kept in the Juvenile
Processing room, the Patrol Shift Commander's office, and/or the
north-mostCID office (farsideofthe Chief's office).
e. Juveniles maybetransported inthe secure area ofapatrol car.
2. A JPO should be notified any time a juvenile is taken into custody for an
offense. An officer taking ajuvenile intocustody for anyreason shalldo one of
thefollowing without unnecessarydelay:
a. Takethe juvenile to a medical facility ifthe juvenile is believed to suffer
from a serious physical condition or illness that requires prompt
treatment.
b. Take thejuveniletoanauthorized areaas noted inB.1.d.
c. Release the juvenile under the guidelines of the Juvenile Court /
Juvenile Center.
d. Take the juvenile to the appropriate detention facility after the initial
investigationhas been completed.
e. Release the juvenile to a responsible adult who agrees to take full
responsibility forthejuvenile.
3. Ajuvenile incustody willnotbetransportedwithanyadultprisoner.
4. Juvenile records willbeseparate from adult records.
5. Any time a Juvenile is taken into custody a Juvenile Probation Officer (JPO)
should benotified.Releasing ajuvenileoffendershould becleared through the
JPO.
Juvenile Procedures
Page3
C. Juvenile Protective Custody
1. Officers may take juveniles into protective custody as a result of enforcing
criminal lawsorprotecting thejuvenile'swelfare:
a. EnforcementofCriminal Laws
1) Children under the age of ten (10) may not be charged with
violations of penal laws and children under 14 may not be
charged withviolations oftheTransportation Code.
2) When a child this age is detained for committing an offense or
is in the company of arrested adults, he should be taken into
protective custody, if the child cannot be immediately released
toaresponsible adult.
b. Protection ofaChild
1) Juveniles of any age may be taken into protective custody by
a law enforcement officer without a Court Order if it is
discovered that a juvenile is in a situation of danger to the
juvenile's physical health orsafety.
2. Processing Juveniles for Protective Custody
a. When anofficertakes ajuvenile(s) into protective custody for hisorher
protection, Brownwood Police Department contact information will be
leftwith any person who was acting inloco parentis for thejuvenileorit
can beleftatthe location from which thejuvenilewastaken.
b. Officers will prepare an IncidentReport citing the specificreasons the
juvenilewas taken into protectivecustody.
c. Efforts to take a juvenile into protective custody will be coordinated
with Child Protective Services
D. Citations
1. Police Officers may issue citations to juvenile offenders (ages 10-16) to
appear in Municipal Court for the following fine only offenses when their
identityhas been confirmed:
a. Class C offenses as defined in the Penal Code, (excluding Public
Intoxication), the Alcoholic Beverage Code, and the Education Code.
This will includethe option of issuing acitation for criminal attempton
MisdemeanorBoffenses.
Juvenile Procedures
Page4
b. Violationsofthe Ordinances ofthe City of Brownwood.
E. TrafficViolations
1. Juveniles may be charged with traffic law violations, subject to the following
agelimits:
a. Age 14orover maybeissued acitation ortaken intocustody.
b. Age 13 or under should be released immediately at the scene to a
parentorguardianwhen possible.
Note: If a responsible person cannot be contacted and the officer
elects to take enforcement action, the juvenile will be taken into
"ProtectiveCustody".
2. Disposition ofVehicles Driven ByUnlicensed Juvenile Drivers.
a. When ajuvenile of any age violates a traffic law and is an unlicensed
driver ,the officermay exercise the discretion to impound the vehicle or
release itatthe scene to alicensed adult. Ifreleasing to anadultwho is
not the registered owner , permission must first be obtained from the
registered owner.
F. Driving Underthe InfluenceofAlcohol byMinor
1. A juvenile may be cited or arrested for D.U.I.IDWI if the juvenile operates a
motorvehicle inapublic place while having adetectableamountof alcohol in
the minor'ssystem.
2. If ajuvenile iscited for theseviolations, they will be released to aresponsible
adult.
3. If ajuvenile provides a sample, the sample may only be blood. No juvenile
will provide abreath sample.
G. Enforcementand InvestigationsatSchools
1. Arrests or interviews made on school grounds during normal school hours
should be coordinated through the School Resource Officerifone isassigned
tothe school andisavailable.
2. To interview a student at school, the officer/interviewer will first contact a
School Resource Officerorschool official; and allowthem the opportunityto be
present during anyinterviews with students.
3. The principal or his representative at the school will be contacted before an
arrest ofastudent, when practical,andinallcases before leaving the premises
Juvenile Procedures
Page5
with the prisoner. Proper discretion should be utilized when determining the
placeandcircumstancesforthe arrest.
H. Arresting OfficerResponsibilities inJuvenileArrests
1. The arresting officer will ensure that the charge is correctly listed inthe arrest
report and all arrest-related documentation and procedures are completed
correctly.
2. The arresting officer will be responsible for searching juvenile prisoners and
making properdisposition ofallofthechild's possessions.
3. Routine searches ofjuveniles should be limited to a pat-down for weapons by
an officer of the same sex upon arrest or prior to prisoner transport.
Exceptional circumstances will be handled as set out in Section III.G.1 of
General Order2.00.09.11
4. Other officers become responsible for the custody of a juvenile when they
verballyacknowledgereceipt.
I. Fingerprinting orPhotographing Juveniles
1. Juvenile Fingerprint andPhotographswithout aCourt Order
a. Officers can obtain and use fingerprints and photographs of ajuvenile
asaresultof:
1) parental consent obtained inwriting,
2) taking ajuvenile into custody that constitutes aMisdemeanor B
orabove,
3) an investigation where probable cause exists to believe that a
juvenile has engaged in a Misdemeanor B or above offense,
and
a) the photograph will be of material assistance in the
investigation,or
b) the officer/detective has probable cause to believe that
the fingerprints will match other fingerprints found atthe
scene.
1. The officer/detective shall immediately destroy
the photograph orfingerprints ifthey do not lead
to a positive comparison; and thejuvenile is not
under arrest.
Juvenile Procedures
Page6
2. The officer/detective shall make a reasonable
effort to notify the juvenile's parent, guardian, or
custodian ofthe actiontaken.
4) the useofintelligence information,
a) Juveniles can be voluntarily photographed for purposes
of compiling intelligence information on criminal gangs if
they meetthe legalcriteria ofagang member.
b) The photographs and information will be maintained in
accordancewiththe CodeofCriminal Procedure
5) identification oflostormissingjuveniles,
a) Fingerprintsand photographsofjuvenilesmay betaken,
used or forwarded to the Missing Children and Missing
Persons Information Clearinghouse at DPS for the sole
purpose of identifying or locating a missing or
unidentified person.
b) Upon determination of the juvenile's identity or if the
juvenilecannot beidentified, the officer/detectiveshall
immediately destroy all copies of the fingerprints and
photographsofthejuvenile.
2. Personnel to Perform Fingerprintsand PhotographsofJuveniles
a. Juveniles taken into custody on MisdemeanorB or above offenseswill
be fingerprinted and photographed using the Juvenile Processing
Room.
b. If the juvenile voluntarily arrives at the Department upon request of an
officer,thefollowing personnel willbeutilized indescendingorder:
1) Officerwho initiatedthe contact
2) On-duty officeratthediscretion ofthe Shift Commander
J. FieldReleases andJuvenile ReleaseAgreements
1. FieldRelease ofJuveniles
a. Police Officers may release the juvenile to a parent/guardian or other
responsible adult without taking the juvenile to the Brownwood Police
Departmentjuvenile processing areawhen:
1) The welfare of both the juvenile and the state are best served;
and
Juvenile Procedures
Page 7
2) the violation isfor a Class C misdemeanorunlessextenuating
circumstances exist that would merit the release for a greater
offense.
b. The officer willdocumentthis contact byobtaining sufficient information
tocomplete the appropriatearrest andrelease documentation.
2. Juvenile Release AgreementProcedures
a. It will be the arresting officer's responsibility to gather accurate parent
orresponsible adultinformationpriorto releasing thejuveniletothem.
K. TransferofJuveniles toJuvenile Detention Centers
1. Brownwood Juvenile Justice Center parameters
a. Juveniles taken into custody for criminal offenses who are not to be
released to a parent or responsible adult , will be transported to the
Brownwood Juvenile Justice Center
L. Custodial Confession
1. Prior to an attempt to obtain awritten confession from ajuvenile in custody, a
Magistratemustfirst properlywarn andadvisethejuvenileoftheir rights.
2. Res gestae statements made bythejuvenilewithout the Magistrate's Warning
are admissible. If the juvenile makes any incriminating oral or written
statements prior to the Magistrate's Warning, the Magistrate is to be so
advised.
3. The Magistrate's Warning for Voluntary Statement of a Juvenile will be
completed bythe Magistrateuponissuingthe Magistrate'sWarning.
4. After the Magistrate'sWarning iscompleted, the officer/interviewerwillgivethe
juvenileanopportunityto puthis/her statementinwriting.
5. After the juvenile has given a statement in writing, they must go before the
Magistratepriortosigning it.
6. The statement must be signed outside the presence of law enforcement
officers/employeesand/or prosecutor(s).
7. The Magistratewillcertify and acknowledgethe proceedings.
8. Oral statements must be voluntary and may be recorded from juveniles and if
theinterview isrecorded,theMagistrate'sWarningwillalso berecorded.
9. If an oral statement is recorded, it will be so stated on the Magistrate's
documentation.
Juvenile Procedures
Page8
M. OutofCustody Confessions
1. Voluntary oral statements made by a juvenile, who is not in custody, are
admissible without the necessityofthe Magistrate'sWarning.
2. Any oral confession made by a juvenile shall be corroborated. The juvenile
must make astatementoffacts orcircumstancesthat arefound to betrue and
tendtoestablish thejuvenile'sguilt.
3. The statements must bevoluntary.
4. The process of taking such a statement should be recorded inan audio/video
format.
N. Investigating EmployeesResponsibilities
1. Detectives willperform allfollow-on investigationofcases involvingjuveniles, to
include requesting outside agency assistance with juvenile suspects or
witnesses.
2. Detectives/Investigative Specialists are responsible for ensuring that every
case inwhichthey haveknowledgeorinwhich they areassigned:
a. isinvestigatedtothe degreethat allreasonable leadsareexhausted,
b. properly documented,
c. appropriate disposition is made and the case is filed with the
appropriate District/CountyAttorney'soffice orcourt .
O. Long-distancetransportofjuvenile offenders
1. Officers transporting juvenile offenders on long-distance transports shall
secure the offenderwith restraints appropriatetothe conditions ofthetransport
andthe restraints available.
P. Notifications
1. In keeping with Chapter15 CCP, arresting officers will determine if their
offenders attend apublic school system,and ifattending,which specific school
system. Ifthe information is not forthcoming, the officershall determine which
school system inwhich the subject islikelyto beenrolled, based onresidence.
2. The day shift supervisor shall be responsible for notifying the school
administration as set forth in Chapter15 CCP for those offenders arrested on
the preceding nightshift andthose arrested onthe supervisor'sshift.The date,
time, and identity of the subject notified shall be noted in asupplement to the
original report .This dutyshall notbedelegated.
JuvenileProcedures
Page 9
3. Night shift officersarresting ajuvenilewho attends apublic school system shall
notify their supervisor of the fact, and shall inform the oncoming shift
supervisoratshift change.
4. Callsheets from encounterswithjuvenilesbetween the hours of0001-0600will
be placed in the JPO in-house mail box. If the juvenile(s) encountered are on
probation or suspected of being on probation, a JPO will be contacted before
thejuvenilesare released.
IV. EFFECTIVE ~ ;;;{;O/12--.-..
~ S ~ ~ / '
Ma<e&COrleY 2
Chief ofPolice
ATTACHMENTS
JPO advisory
..IPOAdvisory
Notethat isinformation provided byJuvenileProbation, notaGeneral Order oradirective.
The purpose ofthis advisoryistohelpofficers understand thattheJPOs donotalways release juvenile
offenders back totheirfamily, andwhy someare detained andothers released.
The criteria for detainingjuvenilesatajuveniledetention facility must include atleast oneofthefollowing:
1. He/she islikely toabscond or beremoved from thejurisdictionofthecourt.
2. Suitablesupervision, care, orprotection from him/her isnotbeing provided byaparent,
guardian, custodian, orother person.
3. He/she has noparent, guardian, custodian, orother person able toreturn himtothecourt
when required.
4. He/she may beadangertohimselformaythreaten the safety ofthepublic ifreleased.
5. He/she has previouslybeenfound tobeadelinquentchild orhas previouslybeen convicted
ofapenaloffensepunishable byaterm injail orprisonand islikelytocommitanoffense if
released.
FirearmsPolicyand Training
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
ThepurposeofthisOrderisto establishauniformpolicypertainingtofirearmsin regardtothe
types of weapons that may be used, qualification requirements, range use, training, and
reporting the discharge offirearms. Sidearms as used in this General Order refers to duty
weapon, backupweapon, orweapon carried offduty.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy ofthe Brownwood Police Department to establish a firearms policy with high
standardswhichprotectstheofficerandthedepartmentfrompossiblecivilliability,andenhance
officersafetyinthefield. Theobjectiveofthispolicyistoachievethehigheststandardspossible
forfirearmsuse, safety,andtraining. ToachievethisobjectiveallmembersoftheDepartment
mustconductthemselvesin a mannerwhich reflects maximum caution andsafetyaswell as
optimumachievementin training.
NOTE: Four(4) majorpointsshould bekeptin mind in reviewing thispolicy.
1. Theguidelinesofthispolicyarenotdesignedto restrictTacticalTeam Officersduring
theiroperation in training ortactical situations.
2. Eachofficershallberesponsibleforensuringthathisweapon(s)isproperlycleanedand
maintained in acondition asto ensuremaximumoperating efficiencyand safety.
3. ItistheresponsibilityoftheBrownwoodPoliceDepartmenttofurnishammunitionforuse
in duty weapons at all times, qualification ammunition, and to provide 50 rounds of
ammunitionpermonthforcontinuedtraining.
4. The discharge offirearms by sworn personnel in an "on duty" capacity for purposes
otherthanpractice,training,authorizedcompetition,orqualificationsshallbeclassified
asaform ofDeadlyForcegovernedbyourapplicableUseofForcePolicy. Theuseof
lesslethal specialtyimpactweaponsordeliverysystemsdoesnotfall in thiscategory.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Requirementsto BearFirearms
1. All sworn personnel are required to carry asidearm (handgun)wheneverthey
serve in an ON DUTY capacity. Forthe purposes ofthis General Order, "ON
DUTYcapacity" pertainsto:
Page2
a. An officer who serves on an assigned tour, authorized overtime or
special assignment.
b. An officerwearing the Departmentaluniform.
c. Anofficerrepresenting oridentifying himself/herselfasaPeaceOfficer
forthepurposeoftakingenforcementactionordischarginglegalduties.
2. Personnel assigned to any police building for administrative duties are not
required to be armed while conducting normal business within the Police
building.
3. Officersmaycarryasecondsidearmconcealedfromview, ifincompliancewith
Section III.B.2. ofthisGeneral Order.
4. Noofficerwill carryasidearmwhileondutyoroffdutythatisnotincompliance
with thespecificationsofanyand all written directives.
5. Swornofficerswhowishtocarryaweaponoff-dutywillcarrytheweapon(which
must meet the standards set in this and all other pertinent General Orders)
concealed.TheofficerwillalsocarryhisDepartmentID,PeaceOfficer'slicense,
and badgewhen carrying aweaponoff-duty.
B. Authorized TypesofFirearms
1. Sidearms
a. SidearmscarriedatanytimebymembersofthisDepartmentwillbelegal
handgunsasdefined byStateand Federal laws.
b. Officersareallowedto carryno morethantwo handguns(dutyweapon
and back-upweapon)when on duty.
c. At no time shall a back-up weapon, other than a fully qualified duty
weapon, becarried asthesoleweapon.
d. All sidearms will be in their original design as received from the
manufacturer. Anyattachedaccessoryormodificationmustbeapproved
bytheAssistantChiefin writing, afterreviewbytheRange Masterand
must not interfere with the normal , manufacturers, operation of the
weapon.
1) Requestforsuchapprovalwill bemadebytherequestingofficer,
viatheirChain ofCommand.
2) Comments and evaluations on the modification request will be
documented on theletterofrequest.
3) Upon final decision ofthe Assistant Chief,the request will be
placed in therequesting officer'straining file and acopywill be
forwardedtotheofficer.
Page3
e. All sidearms must meet minimum caliber requirements based on the
following classificationsofuse.
1) UNIFORM - all sworn personnel wearing the Departmental
uniformwillcarryasidearmratednotlessthan.38specialcaliber
or9mm.
2) PLAINCLOTHES- All sworn personnel in plainclotheswhileon
dutycarryingafirearmwillcarryasidearmratednotlessthan.38
caliberor9mm.
3) OFF DUTY - All sworn personnel carrying a sidearm while off
dutywill carryasidearm rated notlessthan .380caliber.
f. Sidearms may be any semi-automatic pistol or double-action revolver
model (Subjectto B.1.d, above) ofthefollowing manufacturers:
1) American Derringer, Dan Wesson, Beretta, Browning, Colt, FN,
Franchi, Glock, Heckler& Koch, Kel-tec, Kimber, Mauser, Para-
ordinance, Remington, Ruger, Savagearms, SiG Saur, Smith&
Wesson, Springfield, Steyr, STI, Tarus, Walther.
2) The Chief of Police may authorize in writing the carrying ofa
sidearm ofa manufacturernotlisted above.
2. Back-UpWeapons
a. Theback-upweaponisdesignedtomaximizeofficersafetyandshould
beused asalastresortin the mostcritical ofsituations.
b. Theback-upweaponmaybeafullyqualifiedweaponcarriedin addition
tothedutyweapon.
c. Back-up weapons must be concealed and secured on the officer's
person, preferablyin aholster.
d. Back-up weapons are subject to inspection by supervisors who are
responsibleforinsuringtheweaponscomplywith thisOrder.
e. Officersdesiringtocarrythisadditionalweaponmustsatisfyamodified
qualificationcourseprescribed bythe DepartmentFirearmsInstructor.
f. Back-upweaponsmaybeanyhandgun(Subjectto B.1.d, above)ofthe
following manufacturers:
1) American Derringer, DanWesson, Beretta, Browning, Colt, FN,
Franchi, Glock, Heckler&Koch, Kel-tec, Kimber, Mauser,Para-
ordinance, Remington, Ruger, Savagearms, SiG Saur, Smith&
Wesson, Springfield, Steyr, STI, Tarus, Walther.
2) The Chief of Police may authorize in writing the carrying ofa
back-upofamanufacturernotlisted above.
GENERAL ORDER 3.00.01 .11
Page4
3. Department Issued Shotgun
a. Department-issued shotguns will be maintained in the arms room and
retrieved prior to an officer's tour of duty. At the conclusion of duty, the
shotgun must be returned to the arms room.
b. Shotguns must be stowed in the vehicles gun rack or in a hard plastic
carrying case in the trunk of the vehicle.
c. Sworn officers will be required to complete the shotgun qualification
course annually.
d. An officer choosing to deploy the shotgun is "married" to the weapon until
the incident is resolved and/or the shotgun is safely and properly
secured.
e. The officer who has deployed a shotgun always assumes the "cover role"
regarding the contact/cover concept.
f. The shotgun is an offensive weapon, because it is a weapon one
chooses to deploy ... in contrast to sidearm's, which are carried as a
defensive tool.
g. All shotguns will utilize department-issued ammunition which will be
composed of 'buckshot' style ammunition. Slug rounds are not
authorized.
h. Department shotguns are
Benneli 90s, or Ithaca 97s.
to be Remington 870s, Mossberg 500s,
4. Rifles
a. Sworn Officers may carry personally owned rifles if the weapon(s) are
pre-approved by the Assistant Chief.
b. Personally owned rifles must meet the following basic standards:
1) Factory assembled semi-automatic weapon of the M4/AR15 family
manufactured by Colt, SIG Saur, Smith & Wesson, DPMS, Bushmaster,
or a Ruger Mini-14.
2) Barrel length must be at least 16".
3) Must be equipped with metal sights and slings.
4) Must fit in weapon's mount in Patrol vehicles or be stored in a
hard case in the trunk.
5) Maximum magazine capacity of 30 rounds.
c. Acceptable calibers for patrol rifle are .223.
d. Request for authorization to carry a personally owned rifle must be made
to the Assistant Chief via the Chain of Command after the weapon is
Page5
inspected bythe DepartmentFirearms Instructor.
e. Commentsandevaluationsontherequestletterwillbearthesignatureof
theirauthor.
f. Upon final decision ofthe Assistant Chief, the original request will be
placed in the requesting officer's personnel file and a copy will be
forwarded totheofficerbytheChain ofCommand.
g. Any officer wishing to carry a personal rifle must qualify with the
DepartmentFirearmsInstructorpriortocarry.
h. Department-issue rifles shall be Ruger Mini-14s, military-surplus
M4/M16s,RemingtonM700s,H&KMP5s,orArmiliteAR18s,assignedby
written orderoftheChiefofPolice.
5. LessLethal Shotguns
a. Swornofficersonly,maycarrydepartmental-issuedlesslethalshotguns
and lesslethalammunition.
b. Swornofficersmustsuccessfullycompleteatrainingcourseintheuseof
thelesslethalshotgunandcompletethedesignatedqualificationcourse.
c. Sworn officerswill be required to completethe less lethal qualification
courseannually.
C. AuthorizedTypesofAmmunition
1. All ammunitionusedorcarriedbyan officerwhileondutywillbeprovidedbythe
Department. Thisreferstotheprimarydutyweapon, backupweapon, shotgun
and patrol rifle. Anyammunition used forwork, otherthan departmentissued
ammunition, is prohibited.
2. Ammunition otherthan departmentapproved, will beused onlyforpractice.
3. Thecarrying oruseofarmorormetalpiercing ammunition by personnelofthis
Departmentundergeneralconditions is strictlyprohibited.
4. TheDepartmentwillfurnishammunitiontoswornpersonneltoenhancefirearms
proficiency.
a. Thisammunition is providedforthesolepurposeoftraining.
b. Nopersonnelwill utilizethisammunitionfordutyammunition.
c. All personnel utilizing this ammunition will adhere to the conditions
defined in thisGeneral Order.
5. Distribution ofTraining Ammunition
a. TheDepartmentFirearmsInstructororadesignatedrepresentativewill
be responsible for checking in and outall ammunition covered bythis
Order.
Page6
b. TheDepartmentFirearmsInstructororhis/herdesigneewill maintaina
logbookforammunition checkout.
c. Eachswornofficerwillhaveaccesstoadepartmentalissueof50rounds
of ammunition per month which may be used for either practice or
qualification.
1) An additional 50 rounds of ammunition may be issued if the
officerdid notobtainthepreviousmonthsallocation.
2) All departmental issued ammunition will be fired under the
supervision of the Brownwood Police Department and at the
BrownwoodPoliceFiringRange. Exceptionstothisrulemustbe
pre-approved bytheAssistantChief.
d. Theusebyanypersonotherthantheindividualcheckingoutammunition
acquired underthe provisionsofthisOrderisexpresslyprohibited.
e. Ifan officerparticipatesintrainingbutfailstoshoothisallottedroundsof
ammunition, the remaining rounds will be returned to the Department
FirearmsInstructor.
f. Theissuedutyammunition shall beSpeerhollowpointammunition ofa
grainweightsuitabletothecaliberoftheweapon, asdeterminedbythe
Rangemaster.Themanufactureandtypeofauthorizeddutyammunition
may be changed by a memo issued by the Chief of Police without
affectingtherestofthisGeneralOrder.
D. FirearmsTraining and Related RangeUse
1. Thepolicefiring rangeandallfirearmstrainingshall betheresponsibilityofthe
DepartmentFirearmsInstructororhis/herdesignee.
a. Firearms training will be classified into two (2) categories with the
DepartmentFirearmsInstructorresponsibleforcoordinating:
1) DepartmentalTraining (all firearmstraining, practices, etc.)
2) Departmentalqualifications
b. Personnel designated as Range Officers will be under the direct
supervision ofthe DepartmentFirearmsInstructor/RangerMaster.
c. ADepartmentFirearmsInstructor/RangeMastermustbepresentduring
any useoffirearmsattherange unlesspre-approved otherwisebythe
AssistantChief.
2. Non-department functions (special matches, demonstrations, use by other
agencies, etc.) mustbepre-approved bytheAssistantChief.
E. ResponsibilitiesofPersonnelAssignedto FirearmsTraining and/orRangeDuty.
1. DepartmentFirearmsInstructor/ RangeMaster
Page7
a. Will bethe supervisorin charge ofthe range siteand will conductand
regulateall operations, activitiesand conductonthefiring range.
b. ConducttrainingandqualificationprogramsasrequiredbythisGeneral
Order.
c. Scheduling and coordinating thedesignatedfirearmsRange Days and
designated RangeOfficers.
d. Generaterecordsrelatingtofirearmsqualificationsand/ortrainingforall
swornpersonnelinaccordancewithTCLEOSErules. Theserecordswill
becollectedandprovidedtotheTrainingCoordinatorforfiling purposes.
e. Coordinateall requestsforcarrying non-qualifiedweapons.
f . DesignateRangeOfficersandthedutiesofthatposition.
g. Arrange remedial training for the affected officer prior to the second
qualificationattempt.
h. Ensurethatthe range is properlystaffed.
i. Serve as technical advisor for the design oftraining and qualification
courses.
j . Provide adequate supply of score sheets, ammunition and other
materialsas neededto properlyconducttraining and qualifications.
k. Is responsible for the care and maintenance of range supplies and
equipment,including rangeclean-up.
I. Will bethefinal authorityon targetscoring disputes.
m. Prepareareportofanyqualificationfailuresandsubmittingthereportto
the Assistant Chief within 72 hours. The report must contain the
DepartmentFirearmsI nstructorassessmentofthedeficienciesleadingto
thefailure.
n. Report any serious deficiencies in safety and/or gun handling skills
displayed by anyofficer,evenifthatofficerfired aqualifying score.
2. RangeOfficers
WillassisttheDepartmentFirearmsInstructorontherangethrough"ontheline"
instruction, setting upequipment, scoringtargets,and otherdutiesasassigned
bytheRangeMaster.
3. Required QualificationsofFirearmsInstructor/ RangeMaster.
a. Must complete a certified Police Firearms Instructor's course and a
TCLEOSEInstructor'sCertification Course.
b. Will be selected by theAssistant Chiefbased on training,experience,
and knowledgein theoperation and useoffirearms.
Page8
d. Must complete training in firearms use, firearms training, or Basic
InstructionalTechniqueon an annual basis.
F. Firearm QualificationRequirements
1. General rulesconcerning qualificationsessions
a. Alldepartmentallysanctionedfirearmstrainingandqualificationsessions
must be conducted under the direct supervision of the Department
FirearmsInstructor.
b. All otherinstructors, etc., will be RangeOfficers.
c. In ordertocarryanyweapon,whetheronoroffduty,theofficermustfirst
qualifywiththatweapononthedayqualificationcourseatleastannually,
unlessotherwise approved bythe ChiefofPolice.
d. Allweaponsmustbequalifiedandinspectedforproperfunctionannually
bythe DepartmentFirearms Instructor.Thisinspectionwill consistofa
field inspectionforcleanlinessandproperfunctionoftheweaponatthe
timethequalificationround isfired.
e. Forqualificationpurposes,thefirearmcarriedbytheofficerintheuniform
dutyholster,will bedesignatedastheprimarydutyweaponandthefirst
weaponshot. Theprimarydutyweapon mustbeshotfromtheuniform
dutyholsterand worn on thedutybelt.
f . Eachqualificationcoursewillbefiredwithallofficersutilizingaholsterfor
all handguns.
1) Officers will not be allowed to draw from their waistband or a
pocket, and weaponsmustbefully holstered.
2) The holster must be the officer's duty holster for the primary
weapon, and mustbesecured orsnapped.
3) All weaponswill be madesafepriortobeing reholstered.
g. Laser sights are only allowed on firearms with the approval of the
AssistantChief. Thesesightsmustnotinterferewiththefactorymetallic
sights.
h. An officer must shootthe qualification courseforscorewithout having
practicedthecoursethe sameday.
i. The Range Master may allow an officer to zero their sights priorto a
qualificationsession byfiring no morethan sixrounds.
j . Onthefirstattemptatqualifyingwitheachweapon,theminimumpassing
scoreallowed shallbe80% ofthemaximumpossiblepointsregardless
ofpreviousfailures.
1) Scoringwill be recorded in thefollowing categories:
Below80% ........Fail
Page 9
80% - 97% .. . .... . Pass
98% - 99% .. .. . ... Pass, Expert Marksman
100% Pass, Master Marksman
k. An officer failing to shoot 80% with a weapon may remain for an
additional qualification attempt with that weapon on the same day.
Verbal training and counseling by the Range Master shall be conducted
prior to the second attempt.
1) The officer may not attempt to qualify with a back-up, patrol rifle,
or other weapon until a passing score has been achieved with the
sidearm.
2) If the failed weapon is a second (or not the primary) duty weapon,
the officer has the option of stopping.
3) In choosing to stop, he/she will not be allowed to qualify any other
type of firearm until the next regular departmental qualifications.
I. Should an officer fail on the second attempt to qualify, the officer will
receive remedial instruction from a Range Master and complete a
practice session of 2 times the number of rounds of the failed course.
1) Following the practice, the officer will be required to shoot two
consecutive qualifying scores.
2) Should an officer fail to pass on either of the two consecutive
rounds, the Range Master will forward the score sheet and a
memorandum to the Chief of Police for further review and action.
3) The Chief of Police will have a review conducted to determine
eligibility of classification.
m. An alibi may be declared by the Range Master during a qualification
session, if in his opinion, a fail to fire or malfunction is directly attributable
to defective ammunition which has been provided by the Department.
(high primer, deformed case, etc.)
n. A misfire will be ruled only if the primer is marked.
1) If a "misfire" is ruled, the shooter will be allowed to fire his/her
remaining rounds in a specified time limit without penalty.
2) If a "false misfire" (no primer mark) is ruled, the shooter will be
allowed to fire his/her remaining rounds in a specified time limit
and assessed a five (5) point penalty.
o. If a weapon malfunctions, the shooter must clear the weapon and
complete the firing within the required time.
p. If a weapon malfunctions more than twice, the Range Master must justify
the continued use of that weapon during that qualification session.
Page 10
q. In the event ofa mechanical failure (parts breakage) the shooter may
withdrawfrom aqualificationround withoutpenalty. A malfunctionthat
canbereadilyclearedbyashooterorRangeOfficerdoesnotconstitute
amechanicalfailure.
r. Ontimedevents,shooterswillbepenalizedfive(5)pointsforeachround
fired afterthetimelimitiscalled (whistled) .
s. Ifashooter'sweaponhasbeenwithdrawnfromqualificationbyaRange
Master or shooter, documentation of repairs must be provided to the
RangeMasterbeforethenextattemptatqualificationwiththatweapon.
An examination ofthe weapon must also be performed by the Range
Master.
t. Range Masters/Range Officers may not conduct a qualification of
themselves.
2. PrescribedFirearmsQualification Courses
a. The current prescribed courses are to be approved by the Chief of
Police.
b. Thecoursewillbedevisedtocomplywithcurrenttrainingneeds,current
techniques,policiesand laws.
G. RangeRulesand UseofFacility
1. RangeRules
ThesafetyandwellbeingofallpersonnelontheBrownwoodPoliceDepartment
Firing Rangeisthemain priority. Whileattherangefacility,all participantswill
consider the range "hot" and use caution when handling any weapon.
Personnel,regardlessofposition,whodonotbehavein asafeandprofessional
manner,will beremovedfromthe range.
a. Treatall weaponsas loaded and practicesafehandlingtechniques.
b. Nocenter-fireriflesonthefirearmsrangelargerthan .308caliber.
c. All pistolswill beholstered behindthefiring lineatall times.
d. Rangeuseisfordepartmentalsanctionedfunctionsonly.
e. TheRangeMasterisin completechargeoftherangefacility, andthere
will be no shooting unless a Range Masteris present. No firing after
10:00 P.M.
f . Noshooting aloneorwithoutearandeye protection.
g. In caseofaccidentaldischarge,notifytheRangeMasterimmediately.
h. Clean gunsonly in designated areas.
i. Keep range clean and policeall brass.
Page 11
J. Waittobetoldthelineisclearbeforepickingupanydroppeditemsfrom
theground.
k. Allshootersareresponsibleforbasicsafety(anyoneseeinganyunsafe
action should call foraceasefire immediately.)
I. Smoking isonlyallowed in designatedareas.
m. Noalcoholicbeverageson therangefacility.
n. Nevergiveorreceive aweapon from anyoneuntil both haveobserved
theweapon cleared;with thebolttotherear.
o. Nevermoveforward ofthefiring lineunlessinstructed.
p. Conductapropersafetycheckoftheweaponbeforeandafteratraining/
rangesession.
q. All personnel on the range will actas 'safety officers' and ensure that
everyonepresentcomplieswith rangerules.
r. RangeRuleswill beclearlyposted attheFiring Range.
2. UseoftheRangeFacility
a. Thepolicerangewillbeopenforusebythefollowingpersonnelonlyand
underthefollowing conditions:
1) Any law enforcement officer/agency with approval from the
AssistantChief.
2) Civilianswill notbeallowed toshootwithouttheexpresswritten
permissionfromtheAssistantChief. Theon-dutyRangeMaster
mustapprovethepresenceofanychildren.
3) Outside agencies wanting to use the range for practice,
qualificationorinstruction,mustrequestthisusetotheAssistant
Chief.
b. Onlylegalhandguns,shotguns,lesslethalshotguns,simunitionweapons
orapproved rifles maybeused on therangeunless:
1) Theweaponsin usearepartofaDepartmentalapprovedtraining
program,or
2) Permission has been obtained from the Department Firearms
Instructorto usetheweapon atascheduledtimeperiod.
c. Therewill benounsupervisedpracticewithoutaRangeMaster, unless
specificallyapproved bytheAssistantChiefortheChiefofPolice.
H. TemporaryIssuanceofFirearms
1. Undersomespecialcircumstances,swornpersonnelmaybeissuedafirearmby
theAssistantChief. Afirearm maybe issuedforthefollowing reasons:
Page 12
a. weaponmalfunction requiring repair
b. weaponwasstolenorlost
c. forusebyRangeMastersfortraining purposes
d. officer's primary duty weapon confiscated as a result of an officer-
involvedshooting incident.
2. Anyweapon issued bytheAssistantChiefwill beforaperiod notto exceed60
daysunless otherwise approved bythe ChiefofPolice.
3. Torequestthe useofafirearm assigned tothe Police Department, the officer
mustsubmitamemorandumtotheAssistantChiefviatheirchainofcommand.
Range Masters requesting the useofafirearm fortraining purposesonlymay
forward the requestdirectlytotheAssistantChief.
I. AffectedAgencies
1. Anyaffected agencywill be advised ofaplannedfiring dayatleast24hoursin
advance. The Range Officer in charge of the day's shooting has the
responsibilityto makethe notification.
IV.EFFECTIVEDATE: April 13,2011 REVISED DATE: January07-2013
MikeS.Corley
ChiefofPolice
Brownwood Police Departmen
ATTACHMENTS
FirearmsScore Sheet
DepartmentFirearmsQualification Courses
RequestforUseofPersonalWeapon/WeaponModification
Training Program
CITY 0 BROWNWOOD
POLICE DEPARTMENT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
ThepurposeofthisOrderistoprovidewrittenguidelinesfortheimplementation,coordination,
and conductoftraining for Police Departmentpersonnel.
II. POLICY:
ItisthepolicyoftheBrownwoodPoliceDepartmenttoprovideemployeeswithfrequent,quality
training to ensure compliance with TCLEOSE requirements. It is also the policy of the
Departmenttoensurethatanadequatenumberofinstructorsaretrainedandavailabletomeet
certain needsofthe Department.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. GeneralGuidelines
1. Itistheresponsibilityofeveryemployeeto stayabreastoftheircertificationand
jobrelatedtraining needsto ensuretheymeetstate-required levelsoftraining.
Supervisors must facilitate these requirements and ensure that employees
receive training appropriate for their positions and/or rank. This can be
accomplishedthrough classroom, field, oronlinetraining.
2. All training requiring departmental and/or TCLEOSE documentation will be
coordinatedthroughtheTraining Coordinator.
3. ItistheresponsibilityoftheTrainingCoordinatortocoordinatethesupportneeds
oftraining.
4. TheTrainingCoordinatormustbekeptapprisedofanyandalltrainingprograms
developedandprovidedwithintheDepartmentthatrequiredepartmentaland/or
TCLEOSEdocumentation.
5. TheTraining Officerwill maintain ahistoryofeach employee'straining record.
6. Itistheresponsibilityofeachemployeeto strictlyadheretothedresscodeand
standards set forth in General Order 1.00.24.12, (Department Standards -
Appearance) whileattendingtraining.
Page2
B. InitialTrainingforSwornPersonnel
1. All Sworn personnelwill participatein theDepartmentField Training Program;
participating in all phases.
2. SwornPersonnelwithpreviousexperiencemaybeevaluatedfortheAccelerated
Programonlyafterdemonstrating proficiencyin dailypoliceoperations.
3. Reserve officers shall receive the same in-service training as regular sworn
personnel
4. All officers promoted within the Department shall attend supervisors training
appropriateto theirposition/rankwithintwelvemonthsofpromotion.
C. InitialTraining forCivilian Personnel
1. Trainingprogramswillbedevelopedbytheaffecteddivisiondependinguponthe
position. Up-to-date copies of these programs will be forwarded to the
Training/Personnel Coordinatorforretention.
2. Affected Sections/Divisionsincludebutarenotlimitedto:
a. Communications- NewlyhiredPublicSafetyTelecommunicatorsshould,
undernormal circumstances, completetheirtraining within 3monthsof
thedateofhire. ItistheresponsibilityoftheCommunicationsManagerto
ensurethisisaccomplished.
b. Records - Newly hired Records Assistants should, under normal
circumstances,completetheirtrainingwithin6monthsofthedateofhire.
It is the responsibility ofthe Assistant ChiefofPoliceto ensurethis is
accomplished.
c. EvidenceTechnicians- NewlyhiredEvidenceTechniciansshould,under
normalcircumstances,completetheirtrainingwithin6monthsofthedate
ofhire.It isthe responsibilityoftheAssistantChiefofPoliceto ensure
thisisaccomplished.
3. Whenthetraining hasconcludedforthenewlyhired civilianemployee, his/her
training packetcontaining relevantdocumentationswill beforwardedto the
Training Officerforretention.
D. RoutineTraining RequestsforAll Employees
1. Requests for training will forwarded through the Chain of Command for
consideration.
a. AllrequestsmustbemadeusingtheDepartmentTrainingRequestForm
b. Attached to any training request will be a brochure or class printout
documentingthenatureand scopeofthetraining.
Page3
E. Roll Call Training
1. Roll Call training is a training tool formulated to disseminate information on
Department Policy, training needs of the Department, and to pass on vital
informationforofficersafety.
2. Roll Call Training can begenerated byanymemberoftheDepartmentand be
conducted afterapprovalbyCommand Staff.
3. Roll Call training material and records ofthetrainingwill be maintained bythe
Training Coordinator.
F. InstructorSelection, Training, and Scheduling
1. InstructorSelection
a. All employees interested in being selected as an instructor for the
Departmentwill submitawritten letterofinterestthrough the Chain of
CommandtotheAssistantChiefofPolice.
1) Additional information on the employee'squalifications maybe
requested.
b. Each instructormustcommitto atleasttwoyearsasan instructor.
c. All instructorswill beapproved bytheChiefofPolice.
d. Appropriate Personnel Orders will be issued by Records Division
designatingtheemployeeasan instructor.
2. InstructorTraining
a. Each instructorwill attend aTCLEOSEInstructorCourseand meetthe
required qualificationsforcertification.
b. Eachinstructorwillattendacoursethatwillprovidetheinstructorwiththe
knowledgeand expertisetoinstructhis/herparticularsubject.
c. Instructorsshould attend at least oneyearlyupdateon his/hersubject
matter, ifavailable, tomaintain currentmaterials/techniques.
3. InstructorScheduling
a. TheTrainingOfficerwillscheduleinstructorswiththeconcurrenceofthe
instructor'ssupervisor.
b. Whenconflicts ariseforscheduled instructordays, it isthe instructor's
responsibilityto notifytheirchain ofcommand.
4. InstructorRecognition
a. Alldepartmentalinstructorsmaywearthedepartmentalinstructorbaron
theirdutyuniformwhilean activeinstructor.
Page4
1) Thebarswill beissuedbytheAssistantChiefofPolice.
G. Training Standards
1. Sworn Officers must comply with the training standards as set forth by
TCLEOSE.
2. All telecommunicators mustcomplywith the training standards as setforth by
TCLEOSE.
3. AllRecordsDivisionPersonnelwillreceivetraininginSexOffenderRegistration,
NCICAccess, and the TexasPublic InformationActwith refreshercoursesas
needed.
4. The Department Evidence Custodian will receivefifteen (15) hours oftraining
annuallyeitherby:
a. Attending the annual Texas Association of Property and Evidence
Technicians(TAPEIT)Conferenceoronlinestudy.
b. Onlinestudycourses
5. Animal Control Officers must receive forty (40) hours of specialized training
withinafour(4) yeartimeframebased ontheirdateofhire.
VISION DATE: 2-19-13
Attachment- DepartmentTraining RequestForm
BrownwoodPoliceDepartment
Requestfor Training
Name:
-----------------------------
Today's Date: _____________________
Course:
----------------------------
Location:
---------------------------
Agency/Sponsor: ____________________
Course Date:
------------------------
Travel Dates/Times:
-----------------
I understand that if approval is not granted, the Brownwood Police Department will not
be responsible for costs associated with this training should I choose to attend. Attach any
course information you may have to the back of this request form. Written justification for this
training may be requested at any time.
Signature: ______________________________________
Supervisor Signature: _____________________________ Approved / Denied
(Training Coordinator needs 10 working days for out of town training and 5 working days for local training)
Completed by Training Coordinator Completed by Employee
Tuition: Department Vehicle: Yes / No
$_-----
Hotel: Duty Time: Yes / No
$_-----
Mileage: Overtime: Yes / No
$------
Meal Request: $__________
(maximum daily amount not to exceed $46.00)
Hotel: _____________
Confirmation # ________________
Total Expense: $ _______
Approved / Denied
Lieutenant
Date
Approved / Den ied
Assistant Chief
Date
Approved / Denied
Chief of Police
Date
Revised 02-16-12
Departmental and Criminal Records
Gil' UI BH(JW,,"WOO
POLICE Dfp,o.RT E"''''
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to govern the dissemination, retention , destruction, security, and
storage of documentary information obtained, maintained and created by the Brownwood
Police Department.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of this Department to ensure that information and records collected, retained
and disseminated shall be accurate, complete and disseminated only in accordance with the
law.
III . PROCEDURE:
A. Release of Departmental Reports
1. Departmental employeesauthorizedto release departmental reports:
a. Any employeeassignedtothe Records Division
b. Chiefof Police orhisdesignee
2. All requests, including subpoenas for records, for criminal history records
and/or police reports are to be referred to one of the above people. Any
questions concerning this General Order shall be referred to the Records
Supervisor
B. Dissemination
1. Upon request,Adult /Juvenile Criminal HistoryRecords:
a. May be released to other criminal justice agencies at the department's
discretion.
b. Written requests from the general public will be forwarded to the City
Secretaries Officefor handling pursuanttothe Texas Public Information
Act.
Page 2
2. Upon request, Adult Arrest Reports:
a. May be released to othercriminal justice agencies at the department's
discretion.
Act.
3. Upon request ,JuvenileCustody Reports:
discretion.
Act.
4. Upon request ,OffenseReports:
discretion.
Secretaries Office for handling pursuanttothe Texas Public Information
Act.
5. Upon request,Accident Reports:
a. A copy of completed accident reports are forwarded to the Texas
DepartmentofTransportation as required byState regulations.
b. For a fee, accident reports will only be released upon receipt of two of
thefollowing three pieces ofinformation:
1) Name ofany person involved inthe accident
2) Date ofthe accident
3) Location ofthe accident
C. Retention and Destruction of Records
1. Records of this agency dealing with the detection and investigation of crime
and the performance of the police function shall be maintained as designated
by the Chief of Police and the local public safety retention schedule as issued
bythe Texas State Library andArchivesCommission.Thesedocumentswill be
destroyed by the departmental paper shredder and/or an authorized outside
vendor.
Page 3
a. Adultarrestreports
1) MisdemeanorC arrests may be destroyed 5 years from date of
arrest.
2) Misdemeanor B and above will be retained for 75 years or until
death ofoffender.
3) Reports for which an Order Granting Expunction has been
received shall be treated according to the specific verbiage of
the Order.
b. Juvenilecustodyreports
1) Pursuantto a periodic systematic purge, CINS (child in need of
supervision) charges such as runaway, curfew violation, and
truancyshall bedestroyed upon thejuvenile's is" birth date.
2) All misdemeanor custody reports shall be destroyed upon the
juvenile's21
st
birth date.
3) All felony custody reports shall be destroyed upon thejuvenile's
31
st
birth date.
4) Reports for which an OrderSealing Juvenile Records has been
received willbe treated according to the specificverbiage ofthe
Order.
c. JuvenileCriminal Histories
1) Records (including photographs and fingerprints) may be
forwarded to the Texas Department of Public Safety for
inclusion inthe JuvenileJustice Information System only if:
a) The child isreferred tojuvenilecourt, and
b) The referral ison or before the 10thday afterthe child is
detainedortaken intocustody.
2) If a child is not referred to juvenile court within 10 days, all
information including photographs and fingerprints will be
destroyed unless:
a) The child isplaced inafirst offenderprogram or
b) On informaldisposition.
c) On successful completion of the first offender program
or informal disposition, all information (including
photographs and fingerprints) relating to the child will be
destroyed.
d) Criminal information may be compiled on juveniles for
Page 4
the purpose of prosecuting criminal act ivities of criminal
combinations and may be released to other local , state
orfederalcriminal justiceagencies.
e) Information concerning a child who has been reported
missing by a parent , guardian, or conservator may be
forwarded to the Texas Crime Information Center and
the National Crime InformationCenter.
d. Offense/IncidentReports andtheir Supplements
1) All offense/incident reports may be maintained indefinitely
unless specified otherwisebyState statutes.
2) Reports for which an Order Granting Expunction or an Order
Sealing Juvenile Records has been received will be treated
accordingtothe specificverbiageofthe Order.
e. AccidentReports
1) All accident reports which are over three years old may be
destroyed.
2) Accident reports involving criminal charges will be kept
indefinitelyuntil afinal disposition has been reached.
f. Destruction Documentation
1) A Records Destruction Form will be completedwith the
description, code, and retention schedule of destroyed
documents. Records Dest ruct ion Formswill be filed withthe
City secretary.
D. Securityand Storageof Records
1. Access to the Records Division and storage container is strictly limited to
Records Personnel ,the Case Review Investigator,and Command Staff.
2. Access to the Records Section file room is strictly limited to Records
Personnel ,Case ReviewInvestigator,and Command Staff.
3. The Records Section file room issecured afterhours. Access isavailable only
to Records personnel and CommandStaff.
4. Juvenilecustodyfiles are kept separatefrom adult arrestfiles.
E. Service Fees for Records will be based on the fee schedule set forth by the Texas
Transportation Code and Texas Public Information Act in conjunction with the fee
schedule adopted bythe City of Brownwood.
F. Training Records
1. The Training Coordinatorshall maintain afile for each sworn officerwhich
Page 5
containsthe originals or copies of all documentsrequired byTCLEOSE
Rules and Chapter1701 ofthe Texas OccupationsCode.
2. The Training Coordinatorshall maintain copies of each new officer'sFTO
Program recordsas set forth inthatprogram's GeneralOrder.
3. The Training Coordinatorshall maintain afile for each unswornemployeeof
the Departmentwhich containsthe originalsor copies of all relevanttraining.
4. The Training Coordinatorshall maintaincopies of all lesson plansand
attendance recordsforany in-house,roll-call, or sponsored training hosted
bythe Department.
G. Sex OffenderRegistration
1. Subjects registering for the first timewill be printed, photographed,entered
intothe in-housecomputersystem,and the data forwarded to the State
along withthe mandated report.
2. Subjectsbeing updatedwill have theiraddress,phonenumber,job, vehicle,
and otherdata verified, a new phototaken, and theirState paperwork
updated.
3. RecordsDivision will complywith the requirements ofthe State'smonthly
reporting system and the associatedwebsite.
IV.
Mike S.Corley
Chiefof Police
Attachment-Records Destruction Form
:;::-)
Department Name & Number: _
'*
_ 1'1
CITY OF BROWNWOOD
IIRfnl N \Hl O D. 1'IlX \.S
Records Management Destruction of Records
Series Number Title of Record Date of Record
Retention
Period
Destruction
Date
DEPARTMENT HEAD : (signature) DEPARTMENT LIAISON : (signature)
Original filed in the office of the City Secretary: (signature)
TCIC/NCIC Computer Information
CITY 01- SHOW WOOD
P OLICE 0 PARTMEI\ T
I.
II.
III.
IV.
PURPOSE
POLICY
PROCEDURE
EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this Order is to establish
TCIC/NCIC Computer System information.
a procedure for security and destruction of
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to establish uniformity in the
dissemination, security and destruction for all agency requests related to TCIC/NCIC
information generated by Communications Division.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. TCIC/NCIC Information Security
1. TCIC/NCIC information produced by communications officers will be:
a. Retained at the dispatch terminal until provided to the officer or,
b. Placed in the police officers secured mail box until picked up.
2. TCIC/NCIC information retrieved from Communications Division is the
responsibility of the employee receiving the data. This information will be
safeguarded to prevent loss or theft .
a. TCIC/NCIC information no longer needed will be shredded in
shredder device and not discarded in any trash receptacle.
a
b. Any employee who discovers Criminal History information errantly
discarded will secure and shred the data.
B. TCIC/NCIC Information Requests
Page2
1. When requested byalawenforcementofficer, CommunicationsDivision is
ableto searchTCIC/NCICinformationforthefollowing reasons:
a. Normalcourse ofpatrol activities
b. JobApplicant
c. Criminal Investigation - Communications Officermustbe provided
thespecifictypeofinvestigation(i.e.narcotic,theft,assault,etc) ,and
thecall orcasenumber.
2. Criminal HistoryI Rap Checkswill be maintained into the Criminal History
Binderuntilthe requesting officerarrivesandsignsforthedocuments.
a. Information leftin the binderforseven (7) dayswill bedestroyed.
C. TCIC/NCIC Information Destruction
1. AllTCIC/NCICdatawill beshreddedwhen no longerneeded.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE December6,2012
MikeS.Corley
ChiefofPolice
BrownwoodPoliceDepart
Impound/DispositionofProperty&Evidence
CnY Of- B O W ~ W O O D
POlJCE DEPARTM NT
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purposeofthis Orderisto establish a uniform procedurefordepositing and maintaining
the chain for custodyforproperty and evidenceand theappropriatedispositionand disposal
methodofpropertyandevidencein accordancewith governmentalregulations.
II. POLICY:
It is the policy of the Brownwood Police Department to provide for the safe and secure
preservation and prompt return of all property and evidence and to provide for the proper
disposition/disposalofall propertyand evidencewhilemaintainingthechain ofcustody.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Definition ofTypesofProperty
1. Found Property - Non-evidentiary property whose owner is unknown or the
ownerhasnotmadethemselvesknown.
2. Abandoned Property - Property, including property initially submitted as
evidence but is no longer evidentiary, whose owner is known, but refuses to
claim thepropertyorcannotbelocated.
3. Safekeeping - Non-evidentiary property in custody for temporary protection
on behalfoftheowner.
4. Evidence- Propertyrelated to a chargethathasbeenfiled orto amatterthat
isbeing investigatedforthefiling ofacharge.
B. ItemsRequiring Special Handlingby Officers
1. Firearms/Ammunition- Allfirearmswill beunloaded beforeimpounding.
a. Magazines will be removed from all automatic/semi-automatic
firearms.
b. Boltorleveractionswill beleftopen on all long guns.
c. All ammunitionwill besecured in aseparatecontainer.
Page2
2. All empty cartridge casings will be collected and impounded with a
descriptionofthecaliberand manufacturer. The impounding officerwill mark
casings for identification purposes taking care not to damage points of
comparison.
3. A "stolen" NCICITCIC computer search will be conducted for all seized
firearms. The results ofthe computersearch,along with theserial numberof
thefirearm will bedocumentedin theincidentreport.
4. Firearmswill be marked in amannerthatdoesnotdamagetheweapon, such
asunderoratthebottomofthehandlegrips.
5. DocumentationofHandgun Evidence
a. The cylinder of a revolver will be diagrammed showing how the
ammunitionwaspositioned and thedirection ofrotation ofthecylinder
indicatedbyan arrow.
b. Thecartridge underthefiring pin will bedesignated as "#1n . Thenext
cartridge which will fall under the firing pin, according to the cylinder
rotation, should be "#2". The number sequence would continue until
all cartridgesarelisted.
c. Thecartridgewill bedescribed asto caliber, manufacturer, bullettype,
and noted asto being live, spentorprimerdented asamisfire.
d. The cartridge in a semi-automatic will be documented stating if the
chamber was loaded and the number of cartridges in the magazine.
Theywill bedescribedasto caliber, manufacturerand bullettype.
5. Narcotics
a. Special care should be taken in handling suspected narcotics to
prevent loss or contamination of evidence as well as ensure officer
safety (i.e., LSD, by mere handling, can penetratethe skin and enter
the bloodstream) .
b. All narcoticswill beweighed and placed in a tamper-proof bag. The
impounding officer will write the following on the bag: the weight of
thethenarcotics, casenumber, date, his/herinitialsand ID#.
7. SharpObjects(i.e., syringes, knives, etc.)
a. When a sharp object is discovered while conducting a search, extra
care should be taken in handling to avoid an accidental stick or
puncturewound totheskin.
b. Sharpobjectswill be impounded in a mannerto avoid harmto others.
Page3
8. ChemicalAgents
a. No chemical agent will be impounded until the Brownwood Fire
Departmenthasbeenconsulted and declaredthesUbstancesafe.
b. If the chemical agent is determined to be hazardous by the
Brownwood Fire Department:
1) The Brownwood Fire Department will take appropriate action
based on theirexpertiseand onthespecificchemical involved.
2) This action should be coordinated with the officer in charge of
thesceneorcall in ordertosecureitsevidentiaryvalue.
3) The chemical agent will not be impounded by the Police
Departmentforstoragein theProperty& Evidencefacility.
9. QualityJewelry
a. All items of jewelry (except costume jewelry) will be placed in a
separatecontainer.
b. All descriptions ofjewelry will be documented as "gold color", "silver
color", or "clear stone". Descriptions will not refer to items ofjewelry
as"gold", "silver",or"diamond".
10. Money
a. All money will be separated and counted by the impounding officer;
and a second officer will independently count the same money to
ensureaccuracypriorto impounding.
b. Money will be placed in a sealed bag with the count of each
denomination, including coins noted.
c. Thetotal amountwill benotedonthe bagwith each officernoting their
initials, 10#,casenumberand date.
11. Alcohol/Liquids
a Open containerswith aliquid will notbeimpounded.
b. Ifaliquid hasno evidentiaryvalue, thecontainerwill be markedwhere
theliquid wasfilled. Thecontainerwith theliquid will be photographed
and then the officer will pour out the remaining liquid prior to
impounding.
c. Ifaliquid hasevidentiaryvalueandthereisapossibilityoflabanalysis
being performed, the container will be photographed and marked to
wheretheliquidwasfilled.
Page4
12. HazardousMaterials
a. Itemsthatmayhavecontaminatesfrom diseased persons, bodyfluids,
or any other matter, if improperly handled may be damaging to one's
healthorwell being will bepackagedseparately.
b. All packaging must be marked with a biohazard label that is available
intheProperty& EvidenceDepository.
13. DNA- articles will be packaged separatelywithin paper bags, butcher paper
or appropriate container noting initials, 10#, case number and date. Do not
useplasticzip-lockbagsforclothing itemsthatmaycontain DNA.
14. Blood Vials/UrineSampleswill beplaced in lockersinsidethePropertyand
EvidenceDepositoryrefrigerator.
15. Homicide/SearchWarrants/MajorCases:
a. When seizing or gathering evidence, one officer should serve as the
evidence collector, taking custody of all evidentiary items as they are
located and makingfinal deposit
b. A copy ofthe officer's inventorywill be attached to the Evidence Tag,
upon impounding.
c. When feasible, without destroying evidentiary value, all evidence will
be marked with the officer's initials and 10#, case number and
date/timeofdiscovery.
d. When it is notfeasible to marktheevidence itself, (i.e., narcotics, soil
samples, etc.), the discovering officer will place the evidence in an
appropriate container and mark it with his/her initials, 10#, case
numberanddate.
16. CrimeSceneProcessing ForImpounded Property
a. Anyitemto be processed forevidencewill havethat request noted on
theevidencesubmissionform.
b. Officerswill documentin the incidentreportthataProcessing Request
hasbeen submitted.
C. ITEMSNOTTOBE IMPOUNDED:
1. BagsofTrash. However,anyitemsofevidentiaryvaluewithin a bag oftrash
will beseparated into individualbagsand impounded.
2. Blood or Wet Clothing. Officers will collect and air dry these items in their
designated area (priorto impounding).
3. Perishables. However, ifthe perishable item has evidentiary value, it will be
impounded.
Page5
4. Items with known pestilences. Items containing known pestilences (i.e. ants,
roaches, lice, etc.) must be treated for extermination prior to impounding;
however, consideration must be given if the extermination will compromise
anyDNAevidence.
5. SuspiciousUn-opened Containers
D. DepositingofPropertyforEvidentiaryProcessing:
1. All seized propertywill be deposited with the Property& Evidence Section for
evidentiaryprocessing beforetheend ofthe officer'sshift.
2. ExceptionstotheimpoundingofPropertyforEvidentiaryProcessing:
a. Shoplifting:
1) When a person is arrested or issued a citation for shoplifting,
the recovered stolen property will be recorded on the incident
report with the officer documenting to whom the property was
released.
2) The recovered stolen property will be photographed for
evidentiary purposes, with proper disposition being made by
the owner.
b. OwnerPresentattheScene:
1) When the ownerofrecovered stolen property is present atthe
scene, the recovered stolen property will be recorded on the
incident report with the officer documenting to whom the
propertywasreleased.
2) Officerwill photograph the stolen propertybeforereturning it to
the owner.
3) The decision to release the received stolen propertyshould be
madeonlyifthe propertyisofnofurtherevidentiaryvalue.
4) The ownerwill be instructed to maintain control and custodyof
all non-perishablepropertyuntil courtproceedings.
3. Officerseizing propertywill deposititasfollows:
a. Items of property will be deposited within a locker in the Property &
Evidence Section Depository when possible; otherwise the officerwill
contactProperty& Evidencepersonnel.
b. The officer will prepare an Evidence Tag, recording the appropriate
informationin all applicablefields.
1) Onetagwill be usedforAll itemsofpropertyseized in
one related incident.
GENERALORDER303.01.12
Page6
c. Individual items will be secured together when possible, and the
Evidence Tag, will be attached for reference. Any small items will be
placed in abag with the tag attached orviewablewithin the bag.
1) Items that cannot be easily secured together or must be
deposited in separate areas will be marked with the tag and
casenumberon masking tapeforreference.
2) The officer will separate each of the following into separate
bags: weapons, ammunition, money, quality jewelry, drugs,
drug paraphernalia, liquids, fireworks, sharp objects,
hazardous material and items requiring refrigeration. Notation
should be made on each bag from where the property was
taken.
4. All Impounded Property Requires an Incident Report. A thorough inventoryas
to the quantity and type ofitems seized along with the Evidence Tag number
will benoted in theincidentreport.
G. DispositionofProperty
1. Found Property
a. Found property, excluding currency, for which the rightful owner
cannotbelocated,will bedisposed ofaccordingto city policy.
b. Currency, for which the rightful owner cannot be located, but which a
claim is made against will be resolved via a property disposition
hearingwith theappropriatecourtofjurisdiction.
2. Assigned OfficerResponsibilities
a. Property Disposition Hearing - In the event ownership of impounded
property cannot be determined, the assigned officer will set up a
Property Disposition Hearing with the appropriate court ofjurisdiction
and theassigned officerwill:
1) Notifythe Property& EvidenceSection ofthe hearing date.
2) Upon completion of the Property Disposition Hearing, the
assigned officerwill document theiractions in the appropriate
report.
b. Pawn Shop Receipt
1) When detectives locate stolen property, theywill make contact
with the pawnshop or individual to determine if they desire a
Property Disposition Hearing orwish to waivetheirrights to the
acquired property.
2) Pawnshops orindividuals desiring to waive their interest in the
propertymustcompleteand sign the Pawn ShopReceiptform.
Page7
The detective will take the necessary steps to insurethat the
individual at the pawnshop has the authority to release such
property prior to taking possession of it. The detective will
retain the original copyfor their records and leavea copywith
the pawnshop or individual. Once the receipt has been
completed and signed, the detective may then release the
stolen property to the complainant in accordance with this
order.
3) Pawnshops or individuals that desire to have a Property
Disposition Hearing will beaffordedthat rightandthedetective
willschedulesuchhearing accordinglyasoutlined above
3. Documentation ofPropertyAction
a. A supplement report to the incident report will be generated by the
Evidence Custodian when requesting disposition of evidence through
the court or other means, and when property is disposed
of/released/removedfrom control.
4. LackofFinal DispositionofEvidence/Property
a. Ifa final disposition cannot be made, pending further investigation for
possible filing of criminal charges, the assigned officer will note that
fact in a supplement to the initial report and notify the Evidence
Custodian.
5. MajorCase- EvidenceDisposition
a. In majorcases, ifthe investigation has been completed, the assigned
officermaymarkadispositionof:
1) "HoldforEvidence"
2) "Hold Indefinite - Statute of Limitations" or Hold For Appeals.
Homicidecases, sodesignated.
b. All others will be updated as deemed necessary by the Property &
EvidenceCustodian.
c. Whenever possible, the original case assigned officer will be
consulted priortodisposalofmajorcaseevidence.
6. SpecificProceduresfortheReleaselDisposal ofCertain Evidence
a. All biological evidence in the possession ofthe Department must be
retained for 40 years or until the applicable statute of limitations has
expired (iftheactorhasnotbeen identified) .
7. DispositionofInvestigativeCaseFiles
Page8
a. All investigative work products are the property of the Brownwood
PoliceDepartment. Attheconclusion ofanycasetheassigned officer
will :
1} Shred and or erase any working copies of the case folder
including text, photographs, disks, videocassettes or other
media.
2} If the case is deemed a significant or major case and it is
necessary to retain an additional working case file outside of
the Records Section, thefile will be retained in the designated
area within the Criminal Investigations Division. Under no
circumstanceswill anywork product be retained outside ofthe
Records Section or the designated area of the Investigative
OperationsDivision.
8. Guidelinesto Releasing Firearms/Ammunitions/OtherWeapons:
a. State and Federal Laws prohibitthe releaseoffirearms/ammunition to
individualswhofall underthefollowing categories:
1} Convicted oforunderindictmentforafelony
2} Illegal alien or a person that has renounced their U.S.
citizenship
3} Person adjudicated as mentally defective or has been
committedto amental institution
4} Person subject to a restraining order involving an intimate or
domesticparty
5} Person with a prior misdemeanor conviction for domestic
violence
6} Fugitivefromjustice
7} Person discharged from the armed forces underdishonorable
conditions
8} Person is an unlawful user of or addicted to any controlled
substance
9} Personlessthan 18yearsofage
10} Person less than 21 years ofage exceptfor a shotgun or rifle
(mustbe18forrifle & shotgun).
b. ReleaseofaWeapon (firearmorother):
1} Court Order Required for Release of a Weapon for Related
Charge - Note that the word "order" refers to a notarized
documentto read "COURTORDER"or"ORDER"designating
Page9
specific property to bereleased to specific person and having
been signed by the presiding Judge or by the Grand Jury
Foreman in thecaseofnoconviction orprosecution. Theorder
must also be the original document with a court seal. A
COURT ORDER is not to be confused with a letter of
WRITTENAUTHORIZATIONFROMTHECOURT. Theseare
notthesameand the latteronlyadvisesthatwehaveauthority
to release and is not giving an order. Weapons will not be
released uponWrittenAuthorizationfrom theCourt.
a) Conviction- involving a weapon (firearm orother) : Art .
18.19CCPstatesin laymantermsthatthecourthas60
days after the conviction to order the law enforcement
agencyto release the weapon to a person. Ifthe law
enforcement agency has not been ordered 60 days
after the conviction, any magistrate may sign off to
havetheweapondestroyed. Italsostates:
b) No prosecution or conviction: the person has 60 days
to contact the magistrate to request return of the
weapon and the magistrate has an additional 60 days
to order the law enforcement agency to return the
weapon to said person. If by the 121
51
day the law
Enforcement Agency has not been ordered to release
theweapon to said person, anymagistratemaysign off
to havetheweapondestroyed.
c) Suicide cases involving a weapon (firearm or other) -
After a 24-hour holding period, the weapon may be
released to a spouse. Ifthere is no spouse, it may be
released to an adult family member. The spouse or
family memberwill be required to sign a Declaration of
Ownership form, to be notarized and may be required
to show legal documentation of right to ownership.
Should thefamilywant the weapon destroyed, theywill
be required to sign a Declaration of Ownership form.
Thissameform hasanoptionforforfeiture.
d) Suicidal/MentallyDistraughtPersons- It is the policyof
the Property & Evidence Section to hold weapons for
24-hoursfrom dateofimpoundment. Uponexpirationof
the 24-hours, the weapon may be released to a
designated person by having the person from whom
theweapon wastaken (ifowner) ,sign a Declaration of
Ownership form,that has this option. The investigative
sergeant over-seeing firearms control may decide a
magistrate should make the decision of whether we
release the weapon back to the person from which it
wastakenbyscheduling a propertydisposition hearing.
e) Property& EvidenceSection Policy:
(1) All weapons impounded may be retained a
minimum of 24-hours by the Property &
Evidence Section prior to release (this would
Page 10
applytosafekeeping, suicidalpersons, etc.)
(2) Conviction in regards to a weapon - once the
case hasbeen disposed acertified letterwill not
be senttotheowner. Ifunclaimed after60days
from date of conviction, the weapon will be
disposed upon a signature ofa magistrate (this
isdonein bulkduringweapondestruction).
(3) No conviction or prosecution (including NO
BILL)- once we have received this information,
the Evidence Custodian will send a certified
letter to the owner. Once the criteria has been
met for the 90 days from when the letter was
sent and the 120 days from the date of
judgment, the weapon will be disposed upon
signatureofa magistrate(weapondestruction).
f) Prior to detectives releasing firearms/ammunition, they
will :
(1) Run a full criminal history on any person to
which they are authorizing the release of
firearm/ammunition on thedateofauthorization.
Should the person come in ata laterdate, itwill
benecessarytorun anothercriminal history.
(2) Run all firearm serial numbers for stolen once
again uponauthorizing release.
g) Property & Evidence personnel will require from the
recipient on release of firearms/ammunition all items
listed below:
(1) The presentation ofa governmentissued photo
identification
(2) Completion ofthe Firearm/Ammunition Release
Declarationform.
(3) Completion of the Declaration of Ownership
form, (if proof of ownership is not available or
required bythedetective)
F. TheEvidenceRoom
1. The entrance to the Evidence room shall remain closed and locked
regardless of occupancy. During duty hours the exterior security gate will
suffice. The Evidence Custodian shall periodically check to insure that both
thesecuritycamerasystem and thealarmsystemarefunctional.
2. There shall be no more than three sets ofkeys forthe Evidence Room: one
held by the Evidence Custodian, one by the Assistant Chief, and one set
sealed and kept within a locked containerin an area not normallyaccessible
by the publicorotheremployees.Ifanykeyis lost, the losswill be reported to
Page 11
theChiefofPoliceimmediately.
3. Firearms, money, and narcotics shall be segregated from other
evidence/propertywithintheEvidenceroom andkeptin secured areas.
4. Any person entering the Evidence Room (otherthan the EvidenceCustodian)
shall be required to sign in and sign out. No person otherthan the Evidence
Custodianisallowedtobealonein theEvidenceRoom.
5. The Evidence Room shall be inspected at least every six months. An
inspection should concentrate on howthe policies,procedures, and practices
are followed and conduct an individual inspection of items to verify
procedures. The Inspection shall be performed by two supervisors, but shall
not include the Assistant Chief of Police or CID personnel. The inspection
mustreviewwhetherthedepartmentproceduresarebeingfollowed, Evidence
Room security, sign-in log being utilized, property being submitted properly,
thepropertyis logged in and stored properly, thepropertybeing processedfor
disposal properly, that the property room is clean and orderly. Five items
chosen at random from the master log should be identified and tracked to
determine ifthey were properly enter and stored. A report ofthe findings of
this inspectionwill be signed by both inspectorsand shall beforwarded tothe
ChiefofPolice.
6. TheEvidenceRoomshall beinventoried onceayear.
a) The Inventory shall be performed by two supervisors, but shall not
include the Assistant Chief of Police, CID personnel, or supervisors
whoconducted themostrecent Inspection.A complete inventoryofa"
firearms, drugs, and money (sensitive items) in the Evidence Room
and a random sample 50 items of the remaining items will be
conducted.
b) The inventory should be conducted by locating the intake paperwork
for a" sensitive items, then locating the items in the property room.
Theauditoftheotheritemsshould bedonein twoparts. Thefirstpart
is doneby randomlyselecting thepaperworkfor25 itemsand locating
them in the property room. The second part would consist of
randomly selecting 25 items from the property room and locating the
item's paperwork to test the record keeping system. A report ofthe
findings ofthis inventorywill besigned by both inspectorsand shall be
forwardedtotheChiefofPolice.
G. CrimeSceneProcessing
1. Patrol Officers will process basic evidence at minor scenes. For more
complex scenes, CID personnel will be tasked with processing. Forthe most
complex evidence matters, the Chief or Assistant Chief can authorize the
involvementofspecialistsfromotheragencies.
H. EvidenceProcessing Room
1. Whenevidenceis presentin theEvidenceprocessingroom (exceptinthe
one-wayevidencestoragelockersbuiltintothewall)the roomwill belocked.
Page 12
2. Access to the Evidence Processing room will be restricted to personnel
assignedto CIDandtheAssistantChiefofPolice.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE:
~ : 0 ~ - = - = - -
ChiefofPolice
Tactical Operations
CITY Of' BROWNWOOD
POLICE D PARTME T
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis Orderistoestablish departmental guidelinespertainingtothe Brownwood
Tactical Team deploymenttoaugmentallDivisions within the Brownwood Police Department.
II. POLICY:
A. Itisthe policy of the Brownwood Police Departmentthat the use ofthe Tactical Team
is to support the Department by performing operations which require special training
and equipment. Tactical Operations provides the Department with 24-hour on-call
coverage for response to man-made and natural disasters. Such response will be
carried out within the parameters of the law, departmental policy, and this General
Order.
B. Given the size and resources of this Department it is understood that the Tactical
Team will not be a 'SWAT' style full capability unit but rather a team capable of
executing search warrants, high-risk arrest warrants, and in supporting outside
tactical units brought into handlespecial operations as set forth inthe Department's
Memorandumof Understanding(s).
III. PROCEDURE
A. The Tactical Team deploymentmay include butare not limited to:
1. Suicidal persons/mentallyillsubject(s)
2. High risk/warrantservice apprehension
3. Crowd control where dispersal is required by special tactics or the deployment
ofchemical agents
4. Assistance indignitaryprotection
5. Acts ofterrorism
6. Special deployments/stakeoutswhen ordered bythe Chief of Police
Page 2
B. Organization:
1. The TacticalTeam shall becomposedof:
a. The TacticalTeam Commander
b. Team Members
c. Team Applicants, who are still in training and not to be employed in
actual operations
2. The Chief ofPolicewillselect the TacticalTeam Commander.
C. Team AssignmentFunctions
1. Team Commander - will have responsibility for the operations of the unit and
theofficerinchargeoftheteam.
2. AssistantTeam Commander- A memberof the general support/assaultteam.
He shall assume the duties of Team Commander in the event the Team
Commanderisabsent ordisabled.
3. General Support/Assault Officers - comprise the entry team. The team not
serving asentry/assaultshall be utilized asgeneral supportand cover.
4. Marksman/Observer Team - consists of two persons, one acting as the
rifleman and the other as a spotter. A Marksman Team will be formed at the
discretion ofthe Chiefof Police,andwillinclude onlyTeam Memberswho have
successfullyqualifiedwith the designated weapon and completed aTCLEOSE
approved Tactical rifle/Marksman-stylecourse.
5. In addition to these designated positions, the Team Commander, upon
approval of the Assistant Chief, may establish internal procedures for any
supportgroups such as aTactical InformationCenter, specialized surveillance,
etc.
D. Command Post
1. The Command Post is an information gathering/dissemination point for large
scale events.
a. All information concerning the incidentshould beforwardedtothe CPo
The CP shall maintain constant contact between the scene, the
SceneCommander,and Command Staff.
Page3
2. CPactivities include butare notlimitedto:
a. Establishing acheckpointforallincident activities.
b. Logging incident information.
c. Interviewing witnesses
d. Gathering background information on the site, suspect, and/or
hostages.
E. NegotiationsUnit
1. The Negotiatorshall beappointed bythe Chief of Police.
2. The Negotiatorwillwork underthe direction ofthe Scene Commander.
3. Requests or demands received from the suspect through the Negotiator may
beapproved ordenied byCommand Staff.
4. Face-to-FaceNegotiations
a. It isthe policy ofthis Department notto allow face-to-face negotiations
withasubject suspectedofposing adangerto others.
b. Inthe event the negotiatormust work onthe inner perimeter, hewill be
armed atalltimes andshallwear the appropriate bodyarmor.
c. Negotiators will not enter the inner perimeter without specific
instructionsfrom the Scene Commander.
F. Personnel Selection
1. The personnel of the Tactical Team are individually selected according to the
following minimum requirements:
a. Must have two (2) years experience as a police officer with the
b. Firearms Qualifications
1) Qualified in all firearms courses during last 12 months, and
scored a minimum of 90% with the sidearm and any rifled
weapon assigned tothat individual bytheteam.
2) Possess abasic knowledge ofweaponsotherthan handguns.
Page4
c. AssignmentPerformance
1) Must pass a review of their personnel evaluations and
personnel file bythe Chief ofPolice orhisdesignate.
2) Demonstrateabilityto receive and executeorders immediately.
3) Demonstrateability towork with ateam.
4) Demonstratehighdependabil ity/initiativeinassignments.
2. Application/Selection Process forTeam Applicants
a. Each applicant will submit a written request to the first line supervisor,
who will review the request and either endorse or disapprove the
requestbefore passing itonupthe chain ofcommand.
b. Each qualifying applicantwill complete afitness assessment. Minimum
standards, set by the Chief of Police in each category, must be
achievedtocontinueinthe selection process.
c. The Chief of Police or his designee will interview each qualifying
applicant and compile a ranking eligibility list. This eligibil ity list will
remain ineffect for aperiod ofone year.
d. Afterreceiving an appointmentto the Tactical Team, the Applicantmay
train with the Team but will not be employed as part of the Team on
any field operation untilthey have successfullycompletedaTCLEOSE-
approved basic entry team (or equivalent) course. The Team Member
will then be placed on a one-yearprobation status during which he/she
can beremoved atanytime.
e. After completing probation, any requests for removal will be forwarded
tothe Chief ofPolice, along withjustificationfor removal from the Unit.
3. ContinuedTacticalTeam Eligibility
a. Negative disciplinary action or performance issues related to primary
assignmentor any otherassignments willbe grounds for removal from
theTacticalTeam.
b. All Tactical Team personnel must qualify semi -annually with each of
their Team issued weapons. Successful qualification is considered a
score of90% withnomisses ofthe target.
c. All Team personnel must maintain the minimum fitness level in each
fitness category.
Page 5
1) Probationary Team officers must maintain the fitness standards
during the probationaryperiod.
2) Non-probationary officers falling below the minimum fitness
level will have six months from the date of failure to regain the
standard,orbesubject todismissal from theteam.
d. All Team personnel must demonstrate an acceptable level of
proficiencyintactical operations.
G. Application/Selection Process for Negotiating Team Officers
1. The personnel of the Negotiations Team are individually selected according
tothe following criteria:
a. Must have two (2) years experience as a police officer with the
b. Anevaluation ofthe following qualities:
1) Emotional maturity-toleratesstress
2) Listening and interviewing skills
3) Credibility- seen byothersas genuine and honest
4) Abilityto persuadeotherswith logical arguments
5) Communicateswell with avarietyof people
6) Practical intelligence- includesdecision making/mental
flexibility/experience,etc.
7) Total commitmentto negotiating approach
2. Interviews will beconducted and aranking eligibility listwill beforwarded tothe
Chief of Police through the chain of command. Upon approval ofthe Chief of
Police,thiseligibility listwillremain ineffect foraperiod ofsixmonths.
3. Before an applicant may act as a negotiator, he/she will be required to
complete a TCLOSE-approved forty (40) hour course covering hostage
negotiation, barricaded subjects, and suicide prevention.
H. Equipment
1. TheTeam Commanderisresponsible for issuance ofallweapons.
Page 6
2. All Team equipment will be maintained and locked in the Armory. Security of
this equipment is the responsibility of the Team Commander. Individual
equipmentwill be signed for bythe receiving officerand produced for quarterly
inventoriesand anyother designatedinspections.
3. The Team Commander will maintain an up-to-date file of all equipment
including that which has been issued to Team membersand be responsiblefor
Team equipment upkeep. Inventory of all Team equipment, both unit and
individual, will be performed quarterly and documented on a Tactical team
"QuarterlyInventoryReport."
4. Equipment such as rifles, shotguns, and sidearm(s) will be cleaned after each
useand before being stored.
I. Training
1. Due to the high-risk situations that exist in each Tactical Team call-out, the
Team will train togethera minimum of 8hours each month.The training hours
can beutilized bythe Team Commanderas needed.
2. On rare occasions, team members may be excused from required training
upon approval ofthe Team Commander. Requestsmust be inwriting.
3. TheTeam Commander,willdeterminethe type andtime oftraining.
a. A memo will be completed and distributed to all Team personnel and
each affectedshift commander14days priortothe training.
Exception: In the event of an Tactical Team Call Out scenario drill ,
Team officers will not be notified in advance. Affected shift
commanderswillbegiven 15days notice priortothe drill.
b. All training documents and weapons qualifications sheets will be
forwarded to the Department Training Coordinator where they will be
maintainedinaccordancewith established policy.
4. Weapons/fitnessqualificationswill beconductedsemi annually.
J. TacticalTeam Call-Out
1. Any officerwho believes that the Tactical Team should be called outwill report
the situation to an on-dutysupervisor. The supervisorwillthen decide whether
or not the Tactical Team is needed, and if he/she believes the need is valid,
willcontact Command Stafffor call-out authority.
2. Upon being advised to call out the Tactical Team,Communications personnel
will immediately notify the Team Commanderor designee inthe Commander's
absence.
Page 7
a. The Commander will forward any pertinent Instructions to
Communications.
1) This willbedone viatelephone.
2) Assemblymay belimited to specificpersonneloritmay beafull
call-out.
3) Communications personnel will report any of the listed
personnelwith whom direct contact was not made.
3. Team Members will report immediatelyto the Police Department to dress and
loadthe necessaryequipment. Team Applicants shall notrespond toaTactical
Team call-out.
Note: Tactical Team members will respond "Code 1" unless directed
otherwise.
4. The following exceptionstoreporting tothe Police Departmentwillapply:
a. On-dutyTeam membersassigned to patrol will respond to the scene to
establish an inner perimeter once they have been released or
authorized to do so by their on-duty supervisors. Once this is
established and as a sufficient number of Team members become
available (on-scene), patrol officers staffing the inner perimeter may be
relieved byTeam members
b. In the event of a suicidal person, barricaded suspect or hostage
situation, Negotiatorsmay respond directlytothe location.
5. PreparatoryAssignments
a. The Scene Commandershould establish acommand post ,determinea
safe route tothe scene,and coordinatethe establishmentof perimeters
to secure the area.
1) The Scene Commander should initially concentrate on
containmentbyestablishing asolidinner perimeter.
a) The inner perimeter is that area established as the
safestarea inclose proximitytothe situation.
b) Officers establishing the inner perimeter must be
extremely cautious and seek maximum cover but
provide maximum close containment.
2) The Scene Commanderwilldesignateanarrest team/emergency
entry team inclose proximitytothe location.
Page 8
a) Ideally this team would consist of three or more officers,
asdictated bycircumstances.
b) One officerto providecover and to give commands,and
the remaining officers to handle/take the subject into
custody.
3) Should evacuation be necessary, the Scene Commander will
coordinate this after securing the inner perimeterand setting an
arrest team inplace.
a) The Scene Commander will determine a safe staging
area (i.e. parking lot, church) to initially send the
evacueesto,untilfurtherarrangementscan be made.
b) Residents refusing to evacuate will be informed of the
specific and imminent danger of the situation, and
advised not to interfere with any police operations or
public utility.
c) The Departmentwill notforce citizens from their homes.
4) Attempts to contact the subject(s) may begin at the discret ion
of the Scene Commander. If possible a negotiator should
make thiscontact.
b. The Scene Commanderwill be in control of all events and units at the
scene . The Scene Commander will be the highest-ranking officer
physically present at the scene; as Command Staff arrive at the
incidenttheywill bebriefed andthe command handed over.
K. Barricaded Subject, Hostages, lED, orCrisis Situations
a. In situations where direct action into a hostile environment/situation
seems likely,the Scene Commanderwill contactCommand Staff(if not
amemberof Command Staff) and requestassistancefrom the nearest
appropriate agency with whom the Department holds a Memorandum
ofUnderstanding.
b. Under exigent circumstances, such as an active shooter, where
immediate action is clearly required to safeguard Human life and no
othercourse of action is possible, the Scene Commandermay commit
the Tactical Team and such assets as are available to act upon the
situation, within the bounds of State law and the lawful application of
UseofForce.
Page 9
L. Press Relations
1. Press relations will behandled bythe Department'sdesignated oracting Public
Information Officer. Press releases may only include information approved for
release byCommand Staff.
2. During nighttimeoperations, nophotographerwill beallowed to useanytype of
light orflash ontheir camera equipment until after the incident scene has been
secured.
3. Any officercontacted byamemberofthe media willrefer him/hertothe Public
InformationOfficer.
M. Deadly Force
1. The use of deadly force will be in accordance with Use of Force G.O. 1.00.
05.10
N. Less Lethal WeaponsDeployment
1. The use of specialty impact weapons bya certified officerwill not be classified
as deadly force. Specialty impactweapons/munitions will be considered a less
lethal option offorce.The intended use of specialty impactweapons/munitions
isto deterthe aggressive or violent actions or affect an arrest of an individual
who isadangerto himselforothers.
2. Specialty impact weapons/munitions can be used by sworn personnel who
have been properlytrained/certifiedinthe use ofsuch weapons.
3. Currentlyapprovedweaponssystemsare:
a. Federal 1.5"/37mm gas gun
b. 40mm (6round) gas gun
c. High volumechemical dispensingequipment
d. Designated less lethal 12ga shotgun
e. Distraction Devices (Flash Bang)
4. The use ofthe less lethal weapons/munitionswill bedocumentedasdirected in
the Use of Force General Orderand forwarded to the Chief of Police via chain
of command along with photographs of any injuries incurred as a result of
deploymentofthese munitions.
O. ExecutionofSearch/ArrestWarrants
Page 10
1. The Tactical Team will execute all BPD search/arrest warrants inside the city
limitswhich aredeemed high-riskbythe Chief of Police orhisdesignee.
2. The CID Supervisor will provide the Team Commander with a copy of the
warrantpriortothe operation for review.
3. If practicable, a Tactical team member will visually examine and verify the
location priortotheoperation.
4. If the warrant is deemed high-risk and is outside the city limits, the Chief of
Police will:
a. Contact the agency where the warrant is to be served, and determine
whetherornotthe agencywishes toexecutethe warrant.
b. If the agency declines, the Chief of Police may authorize the Tactical
Team toexecutethewarrant.
1) The CID Supervisor will then make contact with a Patrol
Supervisor of the agency where the warrant is to be served to
inform them ofthis operation.
2) In addition, the CID Supervisor will arrange for a uniformed
presence from the agency to accompany the Tactical Team
during the execution of the warrant service (situation
permitting).
5. Warrantsfrom outside agencies:
a. Should an outside law enforcement agency wish to execute a search
warrant in Brownwood, they will be referred to the respective Patrol
Shift Commander.
1) The Shift Commander will obtain the location, time, and any
additional information he/she deemsnecessary.
2) A marked unit will be made available to accompanythe agency
during theexecution ofthewarrant.
b. In addition,the Patrol Shift Commanderwill inform the outside agency
ofthe following:
1) BPD will provide assistance to the outside agency in a support
role only.
2) Should a significant situation occur during the execution of the
warrant,itwillbethe responsibilityofthe outside agencyto
Page 11
handle the situation at hand, unless otherwise directed or
approved bythe Chief of Police orhisdesignee.
3) BPD will render any additional support assistance required to
handle the on-going situation.
c. Requests from outside agencies for BPD Tactical Team to execute a
search warrant on behalfof theiragencywithin the City of Brownwood,
requires administrative or legal review of the warrant and probable
cause affidavit. The Chief of Police or his designee will review the
warrant and PC affidavit. Based on this review, BPD Tactical Team
may beused if"highrisk" standardsexist.
6. Incident Records
1. It will be the responsibility of the Team Commanderto maintain records of all
incidents involving their respective units. This will consist of an after action
report for each incident maintained on a digital file. Copies will be provided to
the DepartmentTraining Officerandthe Chief of Police.
2. This applies to any situat ion, whether it is an assist, call-out , or yearly tactical
operationsscenario drill.
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE:

......Mike S.Corley
Chief ofPolice
FORMS ORIGINATING FROM THIS POLICY:
InventoryReport
Individual EquipmentIssue
Employee Inventory Sheet
Name Badge #
Clothing..... It.... e=ffi =s _
E Ul ment Continued
Taser Holster
Taser Cartridges
AmmoPouch
FlashlightCharger
Car[ ] Home[ ]
Flashlight Holder
Flashlight
Belt Keepers
Glove Pouch
Finger PrintKit
FirstAid Kit
DetectiveIssue SizelNumber
Holster
HandcuffCase
Portable Radio
EntryTeam Size/Number
Kevlar Helmet
TacticalVest
TacticalShirt
TacticalPants
Tactical Belt
TacticalInner Belt
TacticalHolster
Comments
SignatureofOfficer Date
2
Tactical Team Inventory
(Initial & Date weapon entries to verify accountability)
Tactical Firearms
_______ Remington Mod. 700 .308 Win SN: C6582255 with Leupold 3.5-
10X40mm scope in black hard case.
_______ H&K MP5 9mm (Selective Fire) SN: 62-371928. (3) 30rd
magazines. Black soft case, extra fore-end with flashlight. Mags are loaded with hollow
point ammo.
_______ H&K MP5 9mm (Selective Fire) SN: 62-371929. (3) 30rd
magazines. Black soft case, extra fore-end with flashlight. Mags are loaded with hollow
point ammo.
_______ ArmaliteAR-18 .223 (Selective Fire) SN: A6013. City of
Brownwood Tag: 1735. (2) Magazines.
_______ Benelli Super 90 12ga semi-auto shotgun SN: M379161. Soft
black case. Shotgun is missing ghost ring rear sight.
Ruger Mini-14 5.56 carbine, black composite stock , serial number
186-99881 .
Ruger Mini-14 5.56 carbine, black composite stock, serial number
186-99842.
Ruger Mini-14 5.56 carbine, black composite stock, serial number
196-72071 .
Ruger Mini -14 5.56 carbine, wooden stock, serial number 197-
14371.
Federal Mod 201-Z 11/2 (37mm) Cal. Gas Gun, single shot. SN:
G24189 City of Brownwood Tag: 1737. Soft tan case.
40mm Gas Gun. 6 round capacity. SN: PG51600. Soft tan case.
--------
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - -
-------
-------
-------
Tactical Equipment
(Note number on hand, date, and initial)
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (6) BallisticHelmets
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Live Flash-Bangs. NO.25SN's: 529842,529843,529844MFD:
N/A
________Cans C.N.Gas. MFD 2005. Flameless,Tri-Chamber. *
________Live WhiteSmokegrenades.NO.I5 SN:N/A MFD: N/A
________Pairs ofunopenedScott gasmask filters. MOD: 642-0A-PI00
________Pairs of unopenedM17AlGasMask Filters.
________(3)Bolt-Cutters.Large black, Mediumred,Small red
________ChromeHalligan Too!.
Crow bar
________Blackstep ladder (2pc)
Extensionmirror
BallisticShield
"TacView"Camerasystem
Soft black "Hatch"40mmmunitionscarrybag.
PlasticRiot Shield.
--------
Tactical Munitions
40mm Rounds. MFD: 2009 (5 Year Shelf-life, from Manufacture Date)*
practice rounds with (16) reusable tips
practice ferret rounds
Sponge Rounds
Direct Impact O.c. Rounds
C.S. Ferret Rounds
O.c. Ferret Rounds
Bean Bag Rounds
37mm / 11/2 Gas Gun loads
________ Long Range riot projectiles. CN gas EXP. OCT 1975
___ ____ _Large Long Range riot projectiles. CN gas EXP. OCT 1975
________ Muzzle blast powdered CS Tear Gas
37mm Rounds. MFD: 2005 (5 Year Shelf-life from Manufacture Date) *
C.N. Ferret Rounds
*(5 Year shelf life for live missions, 6 year self life for training. This is per manufactures instruct ions inside
shipping containers.)
Excess Firearms
Date and initial by number for those in the arms room
Remington 870 Pump Shotguns 12GA
1) SN: C919293M
2) SN: C502202M
3) SN: C502212M
4) SN: C502038M
5) SN: C502019M
Mossberg 500A Pump Shotguns 12GA
1) SN: K491022
2) SN:K491397
3) SN: K491306
Ithica (OS) Police Special Pump Shotguns 12GA
1) SN: 371010554
2) SN: 371328131
3) SN: 371399151
Henry .22LR Lever-action rifle with scope.
SN: 209593H
Volunteers in Police Service
C. Of- BROW WOOD
POLICE DEPARTME
I. PURPOSE
II. POLICY
III. PROCEDURE
IV. EFFECTIVE DATE
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose ofthis order is to establish a procedure outlining a program designed to utilize
Civilian Volunteersin performingjobfunctionswithinthe Police Department.
II . POLICY:
It is the policyofthe Brownwood Police Departmentto utilize ali resources availablewithin the
community to enhance the quality of life and to reduce the opportunity for criminal activity.
Civilian Volunteers are viewed as valuable resources to the Department, its employees and
the community. It is the policy of the Department to provide volunteers with meaningful
assignments, respect, effectivesupervision, and afford adequatetraining and recognition fora
job well done. By using Civilian Volunteers, the Department has a cost effective means to
perform designated job functions, to provide a necessary service to our diverse community,
and to afford a segment of our community the opportunity to become involved with their
community police department. The Volunteer Program will be coordinated with City of
Brownwood HumanResources andthrough the NationalVIPS program.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. UtilizationofVolunteers
1. The Volunteer Program will be referred to as Volunteers In Police Service
(VIPS)
2. Use of volunteers should be given every consideration, especially when the
following situationsoccur:
a. Consistentworkload
b. Projectsdelayeddueto lackofresources (timeorpersonnel).
c. Peakorcyclicworkload
GENERALORDER
Page2
d. Special projects
3. The Crime Prevention Officer will serve as the VIPS Coordinator and be
responsibleforthefollowing:
a. Recruitmentand background checks ofvolunteers
b. Actas liaisonwith supervisors
c. Compile monthly/annualreports on volunteerhours
d. Annualtraining ofvolunteers
e. Annual performance review ofvolunteers including driver's license and
criminal historychecks
f. Annualrecognitionofvolunteers
g. Ensurevolunteersare complying withtherequirementsofthisorder.
h. Ensuring that all forms and related paperwork required orrequested by
Human Resources are accurately completed and submitted in atimely
manner.
i. Ensuring that the BPD VIPS program is registered with the national
VIPS program, and consistently uses the national program as a
referenceand resource.
B. Volunteersin PoliceServicerequirements
1. Volunteers shall be selected from a variety ofidentified sources, including but
not limited to, the Citizen Police Academy (C.P.A.) . Other sources, such as
corporate volunteerprograms,shall be considered ifit serves the best interest
ofthe Department.
3. Volunteers should have an aptitude for the job function for which they have
applied.
4. Thefinal selection ofthe Volunteers will focus on the ability ofthatindividual to
perform in thejobfunction forwhichtheyapplied.
5. Volunteers will be required to volunteer a minimum of eight hours per month
serving the Department to remain in an "Active" status. Special assignments
mayrequireadditional hours.
6. When a Volunteer's status becomes inactive, they will be reevaluated and a
courseofactionwill bedeterminedatthattime.
7. Failure byanyVolunteerto meetthe required hoursmayresultin theirremoval
from the program and return oftheiruniforms/equipment.
8. Temporary exceptions from required monthly hours may be granted for a
GENERALORDER
Page3
legitimate reason. The request shall be submitted to the Crime Prevention
Officerin writing and mustbe approved bytheAssistantChiefofPolice.
9. Department issued VIPS photo identification shall be visibly worn during all
assignmentsifthevolunteeris notin an approved uniform.
C. Selection Process
1. When a position or opening is created or required, the supervisor of the
requesting unit will make a written request to the Crime Prevention Officer by
goingthroughthechain ofcommand.
2. The Crime Prevention Officer will recruit applicants from the approved
sources.
a. The Crime Prevention Officer will conduct a summary background
investigation on candidates deemed eligible for assignment in any
prescribed area.
b. Qualified candidates will submit to an interview for that specific
aSSignment.
D. VolunteerAssignments
1. Job functions to be performed by Volunteers will be developed and approved by
theappropriatesupervisorofthedivisionforwhomtheywill beworking.
a. AllVolunteerassignments mustbe approved bytheChief.
2. Prior to assignment, selected Volunteers will be required to sign a
Memorandum ofUnderstanding provided bythepolicedepartment.
a. TheMemorandum ofUnderstandingwill include:
1) aposition description,conditions ofvolunteerwork,supervision,
and requirement of confidentiality regarding sensitive
information.
3. At anytime eithertheVolunteerorthe supervisormayrequest areassignment
of the volunteer or may determine the unsuitability of the volunteer for a
positionwith thedepartment.
4. SupervisorsutilizingVolunteerswill be responsibleforthefollowing:
a. ProvidingworkspacefortheVolunteer.
b. Providing all reports, information and materials to the Volunteers
necessaryforjobperformance.
GENERALORDER
Page4
c. Providing the Volunteer with adequate training and documentation of
thattraining.
d. Scheduling and assigning the Volunteer to the appropriate number of
workhoursto perform thejobtaskassigned.
e. Ensuring that total cooperation from all personnel in the division is
afforded.
5. Volunteers will not be allowed to operate a city-owned vehicle without
CommandStaffapproval.
E. VolunteerTraining
1. All volunteers will be required to attend 4 hours ofcoretraining. The class will
be presented bythe Crime Prevention Officer.
a. Each year Volunteers will receive four hours of required continuing
education training. Training will consist of refining skills and updating
procedures.
b. Volunteers will always work in pairs when performing duties in the
patrol division and working in thefield. Exceptions maybe made bythe
Crime Prevention OfficerorPatrol Supervisorpriortoassignment.
c. Volunteers will be expected to dress in appropriate business attire and
be expected to follow the guidelines addressed in the Brownwood
Police Department'sgeneral orderforattire.
F. RulesofConduct
All Volunteers are subject to the same Rules of Conduct and decorum as full time
employees when they are in any police building, while performing an assigned duty
or representing themselves as a Brownwood Police Volunteer. Uniformed
Operations Volunteers represent the Department regardless of location while
dressed in uniformand shall conductthemselves accordingly.
IV. EFFECTIVEDATE: November08,2012

Brownwood

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Brownwood

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

GENERALORDER 1.00.00.

1 COOL 10.R\.,' )(P" D.

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen